WO2022133281A1

WO2022133281A1 - Compositions and methods for the treatment of human immunodeficiency virus

Info

Publication number: WO2022133281A1
Application number: PCT/US2021/064151
Authority: WO
Inventors: Allen Borchardt; Thomas P. Brady; Hongyuan Chen; Zhi-yong CHEN; Quyen-Quyen Thuy Do; Travis James HAUSSENER; Robert Michael Hughes; Alain Noncovich; Leslie W. TARI
Original assignee: Cidara Therapeutics, Inc.
Priority date: 2020-12-17
Filing date: 2021-12-17
Publication date: 2022-06-23

Abstract

Compositions and methods for the treatment of viral infections include conjugates containing inhibitors of viral gp120 receptor (e.g., temsavir, BMS-818251, DMJ-ll-121, BNM-IV-147, or analogs thereof) linked to an Fc monomer, an Fc domain, and Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or albumin- binding peptide. In particular, conjugates can be used in the treatment of viral infections (e.g., HIV infections).

Description

COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR THE TREATMENT OF HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS Sequence Listing The instant application contains a Sequence Listing which has been submitted electronically in ASCII format and is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Said ASCII copy, created on December 16, 2021, is named 50945-069WO5_Sequence_Listing_12_16_21_ST25 and is 323,625 bytes in size. Background The need for novel antiviral treatments for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) is significant and especially critical in the medical field. Since the first case of HIV was identified over 30 years ago, 78 million people have become infected with HIV and 35 million have died from acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS)-related illnesses. Currently, 36.9 million people worldwide are living with HIV or AIDS, including 1.8 million children under the age of 15. An estimated 1.8 million individuals worldwide became newly infected with HIV in 2017. The development of antiviral treatments for HIV has been a continuing challenge. Since the first U.S. FDA approved anti-HIV drugs in 1987, a series of antiretroviral therapies have been developed. However, drug-resistant strains have emerged limiting the number of patients that can use these anti- retroviral therapies. HIV antiviral inhibitors come in many several classes targeting distinct steps of the HIV cycle. One class of antivirals, nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors (NRTIs) inhibit viral replication by chain termination after being incorporated into growing DNA strands by HIV reverse transcriptase. Another class, non-nucleoside reverse transcription inhibitors (NNRTIs), similarly target reverse transcription, however at a different site than nucleoside reverse transcription inhibitors. A different class of antivirals, integrase inhibitors, inhibit viral DNA insertion into the host cellular genome. Protease inhibitors are agents that inhibit the protease enzyme, a key enzyme in the assembly of new virus particles. One class of antivirals, known as viral entry inhibitors, contains agents that interfere in viral entry into the cell by binding to HIV envelope (Env) glycoprotein. In particular, viral entry inhibitors target the surface subunit gp120 receptor of the HIV virus. However, many of these agents are secreted or cleared by the kidney, requiring dose adjustments in those with compromised kidney function, and they have drug-drug interactions that may increase the effect of adverse reactions, particularly in HIV positive individuals undergoing organ transplant. Furthermore, many of these agents have been shown to be directly nephrotoxic, inducing a variety of kidney disorders. New, more effective therapies for treating HIV are needed. Summary The disclosure relates to conjugates, compositions, and methods for inhibiting viral growth, methods for the treatment of viral infections, and methods of synthesizing conjugates. In particular, such conjugates contain monomers or dimers of a moiety that inhibits human immunodeficiency virus, for example by binding to the gp120 glycoprotein (e.g., a gp120 binder such as temsavir, BMS-818251, DMJ- II-121, BNM-IV-147, or analogs thereof), conjugated to Fc monomers, Fc domains, Fc-binding peptides, albumin proteins, or albumin protein-binding peptides. In preferred embodiments, the HIV targeting moiety (e.g., temsavir, BMS-818251, DMJ-II-121, BNM-IV-147, or analogs thereof) in the conjugate targets a protein encoded by the HIV Env gene, in particular gp120 glycoprotein on the surface of the viral particle, thereby preventing viral attachment to the host CD4+ T cell and entry into the host immune cell. The Fc monomers or Fc domains in the conjugates bind to FcγRs (e.g., FcRn, FcγRI, FcγRIIa, FcγRIIc, FcγRIIIa, and FcγRIIIb) on immune cells, e.g., neutrophils, to activate phagocytosis and effector functions, such as antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC), thus leading to the engulfment and destruction of viral particles by immune cells and further enhancing the antiviral activity of the conjugates. The albumin or albumin-binding peptide may extend the half-life of the conjugate, for example, by binding of albumin to the recycling neonatal Fc receptor. Such compositions are useful in methods for the inhibition of viral growth and in methods for the treatment of viral infections, such as those caused by an HIV-1 and HIV-2. In a first aspect, the disclosure features a conjugate described by any one of formulas (D-I), (M-I), (1), or (2):

wherein each A₁ and each A₂ is independently described by formula (A-I) or (A-II):

wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of:

S is selected from the group consisting of:

; R₁, R₂, R₃, are each independently selected from H, OH, halogen, nitrile, nitro, optionally substituted amine, optionally substituted sulfhydryl, optionally substituted carboxyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₂₀ aryl, optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroaryl, and optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkoxy; R₄ is selected from optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, optionally substituted C₃- C₁₅ heteroaryl, and a bond; R₅ is selected from H or optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl; R₆ is selected from optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, and optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroaryl; R₇ and Y are each independently selected from

each R₈ is independently selected from H, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, and optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroaryl; each R₉ is independently selected from optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, and optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroaryl; x is 1 or 2; k is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; Ar is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, and optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroaryl; n is 1 or 2; each E comprises an Fc domain monomer, an albumin protein, an albumin protein-binding peptide, or an Fc-binding peptide; L is a linker covalently attached to E and to each Y of each A₁ and/or A₂; T is an integer from 1 to 20 (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20) (e.g., T is the total number of A₁-L-A₂ or A₁-L moieties conjugated to (E)_n); and each squiggly line in formulas (D-I), (M-I), (1), or (2) indicates that L is covalently attached to E, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. When T is greater than 1 (e.g., T is 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), each A₁-L or each A₁-L-A₂ may be independently selected (e.g., independently selected from any of the A₁-L or A₁-L-A₂ structures described herein). In some embodiments, n is 1 and each E includes an Fc domain monomer (e.g., an Fc domain monomer having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153), an albumin protein (e.g., an albumin protein having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 96-98), an albumin protein-binding peptide, or an Fc-binding peptide. In some embodiments, n is 2 and each E includes an Fc domain monomer (e.g., an Fc domain monomer having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153), wherein the Fc domain monomers dimerize to form and Fc domain. In preferred embodiments of any of the aspects described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)), when A₁ and/or A₂ are selected from a structure described by (A-I), x is 2. In preferred embodiments of any of the aspects described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)), when A₁ and/or A₂ are selected from a structure described by (A-II), x is 2. In preferred embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, n is 2 and each E includes an Fc domain monomer (e.g., an Fc domain monomer having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153). In a conjugate having two Fc domain monomers (e.g., a conjugate of formula (1), formula (2), formula (D-I) where n equals 2, or (M-I) where n equals 2), the Fc domain monomers dimerize to form an Fc domain. In certain embodiments, each A₁ and each A₂ is independently described by any one of formulas (A-Ia)-(A-Ih):

wherein each X is independently C or N; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In further embodiments, each A₁ and each A₂ is independently described by any one of formulas (A-Ia-i)-(A-Ih-i):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In further embodiments, each A₁ and each A₂ is independently described by any one of formulas (A-Ia-ii)-(A-Ih-ii):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, each A₁ and each A₂ is independently described by any one of formulas (A-Ic-i) and (A-Ic-ii):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, each A₁ and each A₂ is independently described by any one of formulas (A-Ii)-(A-Ip):

wherein each X is independently C or N; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In another embodiment, each A₁ and each A₂ is independently described by any one of formulas (A-Iq)-(A-Ix):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, each A₁ and each A₂ is independently described by any one of formulas (A-Iq-i)-(A-Ix-i):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In yet another embodiment, each A₁ and each A₂ is independently described by any one of formulas (A-Iaa)-(A-Ihh):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, each A₁ and each A₂ is independently described by any one of formulas (A-Iii)-(A-Ipp):

wherein each X is independently C or N; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In another embodiment, each A₁ and each A₂ is independently described by any one of formulas (A-Iii-i)-(A-Ipp-i):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, R₁ is H. In certain embodiments, R₂ is H. In preferred embodiments, R₂ is -OCH₃. In particular embodiments, R₃ is H. In another embodiment, R₄ is H. In some embodiments, R₅ is H. In particular embodiments, R₇ is a carbonyl. In certain embodiments, X is N. In other embodiments, X is C. In certain embodiments, each A₁ and each A₂ is independently described by any one of formulas (A-IIa)-(A-IId):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In another embodiment, each A₁ and each A₂ is independently described by any one of formulas (A-IIa-i)-(A-IId-i):

wherein U5 is C₁-C₁₀ alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In another aspect, the disclosure features a conjugate described by formula (D-I):

wherein each E includes an Fc domain monomer (e.g., an Fc domain monomer having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153); L in each A₁-L-A₂ is a linker covalently attached to a sulfur atom of a cysteine or a nitrogen atom of a lysine in E and to each of A₁ and A₂; n is 1 or 2 (e.g., when n is 2, the two Fc domain monomers dimerize to form and Fc domain); T is an integer from 1 to 20 (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), and the squiggly line connected to the E indicates that each A₁-L-A₂ is covalently attached (e.g., by way of a covalent bond or linker) to a sulfur atom of a hinge cysteine in E, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. When T is greater than 1 (e.g., T is 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), each A₁-L-A₂ may be independently selected (e.g., independently selected from any of the A₁-L-A₂ structures described herein). In another aspect, the disclosure features a conjugate described by formula (M-I):

wherein each E includes an Fc domain monomer (e.g., an Fc domain monomer having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153); L in each L-A₁ is a linker covalently attached to a sulfur atom of a cysteine or a nitrogen atom of a lysine in E and to A₁; n is 1 or 2 (e.g., when n is 2, the two Fc domain monomers dimerize to form and Fc domain); T is an integer from 1 to 20 (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20); and the squiggly line connected to E indicates that each L-A₁ is covalently attached (e.g., by way of a covalent bond or linker) to the sulfur atom of the hinge cysteine in E, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. When T is greater than 1 (e.g., T is 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), each A₁ may be independently selected from any structure described by formula (A-I). In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein each E includes an Fc domain monomer. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, each E includes an Fc domain monomer having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153. In some embodiments of any of the conjugates described herein, the conjugate forms a homodimer including an Fc domain. In some embodiments of the conjugates described herein, E homodimerizes with another E to form an Fc domain. In some embodiments, each E includes an albumin protein having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 96-98. In some embodiments, T is 1 and L-A₁ is covalently attached to the sulfur atom corresponding to Cys34 of SEQ ID NO: 96. In another aspect, the disclosure features an intermediate (Int) of Table 1. These intermediates comprise one or more gp120 binders and a linker (e.g., a PEG₂-PEG₂₀ linker) and may be used in the synthesis of a conjugate described herein. Intermediates of Table 1 may be conjugated to, for example, an Fc domain or Fc domain monomer, albumin protein, albumin protein-binding peptide, or Fc-binding peptide (e.g., by way of a linker) by any suitable methods known to those of skill in the art, including any of the methods described or exemplified herein. In some embodiments, the conjugate (e.g., a conjugate described by any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) includes E, wherein E is an Fc domain monomer or an Fc domain (e.g., an Fc domain monomer or an Fc domain, each Fc domain monomer having, independently, the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153). In preferred embodiments, one or more nitrogen atoms of one or more surface exposed lysine residues of E or one or more sulfur atoms of one or more surface exposed cysteines in E is covalently conjugated to a linker (e.g., a PEG₂-PEG₂₀ linker). The linker conjugated to E may be functionalized such that it may react to form a covalent bond with any of the Ints described herein (e.g., an Int of Table 1). In preferred embodiments, E is conjugated to a linker functionalized with an azido group and the Int (e.g., an Int of Table 1) is functionalized with an alkyne group. Conjugation (e.g., by click chemistry) of the linker-azido of E and linker-alkyne of the Int forms a conjugate of the invention, for example a conjugate described by any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII). In yet other embodiments, E is conjugated to a linker functionalized with an alkyne group and the Int (e.g., an Int of Table 1) is functionalized with an azido group. Conjugation (e.g., by click chemistry) of the linker-alkyne of E and the linker-azido of the Int forms a conjugate of the invention, for example a conjugate described by any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII). In yet other embodiments, the Int (e.g., an Int of Table 1) is functionalized with a phenyl ester group (e.g., a trifluorophenyl ester group or a tetrafluorophenyl ester group). Conjugation (e.g., by acylation) of E and the linker-phenyl ester (e.g., trifluorophenyl ester or tetrafluorophenyl ester) of the Int forms a conjugate of the invention, for example a conjugate described by any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII). The disclosure further features a composition (e.g., a pre-conjugation intermediate) having the structure of any one of Int-1 to Int-190 (e.g., Int-1 to Int-93, Int-1 to Int-27, Int-28 to Int-93, Int-94 to Int- 141, Int-142 to Int-190 or Int-28 to Int-190). In some embodiments, the disclosure features a composition (e.g., a pre-conjugation intermediate) having the structure of any one of Int-28 to Int-190 (e.g., Int-28 to Int-93, Int-94 to Int-141, Int-142 to Int-190 or Int-28 to Int-190). The disclosure provides a method of making an antiviral-Fc conjugate by conjugating (e.g., via a linker) any one of Int-1 to Int-190 (e.g., Int-1 to Int-93, Int-1 to Int-27, Int-28 to Int-93, Int-94 to Int-141, Int- 142 to Int-190, or Int-28 to Int-190) to an Fc domain monomer or an Fc domain. In some embodiments, the disclosure features a conjugate, wherein the conjugate comprises a small molecule targeting agent, wherein the targeting agent is described by any one of Int-1 to Int-190 (e.g., Int-1 to Int-93, Int-1 to Int-27, Int-28 to Int-93, Int-94 to Int-141, Int-142 to Int-190, or Int-28 to Int-190), which is conjugated to an Fc (e.g., via a linker). Table 1: Intermediates

In another aspect, the disclosure features a conjugate of Table 2. Each conjugate of Table 2 corresponds to a conjugate of either formula (M-I) or formula (D-I), as indicated. Conjugates of Table 2 include conjugates formed by the covalent reaction of an Int of Table 1 with a linker which is in turn conjugated to E (e.g., an Fc domain monomer, an albumin protein, an albumin protein-binding peptide, or an Fc-binding peptide). In some embodiments, the reactive moiety of the Int (e.g., the alkyne or azido group) reacts with a corresponding reactive group (e.g., an alkyne or azido) of a linker (represented by L’) covalently attached to E, such that an Int of Table 1 is covalently attached to E. In some embodiments, the reactive moiety of the Int (e.g., the phenyl ester group, e.g., tetrafluorophenyl ester or trifluorophenyl ester group) reacts with a corresponding reactive group (e.g., a nitrogen or sulfur atom) of an amino acid side chain of E, such that an Int of Table 1 is covalently attached to E. As represented in Table 2, L’ corresponds to the remainder of L as defined in (M-I) or (D-I) (e.g., L’ is a linker that covalently joins the Int and E). For example, L’ may include a triazole (formed by the click chemistry reaction between the Int and a linker conjugated to E) and a linker (e.g., a PEG₂-PEG₂₀ linker) which in turn is conjugated to an amino acid side chain of E. In some embodiments in any conjugate of Table 2, n is 1 or 2. When n is 1, each E includes an Fc domain monomer (e.g., an Fc domain monomer having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153), an albumin protein (e.g., an albumin protein having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 96-98), an albumin protein-binding peptide, or an Fc-binding peptide. When n is 2, each E includes an Fc domain monomer (e.g., an Fc domain monomer having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153), and the Fc domain monomers dimerize to form and Fc domain. In some embodiments in any conjugate of Table 2, T is an integer from 1 to 20 (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20). The disclosure also provides a population of any of the conjugates of Table 2 wherein the average value of T is 1 to 20 (e.g., the average value of T is 1 to 2, 1 to 3, 1 to 4, 1 to 5, 5 to 10, 10 to 15, or 15 to 20). In some embodiments, the average value of T is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20. In certain embodiments, the average T is 1 to 10 (e.g., 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.5, 7, 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9, 9.5, or 10). In certain embodiments, the average T is 1 to 5 (e.g., 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, or 5). In some embodiment, the average T is 5 to 10 (e.g., 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 8, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 9, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, or 10). In some embodiments, the average T is 2.5 to 7.5 (e.g., 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, or 7.5). The squiggly line in the conjugates of Table 2 indicates that each L’-Int is covalently attached to an amino acid side chain in E (e.g., the nitrogen atom of a surface exposed lysine or the sulfur atom of a surface exposed cysteine in E), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The disclosure further features a conjugate of Table 2, wherein the conjugate is produced by conjugation (e.g., via a linker) of any one of Int-1 to Int-190 to an Fc domain or an Fc domain monomer. Table 2: Conjugates Corresponding to Intermediates of Table 1

In some embodiments, each E includes an Fc domain monomer having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153. In another aspect, the disclosure features a conjugate including (i) a first moiety, A₁; (ii) a second moiety, A₂; (iii) an Fc domain monomer or an Fc domain; and (iv) a linker covalently attached to A₁ and A₂, and to the Fc domain monomer or the Fc domain; wherein each A₁ and each A₂ is independently selected from any structure described by formula (A-I) or (A-II). In a preferred embodiment of the above, x is 2. In another aspect, the disclosure features a conjugate including (i) a first moiety, Int; (ii) an Fc domain monomer or an Fc domain; and (iv) a linker covalently attached to Int, and to the Fc domain monomer or the Fc domain; wherein each Int is independently selected from any one of the intermediates of Table 1. In another aspect, the disclosure features a conjugate including (i) a first moiety, A₁; (ii) a second moiety, A₂; (iii) an albumin protein, an albumin protein-binding peptide, or an Fc-binding peptide; and (iv) a linker covalently attached to A₁ and A₂, and to the Fc domain monomer or the Fc domain; wherein each A₁ and each A₂ is independently selected from any structure described by formula (A-I) or (A-II). In a preferred embodiment of the above, x is 2. In another aspect, the disclosure features a conjugate described by formula (D-I):

( ) wherein each A₁ and each A₂ is independently described by formula (A-I) or (A-II); each E includes an Fc domain monomer (e.g., an Fc domain monomer having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153), an albumin protein (e.g., an albumin protein having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 96-98), an albumin protein-binding peptide, or an Fc-binding peptide; n is 1 or 2; T is an integer from 1 to 20 (e.g., T is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20) (e.g., T is the total number of A₁-L-A₂ moieties conjugated to (E)n); and L is a linker covalently attached to each of E, A₁, and A₂, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. When T is greater than 1 (e.g., T is 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), each A₁-L-A₂ may be independently selected (e.g., independently selected from any of the A₁-L-A₂ structures described herein). In a preferred embodiment of the above, x is 2. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formulas (e.g., (D-I)-(D-XVII)) found in WO 2020/252393.

In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (D-IV-7):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (D-IV-8):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (D-IV-9):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20 (e.g., y₁ is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (D-V-7):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (D-V-8):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (D-V-9):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20 (e.g., y₁ is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (D-VI-8):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, L or L’ includes one or more optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ arylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroarylene, O, S, NRⁱ,

, P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or imino, wherein each Rⁱ is, independently, H, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₁- C₂₀ heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C₃- C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, or optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroaryl. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, the backbone of L or L’ consists of one or more optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂- C₂₀ alkynylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ arylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroarylene, O, S, NRⁱ,

, P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or imino, wherein each Rⁱ is, independently, H, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₁- C₂₀ heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C₃- C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, or optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroaryl. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, L or L’ is oxo substituted. In some embodiments, the backbone of L or L’ includes no more than 250 atoms. In some embodiments, the backbone of L or L’ includes between 1 and 250 atoms (e.g., between 5 and 250 atoms, between 10 and 250 atoms, between 50 and 250 atoms, between 10 and 200 atoms, between 10 and 100 atoms, between 10 and 50 atoms, between 5 and 100 atoms, between 5 and 50 atoms, between 5 and 30 atoms). In some embodiments, L or L’ is capable of forming an amide, a carbamate, a sulfonyl, or a urea linkage. In some embodiments L or L’ is a bond. In some embodiments, L or L’ is an atom. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, each L is described by formula (D- L-I):

wherein L^A is described by formula G^A1-(Z^A1)g1-(Y^A1)h1-(Z^A2)i1-(Y^A2)j1-(Z^A3)k1-(Y^A3)l1-(Z^A4)m1-(Y^A4)n1-(Z^A5)o1- G^A2; L^B is described by formula G^B1-(Z^B1)g2-(Y^B1)h2-(Z^B2)i2-(Y^B2)j2-(Z^B3)k2-(Y^B3)l2-(Z^B4)m2-(Y^B4)n2-(Z^B5)o2-G^B2; L^C is described by formula G^C1-(Z^C1)_g3-(Y^C1)_h3-(Z^C2)_i3-(Y^C2)_j3-(Z^C3)_k3-(Y^C3)_l3-(Z^C4)_m3-(Y^C4)_n3-(Z^C5)o₃-G^C2; G^A1 is a bond attached to Qⁱ; G^A2 is a bond attached to A₁; G^B1 is a bond attached to Qⁱ); G^B2 is a bond attached to A₂; G^C1 is a bond attached to Qⁱ; G^C2 is a bond attached to E or a functional group capable of reacting with a functional group conjugated to E (e.g., maleimide and cysteine, amine and activated carboxylic acid, thiol and maleimide, activated sulfonic acid and amine, isocyanate and amine, azide and alkyne, and alkene and tetrazine); each of Z^A1, Z^A2, Z^A3, Z^A4, Z^A5, Z^B1, Z^B2, Z^B3, Z^B4, Z^B5, Z^C1, Z^C2, Z^C3, Z^C4, and Z^C5 is, independently, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ arylene, or optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroarylene; each of Y^A1, Y^A2, Y^A3, Y^A4, Y^B1, Y^B2, Y^B3, Y^B4, Y^C1, Y^C2, Y^C3, and Y^C4 is, independently, O, S, NRⁱ,

, P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or imino; each Rⁱ is, independently, H, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, or optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroaryl; each of g1, h1, i1, j1, k1, l1, m1, n1, o1, g2, h2, i2, j2, k2, l2, m2, n2, o2, g3, h3, i3, j3, k3, l3, m3, n3, and o3 is, independently, 0 or 1; Qⁱ is a nitrogen atom, optionally substituted C₁- C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₂- C₂₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ arylene, or optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroarylene. In some embodiments, optionally substituted includes substitution with a polyethylene glycol (PEG). A PEG has a repeating unit structure (-CH₂CH₂O-)n, wherein n is an integer from 2 to 100. A polyethylene glycol may be selected any one of PEG₂ to PEG₁₀₀ (e.g., PEG₂, PEG₃, PEG₄, PEG₅, PEG₅-PEG₁₀, PEG₁₀-PEG₂₀, PEG₂₀- PEG₃₀, PEG₃₀-PEG₄₀, PEG₅₀-PEG₆₀, PEG₆₀-PEG₇₀, PEG₇₀-PEG₈₀, PEG₈₀- PEG₉₀, PEG₉₀-PEG₁₀₀). In some embodiments, L^C may have two points of attachment to the Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein-binding peptide (e.g., two G^C2). In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, L includes a polyethylene glycol (PEG) linker. A PEG linker includes a linker having the repeating unit structure (-CH₂CH₂O-)n, wherein n is an integer from 2 to 100. A polyethylene glycol linker may covalently join a gp120 binder and E (e.g., in a conjugate of any one of formulas (M-I)-(M-XVII)). A polyethylene glycol linker may covalently join a first gp120 binder and a second gp120 binder (e.g., in a conjugate of any one of formulas (D-I)-(D-XVII)). A polyethylene glycol linker may covalently join a gp120 binder dimer and E (e.g., in a conjugate of any one of formulas (D-I)-(D-XVII)). A polyethylene glycol linker may be selected from any one of PEG₂ to PEG₁₀₀ (e.g., PEG₂, PEG₃, PEG₄, PEG₅, PEG₅-PEG₁₀, PEG₁₀-PEG₂₀, PEG₂₀-PEG₃₀, PEG₃₀-PEG₄₀, PEG₅₀-PEG₆₀, PEG₆₀-PEG₇₀, PEG₇₀-PEG₈₀, PEG₈₀-PEG₉₀, PEG₉₀-PEG₁₀₀). In some embodiments, L^c includes a PEG linker, where L^C is covalently attached to each of Qⁱ and E. In another aspect, the disclosure features a conjugate described by formula (M-I):

wherein each A₁ is independently described by formula (A-I); each E includes an Fc domain monomer (e.g., an Fc domain monomer having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153), an albumin protein (e.g., an albumin protein having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 96-98), an albumin protein-binding peptide, or an Fc-binding peptide; n is 1 or 2; T is an integer from 1 to 20 (e.g., T is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20) (e.g., T is the total number of A₁-L moieties conjugated to (E)n); and L is a linker covalently attached to each of E and A₁, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. When T is greater than 1 (e.g., T is 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), each A₁ may be independently selected from any structure described by formula (A-I). In a preferred embodiment of the above, x is 2. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-II):

wherein X is C, O, or N, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-III):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-III-1):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-III-2):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20 (e.g., y₁ is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-III-3):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-III-4):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20 (e.g., y₁ is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-III-5):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-III-6):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20 (e.g., y₁ is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-IV):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-IV-1):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-IV-2):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20 (e.g., y₁ is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-IV-3):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-IV-4):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20 (e.g., y₁ is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-IV-5):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-IV-6):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20 (e.g., y₁ is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-IV-7):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-IV-8):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-IV-9):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20 (e.g., y₁ is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-V):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-V-1):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-V-2):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20 (e.g., y₁ is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-V-3):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-V-4):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20 (e.g., y₁ is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-V-5):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-V-6):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20 (e.g., y₁ is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-V-7):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-V-8):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-V-9):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20 (e.g., y₁ is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-1):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-2):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20 (e.g., y₁ is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-3):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-4):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20 (e.g., y₁ is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-5):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-6):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20 (e.g., y₁ is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-7):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-8):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-VII):

wherein X is C, O, or N, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-VIII):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-VIII-1):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20 (e.g., y₁ is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-IX):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-IX-1):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20 (e.g., y₁ is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-X):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-X-1):

In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XI):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XI-1):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20 (e.g., y₁ is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XII):

wherein X is C, O, or N, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XII-1):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XII-2):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XIII):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XIII-1):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XIII-2):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the disclosure features a conjugate described by formula (M-I):

wherein each A₁ is independently described by formula (A-II); each E comprises an Fc domain monomer; the squiggly line connected to the E indicates that each A₁-L-A₂ is covalently attached to E, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XIV):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XIV-1):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XIV-2):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XIV-3):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L; e₁ is an integer from 1-10; and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XIV-4):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L; e₁ and e₃ are each independently an integer from 1-10; and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XIV-5):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L; e₁ and e₃ are each independently an integer from 1-10; and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XV):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XV-1):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XV-2):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XV-3):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L; e₁ is an integer from 1-10; and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XV-4):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L; e₁ and e₃ are each independently an integer from 1-10; and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XV-5):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L; e₁ and e₃ are each independently an integer from 1-10; and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XVI):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XVI-1):

wherein U5 is C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XVI-2):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XVI-3):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L; e₁ is an integer from 1-10; and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XVI-4):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L; e₁ and e₃ are each independently an integer from 1-10; y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XVI-5):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L; e₁ and e₃ are each independently an integer from 1-10; y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XVII):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XVII-1):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XVII-2):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XVII-3):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L; e₁ is an integer from 1-10; and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XVII-4):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L; e₁ and e₃ are each independently an integer from 1-10; and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the conjugate is described by formula (M-XVII-5):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L; e₁ and e₃ are each independently an integer from 1-10; and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, L or L’ includes one or more optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ arylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroarylene, O, S, NRⁱ,

, P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or imino, wherein each Rⁱ is, independently, H, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₁- C₂₀ heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C₃- C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, or optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroaryl. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, L or L’ is oxo substituted. In some embodiments, the backbone of L or L’ includes no more than 250 atoms. In some embodiments, the backbone of L or L’ includes between 1 and 250 atoms (e.g., between 5 and 250 atoms, between 10 and 250 atoms, between 50 and 250 atoms, between 10 and 200 atoms, between 10 and 100 atoms, between 10 and 50 atoms, between 5 and 100 atoms, between 5 and 50 atoms, between 5 and 30 atoms). In some embodiments, L or L’ is capable of forming an amide, a carbamate, a sulfonyl, or a urea linkage. In some embodiments, L or L’ is a bond. In some embodiments, L or L’ is an atom. In some embodiments, L’ is a nitrogen atom. In some embodiments, each L is described by formula (M-L): J¹-(Q¹)g-(T¹)h-(Q²)i-(T²)j-(Q³)k-(T³)l-(Q⁴)m-(T⁴)n-(Q⁵)o-J² wherein J¹ is a bond attached to A₁; J² is a bond attached to E or a functional group capable of reacting with a functional group conjugated to E (e.g., maleimide and cysteine, amine and activated carboxylic acid (e.g., carboxylic acid activated by tetrafluorophenol or trifluorophenol), thiol and maleimide, activated sulfonic acid and amine, isocyanate and amine, azide and alkyne, and alkene and tetrazine); each of Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴, and Q⁵ is, independently, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ arylene, or optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroarylene; each of T¹, T², T³, T⁴ is, independently, O, S, NRⁱ, P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or imino; Rⁱ is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₈- C₂₀ cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, or optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroaryl; and each of g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n, and o is, independently, 0, 1, or 2; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, each of g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n, and o is, independently, 0 or 1. In some embodiments, each L is described by formula (M-L-I): J¹-(Q¹)g-(T¹)h-(Q²)i-(T²)j-(Q³)k-(T³)l-(Q⁴)m-(T⁴)n-(Q⁵)o-J² wherein: J¹ is a bond attached to A₁; J² is a bond attached to E or a functional group capable of reacting with a functional group conjugated to E (e.g., maleimide and cysteine, amine and activated carboxylic acid (e.g., carboxylic acid activated by tetrafluorophenol or trifluorophenol), thiol and maleimide, activated sulfonic acid and amine, isocyanate and amine, azide and alkyne, and alkene and tetrazine); each of Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴, and Q⁵ is, independently, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ arylene, or optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroarylene; each of T¹, T², T³, T⁴ is, independently, O, S, NRⁱ,

, P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or imino; each Rⁱ is, independently, H, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C₂- C₂₀ alkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, or optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroaryl; and each of g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n, and o is, independently, 0 or 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, optionally substituted includes substitution with a polyethylene glycol (PEG). A PEG has a repeating unit structure (-CH₂CH₂O-)n, wherein n is an integer from 2 to 100. A polyethylene glycol may be selected from any one of PEG₂ to PEG₁₀₀ (e.g., PEG₂, PEG₃, PEG₄, PEG₅, PEG₅-PEG₁₀, PEG₁₀-PEG₂₀, PEG₂₀-PEG₃₀, PEG₃₀-PEG₄₀, PEG₅₀-PEG₆₀, PEG₆₀-PEG₇₀, PEG₇₀-PEG₈₀, PEG₈₀-PEG₉₀, PEG₉₀-PEG₁₀₀). In some embodiments, J² may have two points of attachment to the Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein-binding peptide (e.g., two J²). In some embodiments, L is

, wherein d is an integer from 1 to 20 (e.g., d is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20). In some embodiments, L is

, , ,

,

, wherein each Y is independently selected from (-O-), (-S-), (-R₈-), (-O(C=O)NR₈-), (-O(C=S)NR₈-), (-O(C=O)O-), (-O(C=O)-), (-NH(C=O)O-), (-NH(C=O)-), (-NH(C=NH)-), (-NH(C=O)NR₈-), (-NH(C=NH)NR₈-), (-NH(C=S)NR₈-), (-NH(C=S)-), (-OCH₂(C=O)NR₈-), (-NH(SO₂)-), (-NH(SO₂)NR₈-), (-OR₉-), (-NR₉-), (-SR₉-), (-R₉NH(C=O)-), (-R₉OR₉C(=O)NH-), (-CH₂NH(C=O)-), (-CH₂OCH₂(C=O)NH-), (-(C=NR₈)NH-), (-NH(SO₂)-), (-(C=O)NH-), (-C(=O)-), (-C(NR₈)-), or (-R₉C(=O)-); each R₈ is independently selected from H, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, and optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroaryl; each R₉ is independently selected from optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, and optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroaryl; and each of d, e, y₁, and x1 is, independently, an integer from 1 to 26 (e.g., d is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, or 26). In some embodiments, g is 0 or 1; h is 0; i is 0 or 1; j is 0 or 1; k is 0 or 1; l is 0; m is 0 or 1; n is 0; and o is 0 or 1. In some embodiments, g is 1; h is 0; i is 1; j is 0; k is 1; l is 0; m is 1; n is 0; and o is 1. In some embodiments, g is 0; h is 0; i is 1; j is 0; k is 1; l is 0; m is 1; n is 0; and o is 1. In some embodiments, g is 1; h is 0; i is 0; j is 0; k is 1; l is 0; m is 1; n is 0; and o is 1. In some embodiments, g is 0; h is 0; i is 1; j is 1; k is 1; l is 0; m is 1; n is 0; and o is 1. In some embodiments, L is a linker described by formula (M-L-Ia): J¹-Q¹-Q²-Q³-Q⁴-Q⁵-J². In some embodiments, L is a linker described by formula (M-L-Ib): J¹-Q²-Q³-Q⁴-Q⁵-J². In some embodiments, L is a linker described by formula (M-L-Ic): J¹-Q¹-Q³-Q⁴-Q⁵-J². In some embodiments, L is a linker described by formula (M-L-Id): J¹-Q²-T²-Q³-Q⁴-Q⁵-J². In some embodiments, Q¹ is optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynylene, or optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynylene. In some embodiments, Q¹ is optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene or optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene. In some embodiments, Q¹ is optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene. In some embodiments, Q¹ is optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene. In some embodiments, Q² is optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₂- C₂₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ arylene, or optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroarylene. In some embodiments, Q² is optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynylene, or optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynylene. In some embodiments, Q² is optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkylene or optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkylene. In some embodiments, Q² is optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkylene. In some embodiments, Q² is optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkylene. In some embodiments, Q² is a five-membered C₂-C₄ heterocycloalkylene or six- membered C₂-C₅ heterocycloalkylene. In some embodiments, Q³ is optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynylene, or optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynylene. In some embodiments, Q³ is optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene or optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene. In some embodiments, Q³ is optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene. In some embodiments, Q³ is optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene. In some embodiments, Q³ is

, where e4 is an integer from 1 to 10. In some embodiments, Q⁴ is optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ arylene or optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroarylene. In some embodiments, Q⁴ is optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ arylene. In some embodiments, Q⁴ is optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroarylene. In some embodiments, Q⁴ is a five-membered optionally substituted C₂-C₄ heteroarylene. In some embodiments, Q⁴ is a five-membered C₂-C₄ heteroarylene. In some embodiments, Q⁴ is a five- membered C₂ heteroarylene. In some embodiments, Q⁵ is optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynylene, or optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynylene. In some embodiments, Q⁵ is optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene or optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene. In some embodiments, Q⁵ is optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene. In some embodiments, Q⁵ is optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene. In some embodiments, Q⁵ is , where e5 is an integer from 1 to 8;

and e6 is an integer from 1 to 16. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, L includes (e.g., a portion of L that joins A₁ and E includes):

, ,

, where each e is, independently, an integer from 1 to 20. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, L includes (e.g., a portion of L that joins A₁ and E includes):

,

, ,

,

, where each e is, independently, an integer from 1 to 20. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, L is: ,

,

, ,

, ,

,

,

,

,

where each e is, independently, an integer from 1 to 20. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, L includes a polyethylene glycol (PEG) linker. A PEG linker includes a linker having the repeating unit structure (-CH₂CH₂O-)_n, wherein n is an integer from 2 to 100. A polyethylene glycol linker may covalently join a gp120 binder and E (e.g., in a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)). A polyethylene glycol linker may covalently join a first gp120 binder and a second gp120 binder (e.g., in a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)). A polyethylene glycol linker may covalently join a gp120 binder dimer and E (e.g., in a conjugate of any one of formulas). A polyethylene glycol linker may be selected from any one of PEG₂ to PEG₁₀₀ (e.g., PEG₂, PEG₃, PEG₄, PEG₅, PEG₅-PEG₁₀, PEG₁₀- PEG₂₀, PEG₂₀-PEG₃₀, PEG₃₀-PEG₄₀, PEG₅₀-PEG₆₀, PEG₆₀-PEG₇₀, PEG₇₀-PEG₈₀, PEG₈₀-PEG₉₀, PEG₉₀- PEG₁₀₀). In some embodiments, L^c includes a PEG linker, where L^C is covalently attached to each of Qⁱ and E. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, L is covalently attached to the nitrogen atom of a surface exposed lysine of E or L is covalently attached to the sulfur atom of a surface exposed cysteine of E. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E is an Fc domain monomer. In some embodiments, n is 2 and each E dimerizes to form an Fc domain. In some embodiments, n is 2, each E is an Fc domain monomer, each E dimerizes to form an Fc domain, and the conjugate is described by formula (D-I-1):

wherein J is an Fc domain; and T is an integer from 1 to 20 (e.g., T is 1 ,2 ,3 ,4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, n is 2, each E is an Fc domain monomer, each E dimerizes to form an Fc domain, and the conjugate is described by formula (M-I-1):

wherein J is an Fc domain; and T is an integer from 1 to 20 (e.g., T is 1 ,2 ,3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, each E independently includes an amino acid sequence having at least 90% (e.g., at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99%) sequence identity with the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ ID Nos: 1-95 and 125-153. In some embodiments, each E includes the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E is an albumin protein, an albumin protein-binding peptide, or an Fc-binding peptide. In some embodiments, where E is an albumin protein, an albumin protein-binding peptide, or an Fc-binding peptide, n is 1. In some embodiments, n is 1, E is an albumin protein, an albumin protein-binding peptide, or an Fc-binding peptide and the conjugate is described by formula (D-I-2):

wherein E is an albumin protein, an albumin protein-binding peptide, or Fc-binding peptide; and T is an integer from 1 to 20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, n is 1, E is an albumin protein, an albumin protein-binding peptide, or an Fc-binding peptide, and the conjugate is described by formula (M-I-2):

wherein E is an albumin protein, an albumin protein-binding peptide, or an Fc-binding peptide; and T is an integer from 1 to 20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E is an albumin protein having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 96-98. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, T is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20. In another aspect, the disclosure provides a population of conjugates having the structure of any of the conjugates described herein (e.g., a population of conjugates having the formula of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)), wherein the average value of T is 1 to 20 (e.g., the average value of T is 1 to 2, 1 to 3, 1 to 4, 1 to 5, 5 to 10, 10 to 15, or 15 to 20). In some embodiments, the average value of T is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20. In another aspect, the disclosure provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising any of the conjugates described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M- I)-(M-XVII)), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In another aspect, the disclosure provides a method for the treatment of a subject having a viral infection or presumed to have a viral infection, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of any of the conjugates or compositions described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)). In another aspect, the disclosure provides a method for the prophylactic treatment of a viral infection in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of any of the conjugates or compositions described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)). In some embodiments, the viral infection is caused by HIV. In some embodiments, the viral infection is HIV-1 or HIV-2. In some embodiments, the subject is immunocompromised. In some embodiments, the subject has been diagnosed with humoral immune deficiency, T cell deficiency, neutropenia, asplenia, or complement deficiency. In some embodiments, the subject is being treated or is about to be treated with an immunosuppressive therapy. In some embodiments, the subject has been diagnosed with a disease which causes immunosuppression. In some embodiments, the disease is cancer or acquired immunodeficiency syndrome. In some embodiments, the cancer is leukemia, lymphoma, or multiple myeloma. In some embodiments, the subject has undergone or is about to undergo hematopoietic stem cell transplantation. In some embodiments, wherein the subject has undergone or is about to undergo an organ transplant. In some embodiments, the conjugate of composition is administered intramuscularly, intravenously, intradermally, intraarterially, intraperitoneally, intralesionally, intracranially, intraarticularly, intraprostatically, intrapleurally, intratracheally, intranasally, intravitreally, intravaginally, intrarectally, topically, intratumorally, peritoneally, subcutaneously, subconjunctival, intravesicularlly, mucosally, intrapericardially, intraumbilically, intraocularally, orally, locally, by inhalation, by injection, or by infusion. In some embodiments, the subject is treated with a second therapeutic agent. In some embodiments, the second therapeutic agent is an antiviral agent. In some embodiments, the second therapeutic agent is a viral vaccine. In some embodiments, the viral vaccine elicits an immune response in the subject against HIV (e.g., HIV-1 or HIV-2). In some embodiments, an Fc-domain-containing composition may be substituted for an Fc domain and an Fc-domain-monomer-containing composition may be substituted for an Fc domain monomer in any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII), when n is 1, E is an Fc- domain-monomer-containing composition. In any of the formulas described herein (e.g., any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)), when n is 2, E is an Fc-domain-containing composition. In certain embodiments, the Fc-domain-containing composition is an antibody or an antibody fragment. An antibody may include any form of immunoglobulin, heavy chain antibody, light chain antibody, LRR-based antibody, or other protein scaffold with antibody-like properties, as well as any other immunological binding moiety known in the art, including antibody fragments (e.g., a Fab, Fab', Fab’2, F(ab')2, Fd, Fv, Feb, scFv, or SMIP). The subunit structures and three-dimensional configurations of different classes of antibodies are known in the art. An antibody fragment may include a binding moiety that includes a portion derived from or having significant homology to an antibody, such as the antigen- determining region of an antibody. Exemplary antibody fragments include Fab, Fab', Fab’2, F(ab')2, Fd, Fv, Feb, scFv, and SMIP. In particular embodiments, the antibody or antibody fragment is a human, mouse, camelid (e.g., llama, alpaca, or camel), goat, sheep, rabbit, chicken, guinea pig, hamster, horse, or rat antibody or antibody fragment. In specific embodiments, the antibody is an IgG, IgA, IgD, IgE, IgM, or intrabody. In certain embodiments, the antibody fragment includes an scFv, sdAb, dAb, Fab, Fab', Fab'2, F(ab')2, Fd, Fv, Feb, or SMIP. In some embodiments, the Fc-domain-containing composition (e.g., an antibody or antibody fragment) confers binding specificity to a one or more targets (e.g., an antigen, such as an antigen associated with HIV). HIV-targeting antibodies are known in the art, for example, as described in Wibmer et al. Curr. Opin. HIV AIDS, 10(3): 135-143 (2015), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In some embodiments, the one or more targets (e.g., an antigen) bound by the Fc-domain- containing composition (e.g., an antibody or antibody fragment) is a viral (e.g., HIV) protein such as gp41 or gp120 receptor. In some embodiments, the antibody or antibody fragment recognizes a viral surface antigen. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 13. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 13. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 15. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 16. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 16. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 18. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 19. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 21. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 21. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 22. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 22. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 23. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 23. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 24. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 24. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 25. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 25. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 26. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 26. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 27. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 27. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 28. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 28. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 29. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 29. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 30. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 30. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 31. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 31. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 32. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 32. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 33. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 33. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 34. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 34. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 35. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 36. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 36. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 37. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 37. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 38. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 38. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 39. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 39. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 40. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 40. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 41. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 41. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 42. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 42. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 43. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 43. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 44. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 45. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 46. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 46. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 47. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 47. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 48. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 48. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 49. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 49. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 50. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 50. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 51. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 51. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 52. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 52. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 53. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 53. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 54. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 54. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 55. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 55. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 56. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 56. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 57. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 57. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 58. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 58. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 59. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 59. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 60. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 60. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 61. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 61. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 62. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 62. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 63. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 63. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 64. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 64. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 65. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 65. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 66. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 66. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 67. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 67. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 68. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 68. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 69. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 69. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 70. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 70. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 71. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 71. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 72. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 72. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 73. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 73. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 74. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 74. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 75. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 75. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 76. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 76. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 77. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 77. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 78. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 78. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 79. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 79. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 80. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 80. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 81. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 81. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 82. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 82. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 83. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 83. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 84. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 84. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 85. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 85. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 86. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 86. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 87. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 87. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 88. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 88. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 89. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 89. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 90. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 90. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 91. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 91. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 92. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 92. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 93. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 93. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 94. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 94. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 95. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 95. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 96. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 96. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 97. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 97. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 98. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 98. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 125. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 125. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 126. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 126. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 127. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 127. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 128. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 128. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 129. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 129. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 130. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 130. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 131. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 131. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 132. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 132. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 133. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 133. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 134. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 134. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 135. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 135. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 136. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 136. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 137. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 137. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 138. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 138. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 139. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 139. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 140. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 140. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 141. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 141. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 142. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 142. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 143. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 143. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 144. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 144. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 145. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 145. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 146. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 146. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 147. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 147. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 148. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 148. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 149. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 149. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 150. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 150. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 151. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 151. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 152. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 152. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E (e.g., each E) includes the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 153. In some embodiments, E includes an amino acid sequence that is at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 153. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, wherein E includes an Fc domain monomer, the Fc domain monomer (e.g., the Fc domain monomer having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153) includes a triple mutation corresponding to M252Y/S254T/T256E (YTE). As used herein, an amino acid “corresponding to” a particular amino acid residue (e.g., of a particular SEQ ID NO.) should be understood to include any amino acid residue that one of skill in the art would understand to align to the particular residue (e.g., of the particular sequence). For example, any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153 may be mutated to include a YTE mutation. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, wherein E includes an Fc domain monomer, the Fc domain monomer (e.g., the Fc domain monomer having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153) includes a double mutant corresponding to M428L/N434S (LS). As used herein, an amino acid “corresponding to” a particular amino acid residue (e.g., or a particular SEQ ID NO.) should be understood to include any amino acid residue that one of skill in the art would understand to align to the particular residue (e.g., of the particular sequence). For example, any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153 may be mutated to include a LS mutation. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, wherein E includes an Fc domain monomer, the Fc domain monomer (e.g., the Fc domain monomer having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153) includes a mutant corresponding to N434H. As used herein, an amino acid “corresponding to” a particular amino acid residue (e.g., of a particular SEQ ID NO.) should be understood to include any amino acid residue that one of skill in the art would understand to align to the particular residue (e.g., of the particular sequence). For example, any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125- 153 may be mutated to include an N434H mutation. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, wherein E includes an Fc domain monomer, the Fc domain monomer (e.g., the Fc domain monomer having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153) includes a mutant corresponding to C220S. As used herein, an amino acid “corresponding to” a particular amino acid residue (e.g., or a particular SEQ ID NO.) should be understood to include any amino acid residue that one of skill in the art would understand to align to the particular residue (e.g., of the particular sequence). For example, any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125- 153 may be mutated to include a C220S mutation. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, the Fc domain monomer (e.g., the Fc domain monomer having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-138 or 168-197) includes a mutant corresponding to K246X, where X is not Lys (e.g., K246X is K246S, K246G, K246A, K246T, K246N, K246Q, K246R, K246H, K246E, or K246D). As used herein, an amino acid “corresponding to” a particular amino acid residue (e.g., or a particular SEQ ID NO.) should be understood to include any amino acid residue that one of skill in the art would understand to align to the particular residue (e.g., of the particular sequence). For example, any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 or 125-153 may be mutated to at position 246 such that position 246 is not a Lys. In some embodiments, any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 or 125-153 may be mutated to include a K246S mutation. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, wherein E includes an Fc domain monomer, the Fc domain monomer (e.g., the Fc domain monomer having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153) is a fragment of the Fc domain monomer (e.g., a fragment of at least 25 (e.g., 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50 or more), at least 50 (e.g., 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75 or more), at least 75 (e.g., 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100 or more) consecutive amino acids in length from SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)), one or more nitrogen atoms of one or more surface exposed lysine residues of E or one or more sulfur atoms of one or more surface exposed cysteines in E is covalently conjugated to a linker (e.g., a PEG₂-PEG₂₀ linker). The linker conjugated to E may be functionalized such that it may react to form a covalent bond with the L of any A₁-L or any A₂-L-A₁ described herein. In preferred embodiments, E is conjugated to a linker functionalized with an azido group and the L of A₁-L or any A₂-L-A₁ is functionalized with an alkyne group. Conjugation (e.g., by click chemistry) of the linker-azido of E and the linker-alkyne of A₁-L or A₂-L-A₁ forms a conjugate of the invention, for example a conjugate described by any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)- (M-XVII). In yet other embodiments, E is conjugated to a linker functionalized with an alkyne group and L of an A₁-L or of any A₂-L-A₁ is functionalized with an azido group. Conjugation (e.g., by click chemistry) of the linker-alkyne of E and linker-azido of A₁-L or of any A₂-L-A₁ forms a conjugate of the invention, for example a conjugate described by any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII). In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, the squiggly line of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII) represents a covalent bond between the L of A₁-L or A₂-L-A₁ or L’ of A₁-L’ or A₁-L’-A₂. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, the squiggly line of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII) represents that one or more amino acid side chains of E (e.g., one or more nitrogen atoms of one or more surface exposed lysine residues of E or one or more sulfur atoms of one or more surface exposed cysteines in E) have been conjugated to a linker (e.g., a PEG₂-PEG₂₀ linker) wherein the linker has been functionalized with a reactive moiety, such that the reactive moiety forms a covalent bond with the L of any A₁-L or any A₂-L-A₁ described herein (e.g., by click chemistry between an azido functionalized linker and an alkyne functionalized linker, as described above). In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, A₁ and/or A₂ have the structure described by (A-I):

In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, A₁ and/or A₂ have the structure described by:

. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, A₁ and/or A₂ have the structure described by:

.

. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, A₁ and/or A₂ have the structure described by (A-II):

In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, A₁ and/or A₂ have the structure described by (A-IIaa):

In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, A₁ and/or A₂ have the structure described by (A-IIbb):

In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, A₁ and/or A₂ have the structure described by (A-IIcc):

In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, A₁ and/or A₂ have the structure described by (A-IIdd):

In another aspect, the disclosure features a conjugate selected from any one of conjugates 1-76 (e.g., Conjugates 1-4, 5a, 5b, 6-8, 9a, 9b, 10, 11, 12a, 12b, 13a, 13b, 14a, 14b, 15-28, 29a, 29b, 30a, 30b, 31-36, 37a, 37b, and 38-76). In another aspect, the disclosure features a conjugate selected from any one of conjugates 1-48 (e.g., Conjugates 1-4, 5a, 5b, 6-8, 9a, 9b, 10, 11, 12a, 12b, 13a, 13b, 14a, 14b, 15-28, 29a, 29b, 30a, 30b, 31-36, 37a, 37b, and 38-48). In some embodiments, the conjugate is selected from any one of conjugates 5b, 9b, 12b, 13b, 14b, and 15-48 (e.g., Conjugates 15-28, 29a, 29b, and 30-48). In some embodiments, the conjugate is selected from any one of conjugates 5b, 29a, 29b, 30a, and 37a. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 1, or any regioisomer thereof, and the drug-to- antibody ratio (DAR) (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 2, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 3, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 4, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 5a, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 6, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 7, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 8, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 9a, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 10, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 11, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 12a, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 13a, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 14a, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 5b, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 9b, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 12b, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 13b, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 14b, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 29b, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 15, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 16, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 17, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 18, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 19, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 20, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 21, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 22, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 23, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 24, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 25, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 26, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 27, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 28, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 29a, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 29b, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 30a, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 31, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 32, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 33, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 34, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 35, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 36, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 37a, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 38, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 39, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 40, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 41, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 42, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 43, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 44, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 45, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 46, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 47, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 48, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 30b, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 37b, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 49, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 50, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 51, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 52, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 53, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 54, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 55, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 56, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 57, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 58, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 59, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 60, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 61, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 62, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 63, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 64, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 65, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 66, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 67, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 68, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 69, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 70, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 71, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 72, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 73, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 74, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 75, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 76, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 77, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 78, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 79, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 80, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 81, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 82, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 83, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 84, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 85, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 86, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 87, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 88, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 89, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 90, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 91, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 92, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 93, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 94, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 95, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 96, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 97, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 98, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 99, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 100, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 101, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 102, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 103, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 104, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 105, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 106, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 107, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 108, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 109, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 110, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 111, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 112, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 113, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 114, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 115, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 116, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 117, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 118, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 119, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 120, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, the conjugate is conjugate 121, or any regioisomer thereof, and the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., between 0.5 and 2.0, between 2.0 and 4.0, between 4.0 and 6.0 between 6.0 and 8.0, or between 8.0 and 10.0. In some embodiments, a population of conjugates described herein has a DAR (e.g., T) of between 1 and 2, 2 and 4, 4 and 6, 6 and 8, 8 and 10, 1 and 10, 1 and 20, 1 and 5, 3 and 7, 5 and 10, or 10 and 20. In some embodiments, the DAR (e.g., T) is between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5.0, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6.0, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7.0, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8.0, 7.9, 8, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 9.0, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, or 10.0. In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer includes less than about 300 amino acid residues (e.g., less than about 300, less than about 295, less than about 290, less than about 285, less than about 280, less than about 275, less than about 270, less than about 265, less than about 260, less than about 255, less than about 250, less than about 245, less than about 240, less than about 235, less than about 230, less than about 225, or less than about 220 amino acid residues). In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer is less than about 40 kDa (e.g., less than about 35kDa, less than about 30kDa, less than about 25kDa). In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer includes at least 200 amino acid residues (e.g., at least 210, at least 220, at least 230, at least 240, at least 250, at least 260, at least 270, at least 280, at least 290, or at least 300 amino residues). In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer is at least 20 kDa (e.g., at least 25 kDa, at least 30 kDa, or at least 35 kDa). In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer includes 200 to 400 amino acid residues (e.g., 200 to 250, 250 to 300, 300 to 350, 350 to 400, 200 to 300, 250 to 350, or 300 to 400 amino acid residues). In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer is 20 to 40 kDa (e.g., 20 to 25 kDa, 25 to 30 kDa, 35 to 40 kDa, 20 to 30 kDa, 25 to 35 kDa, or 30 to 40 KDa). In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer includes an amino acid sequence at least 90% identical (e.g., at least 95%, at least 98%) to the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153, or a region thereof. In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer includes the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153, or a region thereof. In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer includes a region of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1- 95 and 125-153, wherein the region includes positions 220, 252, 254, and 256. In some embodiments, the region includes at least 40 amino acid residues, at least 50 amino acid residues, at least 60 amino acid residues, at least 70 amino acids residues, at least 80 amino acids residues, at least 90 amino acid residues, at least 100 amino acid residues, at least 110 amino acid residues, at least 120 amino residues, at least 130 amino acid residues, at least 140 amino acid residues, at least 150 amino acid residues, at least 160 amino acid residues, at least 170 amino acid residues, at least 180 amino acid residues, at least 190 amino acid residues, or at least 200 amino acid residues. In an aspect, the disclosure features a method of synthesizing a conjugate of formula (D-I):

wherein each A₁ and each A₂ is independently selected from any one of formulas (A-I)-(A-VI) as described herein; n is 1 or 2; each E includes an Fc domain monomer (e.g., an Fc domain monomer having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 or 125-153), an albumin protein (e.g., an albumin protein having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 96-98), an albumin protein-binding peptide, or an Fc-binding peptide; L is a linker covalently attached to E and to Y of each of A₁ and A₂; T is an integer from 1 to 20; and each squiggly line in formula (D-I) indicates that L is covalently attached (e.g., by way of a covalent bond or linker) to each E, the method including the steps of: (a) providing a first composition including E; (b) providing a second composition including a compound of formula (DF-I) or salt thereof:

wherein L’ is the remainder of L; m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and each R is, independently, halo, cyano, nitro, optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl group, or optionally substituted C₁-C₆ heteroalkyl group; and (c) combining the first composition, the second composition, and a buffer to form a mixture. In another aspect, the disclosure features a method of synthesizing a conjugate of formula (M-I):

wherein each A₁ is selected from any one of formulas (A-I)-(A-VI) as described herein; n is 1 or 2; each E includes an Fc domain monomer (e.g., an Fc domain monomer having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 or 125-153), an albumin protein (e.g., an albumin protein having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 96-98), an albumin protein-binding peptide, or an Fc-binding peptide; L is a linker covalently attached to E and to Y of A₁; T is an integer from 1 to 20; and each squiggly line in formula (M-I) indicates that L is covalently attached (e.g., by way of a covalent bond or linker) to each E, the method including the steps of: (a) providing a first composition including E; (b) providing a second composition including a compound of formula (MF-I) or salt thereof:

wherein L’ is the remainder of L; m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and each R is, independently, halo, cyano, nitro, optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl group, or optionally substituted C₁-C₆ heteroalkyl group; and (c) combining the first composition, the second composition, and a buffer to form a mixture. In some embodiments, L’ includes G, wherein G is optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₆ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₆ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkynylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₆ heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₆-C₁₀ arylene, or optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ heteroarylene. In some embodiments, a compound of formula (MF-I) or salt thereof has the structure of any one of Int-1 to Int-140 (e.g., Int-56, Int-57, and Int-74). In some embodiments, a compound of formula (MF-I) or salt thereof includes the structure of any one of Int-1 to Int-140 (e.g., Int-56, Int-57, and Int-74). In some embodiments, a compound of formula (MF-I) or salt thereof is synthesized from the structure of any one of Int-1 to Int-140 (e.g., Int-56, Int-57, and Int-74).In some embodiments, a compound of formula (DF-I) or (MF-I), where each R is halo (e.g., F), provides technical advantages (e.g., increased stability) in methods of synthesizing protein-drug conjugates (e.g., the methods described herein). In some embodiments, the increased stability allows for purification by reverse phase chromatography. In some embodiments, the increased stability allows for lyophilization with minimal hydrolysis of the activated ester. In some embodiments, a compound of formula (DF-I) or (MF-I), where m is 3, provides technical advantages (e.g., increased stability) in methods of synthesizing protein-drug conjugates (e.g., the methods described herein). In some embodiments, the increased stability allows for purification by reverse phase chromatography. In some embodiments, the increased stability allows for lyophilization with minimal hydrolysis of the activated ester. In some embodiments, a compound of formula (DF-I) or (MF-I), where m is 3 and each R is halo (e.g., F), provides technical advantages (e.g., increased stability) in methods of synthesizing protein-drug conjugates (e.g., the methods described herein). In some embodiments, the increased stability allows for purification by reverse phase chromatography. In some embodiments, the increased stability allows for lyophilization with minimal hydrolysis of the activated ester. In an aspect, the disclosure features a method of synthesizing a conjugate of formula (D-I):

wherein each A₁ and each A₂ is independently selected from any one of formulas (A-I)-(A-VI) as described herein; n is 1 or 2; each E includes an Fc domain monomer (e.g., an Fc domain monomer having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 or 125-153), an albumin protein (e.g., an albumin protein having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 96-98), an albumin protein-binding peptide, or an Fc-binding peptide; L is a linker covalently attached to E and to Y of each of A₁ and A₂; T is an integer from 1 to 20; and each squiggly line in formula (D-I) indicates that L is covalently attached (e.g., by way of a covalent bond or linker) to each E, the method including the steps of: (a) providing a first composition including E; (b) providing a second composition including a compound of formula (DF-II) or salt thereof:

wherein G is optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₆ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₆ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkynylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₆ heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₆-C₁₀ arylene, or optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ heteroarylene; L’-G-L’’ is the remainder of L; m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and each R is, independently, halo, cyano, nitro, optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl group, or optionally substituted C₁-C₆ heteroalkyl group; and (c) combining the first composition, the second composition, and a buffer to form a mixture. In some embodiments, G is optionally substituted C₁-C₆ heteroalkylene or optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ heteroarylene. In some embodiments, G is optionally substituted C₁-C₆ heteroalkylene. In some embodiments, G is

, where R^a is H, optionally substituted C₁- C₂₀ alkylene (e.g., optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkylene), or optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene (e.g., optionally substituted C₁-C₆ heteroalkylene). In some embodiments, G is optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ heteroarylene. In some embodiments, G is optionally substituted C₂-C₅ heteroarylene. In some embodiments, G is a 5-membered or 6- membered optionally substituted C₂-C₅ heteroarylene. In some embodiments, G is a triazolylene. In some embodiments, the conjugate of formula (D-I) has the structure of:

, and the method includes the steps of: (a) providing a first composition including E; (b) providing a second composition including a compound of formula (DF-II-A) or salt thereof:

and (c) combining the first composition, the second composition, and a buffer to form a mixture. In some embodiments, the synthesis of compound of formula (DF-II-A) includes: (d) providing a third composition including formula (D-G1-A) or salt thereof:

(e) providing a fourth composition including formula (D-G1-B) or salt thereof:

and (f) combining the third composition and the fourth composition to form a mixture. In some embodiments, the conjugate of formula (D-I) has the structure of:

, and the method includes the steps of: (a) providing a first composition including E; (b) providing a second composition including a compound of formula (DF-II-B) or salt thereof:

and (c) combining the first composition, the second composition, and a buffer to form a mixture. In some embodiments, the synthesis of compound of formula (DF-II-B) includes: (d) providing a third composition including formula (D-G2-A) or salt thereof:

(e) providing a fourth composition including formula (D-G2-B) or salt thereof:

and (f) combining the third composition and the fourth composition to form a mixture. In some embodiments, step (f) includes the use of a Cu(I) source. In another aspect, the disclosure features a method of synthesizing a conjugate of formula (M-I):

wherein each A₁ is selected from any one of formulas (A-I)-(A-VI) as described herein; n is 1 or 2; each E includes an Fc domain monomer (e.g., an Fc domain monomer having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 or 125-153), an albumin protein (e.g., an albumin protein having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 96-98), an albumin protein-binding peptide, or an Fc-binding peptide; L is a linker covalently attached to E and to Y of A₁; T is an integer from 1 to 20; and each squiggly line in formula (M-I) indicates that L is covalently attached (e.g., by way of a covalent bond or linker) to each E, the method including the steps of: (a) providing a first composition including E; (b) providing a second composition including a compound of formula (MF-II) or salt thereof:

, where R^a is H, optionally substituted C₁- C₂₀ alkylene (e.g., optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkylene), or optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene (e.g., optionally substituted C₁-C₆ heteroalkylene). In some embodiments, G is optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ heteroarylene. In some embodiments, G is optionally substituted C₂-C₅ heteroarylene. In some embodiments, G is a 5-membered or 6- membered optionally substituted C₂-C₅ heteroarylene. In some embodiments, G is a triazolylene. In some embodiments, the conjugate of formula (M-I) has the structure of:

, and the method including the steps of: (a) providing a first composition including E; (b) providing a second composition including a compound of formula (MF-II-A) or salt thereof:

and (c) combining the first composition, the second composition, and a buffer to form a mixture. In some embodiments, the synthesis of compound of formula (MF-II-A) includes: (d) providing a third composition including formula (M-G1-A) or salt thereof:

( ) (e) providing a fourth composition including formula (M-G1-B) or salt thereof:

and (f) combining the third composition and the fourth composition to form a mixture. In some embodiments, the conjugate of formula (M-I) has the structure of:

, and the method includes the steps of: (a) providing a first composition including E; (b) providing a second composition including a compound of formula (MF-II-B) or salt thereof:

and (c) combining the first composition, the second composition, and a buffer to form a mixture. In some embodiments, the synthesis of compound of formula (MF-II-B) includes: (d) providing a third composition including formula (M-G2-A) or salt thereof:

(e) providing a fourth composition including formula (M-G2-B) or salt thereof:

and (f) combining the third composition and the fourth composition to form a mixture. In some embodiments, step (f) includes the use of a Cu(I) source. In another aspect, the disclosure features a method of synthesizing a conjugate of formula (D-I): ,

wherein each A₁ and each A₂ is independently selected from any one of formulas (A-I)-(A-VI) as described herein; n is 1 or 2; each E includes an Fc domain monomer (e.g., an Fc domain monomer having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 or 125-153), an albumin protein (e.g., an albumin protein having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 96-98), an albumin protein-binding peptide, or an Fc-binding peptidee; L is a linker covalently attached to E and to Y of each of A₁ and A₂; T is an integer from 1 to 20; and each squiggly line in formula (D-I) indicates that L is covalently attached (e.g., by way of a covalent bond or linker) to each E, the method including the steps of: (a) providing a first composition including formula (D-G3-A) or a salt thereof:

where G^a is a functional group that reacts with G^b to form G; (b) providing a second composition including formula (D-G3-B) or a salt thereof:

where G^b is a functional group that reacts with G^a to form G; and (c) combining the first composition and the second composition to form a first mixture, where m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and each R is, independently, halo, cyano, nitro, optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl group, or optionally substituted C₁-C₆ heteroalkyl group. In some embodiments, step (c) includes the use of a Cu(I) source. In some embodiments, the method further includes: (d) providing a third composition including E; and (e) combining the third composition, the first mixture, and a buffer to form a second mixture. In another aspect, the disclosure features a method of synthesizing a conjugate of formula (M-I):

wherein each A₁ is selected from any one of formulas (A-I)-(A-VI) as described herein; n is 1 or 2; each E includes an Fc domain monomer (e.g., an Fc domain monomer having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 or 125-153), an albumin protein (e.g., an albumin protein having the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 96-98), an albumin protein-binding peptide, or an Fc-binding peptide; L is a linker covalently attached to E and to Y of A₁; T is an integer from 1 to 20; T is an integer from 1 to 20 (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), where when T is greater than 1 (e.g., T is 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), each A₁-L may be independently selected (e.g., independently selected from any of the A₁-L structures described herein); and each squiggly line in formula (M-I) indicates that L is covalently attached (e.g., by way of a covalent bond or linker) to each E, the method including the steps of: (a) providing a first composition including formula (M-G3-A) or a salt thereof:

where G^a is a functional group that reacts with G^b to form G; (b) providing a second composition including formula (M-G3-B) or a salt thereof:

where G^b is a functional group that reacts with G^a to form G; and (c) combining the first composition and the second composition to form a first mixture, where m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and each R is, independently, halo, cyano, nitro, optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl group, or optionally substituted C₁-C₆ heteroalkyl group. In some embodiments, step (c) includes the use of a Cu(I) source. In some embodiments, the method further includes: (d) providing a third composition including E; and (e) combining the third composition, the first mixture, and a buffer to form a second mixture. In some embodiments, G^a includes optionally substituted amino. In some embodiments, G^b includes a carbonyl. In some embodiments, G^a includes a carbonyl. In some embodiments, G^b includes optionally substituted amino. In some embodiments, G^a includes an azido group. In some embodiments, G^b includes an alknyl group. In some embodiments, G^a includes an alkynyl group. In some embodiments, G^b includes an azido group. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, a compound of formula (MF-II) or salt thereof has the structure of any one of Int-1 to Int-140 (e.g., Int-56, Int-57, and Int-74) In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, a compound of formula (MF-II) or salt thereof includes the structure of any one of Int-1 to Int-140 (e.g., Int-56, Int-57, and Int-74). In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, a compound of formula (MF-II) or salt thereof is synthesized from the structure of any one of Int-1 to Int-140 (e.g., Int 110, Int-133, or Int- 148). In some embodiments, a compound of formula (DF-II) (e.g., a compound of formula (DF-II-A) or (DF-II-B) and/or a compound of formula (D-G1-A) or (D-G2-A), where each R is halo (e.g., F), provides technical advantages (e.g., increased stability) in methods of synthesizing protein-drug conjugates (e.g., the methods described herein). In some embodiments, the increased stability allows for purification by reverse phase chromatography. In some embodiments, the increased stability allows for lyophilization with minimal hydrolysis of the activated ester. In some embodiments, a compound of formula (DF-II) (e.g., a compound of formula (DF-II-A) or (DF-II-B) and/or a compound of formula (D-G1-A) or (D-G2-A), where m is 3, provides technical advantages (e.g., increased stability) in methods of synthesizing protein-drug conjugates (e.g., the methods described herein). In some embodiments, the increased stability allows for purification by reverse phase chromatography. In some embodiments, the increased stability allows for lyophilization with minimal hydrolysis of the activated ester. In some embodiments, a compound of formula (DF-II) (e.g., a compound of formula (DF-II-A) or (DF-II-B) and/or a compound of formula (D-G1-A) or (D-G2-A), where m is 3 and each R is halo (e.g., F), provides technical advantages (e.g., increased stability) in methods of synthesizing protein-drug conjugates (e.g., the methods described herein). In some embodiments, the increased stability allows for purification by reverse phase chromatography. In some embodiments, the increased stability allows for lyophilization with minimal hydrolysis of the activated ester. In some embodiments, a compound of formula (MF-II) (e.g., a compound of formula (MF-II-A) or (MF-II-B) and/or a compound of formula (M-G1-A) or (M-G2-A), where each R is halo (e.g., F), provides technical advantages (e.g., increased stability) in methods of synthesizing protein-drug conjugates (e.g., the methods described herein). In some embodiments, the increased stability allows for purification by reverse phase chromatography. In some embodiments, the increased stability allows for lyophilization with minimal hydrolysis of the activated ester. In some embodiments, a compound of formula (MF-II) (e.g., a compound of formula (MF-II-A) or (MF-II-B) and/or a compound of formula (M-G1-A) or (M-G2-A), where m is 3, provides technical advantages (e.g., increased stability) in methods of synthesizing protein-drug conjugates (e.g., the methods described herein). In some embodiments, the increased stability allows for purification by reverse phase chromatography. In some embodiments, the increased stability allows for lyophilization with minimal hydrolysis of the activated ester. In some embodiments, a compound of formula (MF-II) (e.g., a compound of formula (MF-II-A) or (MF-II-B) and/or a compound of formula (M-G1-A) or (M-G2-A), where m is 3 and each R is halo (e.g., F), provides technical advantages (e.g., increased stability) in methods of synthesizing protein-drug conjugates (e.g., the methods described herein). In some embodiments, the increased stability allows for purification by reverse phase chromatography. In some embodiments, the increased stability allows for lyophilization with minimal hydrolysis of the activated ester. In some embodiments, the first composition including E is an Fc domain (e.g., n is 2, each E is an Fc domain monomer, and the Fc domain monomers dimerize to form an Fc domain). In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E includes at least one lysine residue. In some embodiments, the squiggly line in formula (D-I) or (M-I) is covalently bound to a lysine residue of each E. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, E includes at least one cysteine residue. In some embodiments, the squiggly line in formula (D-I) or (M-I) is covalently bound to a cysteine residue of each E. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, each R is, independently, halo, cyano, nitro, haloalkyl, or

, where R^z is optionally substituted C₁-C₅ alkyl group or optionally substituted C₁-C₅ heteroalkyl group. In some embodiments, each R is, independently, halo, cyano, nitro, or haloalkyl. In some embodiments, each R is, independently, F, Cl, Br, or I. In some embodiments, each R is F. In some embodiments, m is 3 or 4. In some embodiments, m is 3. In some embodiments, m is 4. In some embodiments,

In some embodiments, In some embodiments,

In some embodiments,

In some embodiments,

In some embodiments,

In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, the buffer includes borate or carbonate. In some embodiments, the buffer includes borate. In some embodiments, the buffer includes carbonate. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 7.0 to 10.0 (e.g., about 7.0 to 7.5, 7.5 to 8.0, 8.0 to 8.5, 8.5 to 9.0, 9.0 to 9.5, 9.5 to 10.0, 7.0 to 8.0, 7.5 to 8.5, 8.0 to 9.0, 8.5 to 9.5, 9.0 to 10.0, 7.0 to 9.0, 7.5 to 9.5, or 8.0 to 10.0). In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 7.0. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 7.1. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 7.2. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 7.3. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 7.4. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 7.5. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 7.6. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 7.7. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 7.8. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 7.9. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 8.0. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 8.1. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 8.2. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 8.3. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 8.4. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 8.5. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 8.6. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 8.7. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 8.8. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 8.9. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 9.0. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 9.5. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 9.6. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 9.7. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 9.8. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 9.9. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 10.0. In some embodiments of any of the aspects described herein, step (c) or step (e) is conducted at a temperature of 5 to 50 °C, such as 20 to 30 °C (e.g., 20 to 25, 21 to 26, 22 to 27, 23 to 28, 24 to 29, or 25 to 30 °C). In some embodiments, step (c) or step (e) is conducted at a temperature of about 25 °C. In some embodiments, step (c) or step (e) is conducted for about 1 to 24 hours, such as 1 to 12 hours (e.g., 1 to 2, 1 to 5, 2 to 3, 2 to 5, 2 to 10, 2 to 12, 3 to 4, 4 to 5, 1 to 3, 2 to 4, or 3 to 5 hours). In some embodiments, step (c) or step (e) is conducted for about 2 hours. In some embodiments, step (c) or step (e) is conducted for about 3 hours. In some embodiments, step (c) or step (e) is conducted for about 4 hours. In some embodiments, step (c) or step (e) is conducted for about 5 hours. In some embodiments, step (c) or step (e) is conducted for about 6 hours. In some embodiments, step (c) or step (e) is conducted for about 7 hours. In some embodiments, step (c) or step (e) is conducted for about 8 hours. In some embodiments, step (c) or step (e) is conducted for about 9 hours. In some embodiments, step (c) or step (e) is conducted for about 10 hours. In some embodiments, step (c) or step (e) is conducted for about 11 hours. In some embodiments, step (c) or step (e) is conducted for about 12 hours. In some embodiments, the first composition or third composition includes phosphate-buffered saline buffer. In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 7.0 to 8.0 (e.g., about 7.0 to 7.5, 7.5 to 8.0, 7.0 to 7.2, 7.2 to 7.4, 7.4 to 7.6, 7.6 to 7.8, or 7.8 to 8.0). In some embodiments, the buffer has a pH of about 7.5. In some embodiments, the second composition or the first mixture includes DMF. In some embodiments, the method further includes a purification step. In some embodiments, the purification step includes dialysis in arginine buffer. In some embodiments, the purification step includes a buffer exchange. In some embodiments, T is an integer from 1 to 20 (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20). In some embodiments, the average value of T is 1 to 20 (e.g., the average value of T is 1 to 2, 1 to 3, 1 to 4, 1 to 5, 5 to 10, 10 to 15, or 15 to 20). In some embodiments, the average value of T is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20. In certain embodiments, the average T is 1 to 10 (e.g., 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.5, 7, 7.5, 8, 8.5, 9, 9.5, or 10). In certain embodiments, the average T is 1 to 5 (e.g., 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, or 5). In some embodiment, the average T is 5 to 10 (e.g., 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 8, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 9, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, or 10). In some embodiments, the average T is 2.5 to 7.5 (e.g., 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, or 7.5). Definitions To facilitate the understanding of this invention, a number of terms are defined below. Terms defined herein have meanings as commonly understood by a person of ordinary skill in the areas relevant to the present invention. Terms such as "a", "an," and "the" are not intended to refer to only a singular entity, but include the general class of which a specific example may be used for illustration. The terminology herein is used to describe specific embodiments of the invention, but their usage does not delimit the invention, except as outlined in the claims. By “viral infection” is meant the pathogenic growth of a virus (e.g., the human immunodeficiency virus) in a host organism (e.g., a human subject). A viral infection can be any situation in which the presence of a viral population(s) is damaging to a host body. Thus, a subject is “suffering” from a viral infection when an excessive amount of a viral population is present in or on the subject’s body, or when the presence of a viral population(s) is damaging the cells or other tissue of the subject. As used herein, the term “Fc domain monomer” refers to a polypeptide chain that includes at least a hinge domain and second and third antibody constant domains (CH₂ and CH3) or functional fragments thereof (e.g., fragments that that capable of (i) dimerizing with another Fc domain monomer to form an Fc domain, and (ii) binding to an Fc receptor. The Fc domain monomer can be any immunoglobulin antibody isotype, including IgG, IgE, IgM, IgA, or IgD (e.g., IgG). Additionally, the Fc domain monomer can be an IgG subtype (e.g., IgG1, IgG2a, IgG2b, IgG3, or IgG4) (e.g., IgG1). An Fc domain monomer does not include any portion of an immunoglobulin that is capable of acting as an antigen-recognition region, e.g., a variable domain or a complementarity determining region (CDR). Fc domain monomers in the conjugates as described herein can contain one or more changes from a wild- type Fc domain monomer sequence (e.g., 1-10, 1-8, 1-6, 1-4 amino acid substitutions, additions, or deletions) that alter the interaction between an Fc domain and an Fc receptor. Examples of suitable changes are known in the art. In certain embodiments, a human Fc domain monomer (e.g., an IgG heavy chain, such as IgG1) includes a region that extends from any of Asn208, Glu216, Asp221, Lys222, or Cys226 to the carboxyl-terminus of the heavy chain at Lys447. C-terminal Lys447 of the Fc region may or may not be present, without affecting the structure or stability of the Fc region. Unless otherwise specified herein, numbering of amino acid residues in the IgG or Fc domain monomer is according to the EU numbering system for antibodies, also called the Kabat EU index, as described, for example, in Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD, 1991. As used herein, the term “Fc domain” refers to a dimer of two Fc domain monomers that is capable of binding an Fc receptor. In the wild-type Fc domain, the two Fc domain monomers dimerize by the interaction between the two CH3 antibody constant domains, in some embodiments, one or more disulfide bonds form between the hinge domains of the two dimerizing Fc domain monomers. The term “covalently attached” refers to two parts of a conjugate that are linked to each other by a covalent bond formed between two atoms in the two parts of the conjugate. As used herein, the term “Fc-binding peptide” refers to refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence of 5 to 50 (e.g., 5 to 40, 5 to 30, 5 to 20, 5 to 15, 5 to 10, 10 to 50, 10 to 30, or 10 to 20) amino acid residues that has affinity for and functions to bind an Fc domain, such as any of the Fc domain described herein. An Fc-binding peptide can be of different origins, e.g., synthetic, human, mouse, or rat. Fc-binding peptides of the invention include Fc-binding peptides which have been engineered to include one or more (e.g., two, three, four, or five) solvent-exposed cysteine or lysine residues, which may provide a site for conjugation to a compound of the invention (e.g., conjugation to a gp120 binder monomer or dimer, including by way of a linker). Most preferably, the Fc-binding peptide will contain a single solvent-exposed cysteine or lysine, thus enabling site-specific conjugation of a compound of the invention. Fc-binding peptides may include only naturally occurring amino acid residues, or may include one or more non-naturally occurring amino acid residues. Where included, a non-naturally occurring amino acid residue (e.g., the side chain of a non-naturally occurring amino acid residue) may be used as the point of attachment for a compound of the invention (e.g., a gp120 binder monomer or dimer, including by way of a linker). Fc-binding peptides of the invention may be linear or cyclic. Fc-binding peptides of the invention include any Fc-binding peptides known to one of skill in the art. As used here, the term “albumin protein” refers to a polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence corresponding to a naturally-occurring albumin protein (e.g., human serum albumin) or a variant thereof, such as an engineered variant of a naturally-occurring albumin protein. Variants of albumin proteins include polymorphisms, fragments such as domains and sub-domains, and fusion proteins (e.g., an albumin protein having a C-terminal or N-terminal fusion, such as a polypeptide linker). Preferably the albumin protein has the amino acid sequence of human serum albumin (HSA) or a variant or fragment thereof, most preferably a functional variant or fragment thereof. Albumin proteins of the invention include proteins having at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity to any one of SEQ ID NOs: 96-98. Albumin proteins of the invention include albumin proteins which have been engineered to include one or more (e.g., two, three, four, or five) solvent-exposed cysteine or lysine residues, which may provide a site for conjugation to a compound of the invention (e.g., conjugation to a gp120 binder monomer or dimer, including by way of a linker). Most preferably, the albumin protein will contain a single solvent-exposed cysteine or lysine, thus enabling site- specific conjugation of a compound of the invention. Albumin proteins may include only naturally occurring amino acid residues, or may include one or more non-naturally occurring amino acid residues. Where included, a non-naturally occurring amino acid residue (e.g., the side chain of a non-naturally occurring amino acid residue) may be used as the point of attachment for a compound of the invention (e.g., a gp120 binder monomer or dimer, including by way of a linker). As used herein, the term “albumin protein-binding peptide” refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence of 5 to 50 (e.g., 5 to 40, 5 to 30, 5 to 20, 5 to 15, 5 to 10, 10 to 50, 10 to 30, or 10 to 20) amino acid residues that has affinity for and functions to bind an albumin protein, such as any of the albumin proteins described herein. Preferably, the albumin protein-binding peptide binds to a naturally- occurring serum albumin, most preferably human serum albumin. An albumin protein-binding peptide can be of different origins, e.g., synthetic, human, mouse, or rat. Albumin protein-binding peptides of the invention include albumin protein-binding peptides which have been engineered to include one or more (e.g., two, three, four, or five) solvent-exposed cysteine or lysine residues, which may provide a site for conjugation to a compound of the invention (e.g., conjugation to a gp120 binder monomer or dimer, including by way of a linker). Most preferably, the albumin protein-binding peptide will contain a single solvent-exposed cysteine or lysine, thus enabling site-specific conjugation of a compound of the invention. Albumin protein-binding peptides may include only naturally occurring amino acid residues, or may include one or more non-naturally occurring amino acid residues. Where included, a non-naturally occurring amino acid residue (e.g., the side chain of a non-naturally occurring amino acid residue) may be used as the point of attachment for a compound of the invention (e.g., a gp120 binder monomer or dimer, including by way of a linker). Albumin protein-binding peptides of the invention may be linear or cyclic. Albumin protein-binding peptide of the invention include any albumin protein-binding peptides known to one of skill in the art, examples of which, are provided herein. Further exemplary albumin protein-binding peptides are provided in U.S. Patent Application No.2005/0287153, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. As used-herein, a “surface exposed amino acid” or “solvent-exposed amino acid,” such as a surface exposed cysteine or a surface exposed lysine refers to an amino acid that is accessible to the solvent surrounding the protein. A surface exposed amino acid may be a naturally-occurring or an engineered variant (e.g., a substitution or insertion) of the protein. In some embodiments, a surface exposed amino acid is an amino acid that when substituted does not substantially change the three- dimensional structure of the protein. The terms “linker,” “L,” and “L’ ,” as used herein, refer to a covalent linkage or connection between two or more components in a conjugate (e.g., between two gp120 binders in a conjugate described herein, between a gp120 binder and an Fc domain or albumin protein in a conjugate described herein, and between a dimer of two gp120 binders and an Fc domain or an albumin protein in a conjugate described herein). In some embodiments, a conjugate described herein may contain a linker that has a trivalent structure (e.g., a trivalent linker). A trivalent linker has three arms, in which each arm is covalently linked to a component of the conjugate (e.g., a first arm conjugated to a first gp120 binder, a second arm conjugated to a second gp120 binder, and a third arm conjugated to an Fc domain or an albumin protein). Molecules that may be used as linkers include at least two functional groups, which may be the same or different, e.g., two carboxylic acid groups, two amine groups, two sulfonic acid groups, a carboxylic acid group and a maleimide group, a carboxylic acid group and an alkyne group, a carboxylic acid group and an amine group, a carboxylic acid group and a sulfonic acid group, an amine group and a maleimide group, an amine group and an alkyne group, or an amine group and a sulfonic acid group. The first functional group may form a covalent linkage with a first component in the conjugate and the second functional group may form a covalent linkage with the second component in the conjugate. In some embodiments of a trivalent linker, two arms of a linker may contain two dicarboxylic acids, in which the first carboxylic acid may form a covalent linkage with the first gp120 binder in the conjugate and the second carboxylic acid may form a covalent linkage with the second gp120 binder in the conjugate, and the third arm of the linker may for a covalent linkage with an Fc domain or albumin protein in the conjugate. Examples of dicarboxylic acids are described further herein. In some embodiments, a molecule containing one or more maleimide groups may be used as a linker, in which the maleimide group may form a carbon-sulfur linkage with a cysteine in a component (e.g., an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, or an albumin protein) in the conjugate. In some embodiments, a molecule containing one or more alkyne groups may be used as a linker, in which the alkyne group may form a 1,2,3-triazole linkage with an azide in a component (e.g., an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, or an albumin protein) in the conjugate. In some embodiments, a molecule containing one or more azide groups may be used as a linker, in which the azide group may form a 1,2,3-triazole linkage with an alkyne in a component (e.g., an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, or an albumin protein) in the conjugate. In some embodiments, a molecule containing one or more bis-sulfone groups may be used as a linker, in which the bis-sulfone group may form a linkage with an amine group a component (e.g., an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, or an albumin protein) in the conjugate. In some embodiments, a molecule containing one or more sulfonic acid groups may be used as a linker, in which the sulfonic acid group may form a sulfonamide linkage with a component in the conjugate. In some embodiments, a molecule containing one or more isocyanate groups may be used as a linker, in which the isocyanate group may form a urea linkage with a component in the conjugate. In some embodiments, a molecule containing one or more haloalkyl groups may be used as a linker, in which the haloalkyl group may form a covalent linkage, e.g., C-N and C-O linkages, with a component in the conjugate. In some embodiments, a molecule containing one or more phenyl ester groups (e.g., triflurophenyl ester groups or tetrafluorophenyl ester groups) may be used as a linker, in which the phenyl ester group (e.g., triflurophenyl ester group or tetrafluorophenyl ester group) may form an amide with an amine in a component (e.g., a fusion protein) in the conjugate. In some embodiments, a linker provides space, rigidity, and/or flexibility between the two or more components. In some embodiments, a linker may be a bond, e.g., a covalent bond. The term “bond” refers to a chemical bond, e.g., an amide bond, a disulfide bond, a C-O bond, a C-N bond, a N-N bond, a C-S bond, or any kind of bond created from a chemical reaction, e.g., chemical conjugation. In some embodiments, a linker includes no more than 250 atoms. In some embodiments, a linker includes no more than 250 non-hydrogen atoms. In some embodiments, the backbone of a linker includes no more than 250 atoms. The “backbone” of a linker refers to the atoms in the linker that together form the shortest path from one part of a conjugate to another part of the conjugate (e.g., the shortest path linking a first gp120 binder and a second gp120 binder). The atoms in the backbone of the linker are directly involved in linking one part of a conjugate to another part of the conjugate (e.g., linking a first gp120 binder and a second gp120 binder). For examples, hydrogen atoms attached to carbons in the backbone of the linker are not considered as directly involved in linking one part of the conjugate to another part of the conjugate. In some embodiments, a linker may comprise a synthetic group derived from, e.g., a synthetic polymer (e.g., a polyethylene glycol (PEG) polymer). In some embodiments, a linker may comprise one or more amino acid residues, such as D- or L-amino acid residues. In some embodiments, a linker may be a residue of an amino acid sequence (e.g., a 1-25 amino acid, 1-10 amino acid, 1-9 amino acid, 1-8 amino acid, 1-7 amino acid, 1-6 amino acid, 1-5 amino acid, 1-4 amino acid, 1-3 amino acid, 1-2 amino acid, or 1 amino acid sequence). In some embodiments, a linker may comprise one or more, e.g., 1-100, 1-50, 1-25, 1-10, 1-5, or 1-3, optionally substituted alkylene, optionally substituted heteroalkylene (e.g., a PEG unit), optionally substituted alkenylene, optionally substituted heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted alkynylene, optionally substituted heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted cycloalkylene, optionally substituted heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted arylene, optionally substituted heteroarylene (e.g., pyridine), O, S, NRⁱ, , (each Rⁱ is, independently, H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted heteroalkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl), P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or imino. For example, a linker may comprise one or more optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene (e.g., a PEG unit), optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylene (e.g., C₂ alkenylene), optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkylene (e.g., cyclopropylene, cyclobutylene), optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ arylene (e.g., C₆ arylene), optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroarylene (e.g., imidazole, pyridine), O, S, NRⁱ, , (each Rⁱ is, independently, H, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, or optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroaryl), P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or imino. The terms “alkyl,” “alkenyl,” and “alkynyl,” as used herein, include straight-chain and branched- chain monovalent substituents, as well as combinations of these, containing only C and H when unsubstituted. When the alkyl group includes at least one carbon-carbon double bond or carbon-carbon triple bond, the alkyl group can be referred to as an “alkenyl” or “alkynyl” group respectively. The monovalency of an alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group does not include the optional substituents on the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group. For example, if an alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group is attached to a compound, monovalency of the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group refers to its attachment to the compound and does not include any additional substituents that may be present on the alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group. In some embodiments, the alkyl or heteroalkyl group may contain, e.g., 1-20.1-18, 1-16, 1-14, 1-12, 1-10, 1-8, 1- 6, 1-4, or 1-2 carbon atoms (e.g., C₁-C₂₀, C₁-C₁₈, C₁-C₁₆, C₁-C₁₄, C₁-C₁₂, C₁-C₁₀, C₁-C₈, C₁-C₆, C₁-C₄, or C₁-C₂). In some embodiments, the alkenyl, heteroalkenyl, alkynyl, or heteroalkynyl group may contain, e.g., 2-20, 2-18, 2-16, 2-14, 2-12, 2-10, 2-8, 2-6, or 2-4 carbon atoms (e.g., C₂-C₂₀, C₂-C₁₈, C₂-C₁₆, C₂-C₁₄, C₂-C₁₂, C₂-C₁₀, C₂-C₈, C₂-C₆, or C₂-C₄). Examples include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, 2-propenyl, and 3-butynyl. The term “cycloalkyl,” as used herein, represents a monovalent saturated or unsaturated non- aromatic cyclic alkyl group. A cycloalkyl may have, e.g., three to twenty carbons (e.g., a C₃-C₇, C₃-C₈, C₃- C₉, C₃-C₁₀, C₃-C₁₁, C₃-C₁₂, C₃-C₁₄, C₃-C₁₆, C₃-C₁₈, or C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl). Examples of cycloalkyls include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cycloheptyl. When the cycloalkyl group includes at least one carbon-carbon double bond, the cycloalkyl group can be referred to as a “cycloalkenyl” group. A cycloalkenyl may have, e.g., four to twenty carbons (e.g., a C₄-C₇, C₄-C₈, C₄- C₉, C₄-C₁₀, C₄-C₁₁, C₄-C₁₂, C₄-C₁₄, C₄-C₁₆, C₄-C₁₈, or C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenyl). Exemplary cycloalkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, and cycloheptenyl. When the cycloalkyl group includes at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, the cycloalkyl group can be referred to as a “cycloalkynyl” group. A cycloalkynyl may have, e.g., eight to twenty carbons (e.g., a C₈-C₉, C₈-C₁₀, C₈-C₁₁, C₈-C₁₂, C₈- C₁₄, C₈-C₁₆, C₈-C₁₈, or C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynyl). The term “cycloalkyl” also includes a cyclic compound having a bridged multicyclic structure in which one or more carbons bridges two non-adjacent members of a monocyclic ring, e.g., bicyclo[2.2.1.]heptyl and adamantane. The term “cycloalkyl” also includes bicyclic, tricyclic, and tetracyclic fused ring structures, e.g., decalin and spiro cyclic compounds. A “heterocycloalkyl,” “heterocycloalkenyl,” or “heterocycloalkynyl” group refers to a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, or cycloalkynyl group having one or more rings (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4 or more rings) that has one or more heteroatoms independently selected from, e.g., N, O, and S. Exemplary heterocycloalkyl groups include pyrrolidine, thiophene, thiolane, tetrahydrofuran, piperidine, tetrahydropyran, quinoline, isoquinoline, cinnoline, phthalazine, quinazoline, quinoxaline, indole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, isoindole, benzo[c]thiophene, isobenzofuran, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, 1H-indazole, 1,2,benzisoxazole, 1,2-benzisothiazole, 2,1-benzisothiazole, 2,1-benzisoxazole, purine, pyrrolizidine, indene, fluorene, carbazole, dibenzofuran, acridine, phenazine, and phenoxazine. The term “aryl,” as used herein, refers to any monocyclic or fused ring bicyclic or tricyclic system which has the characteristics of aromaticity in terms of electron distribution throughout the ring system, e.g., phenyl, naphthyl, or phenanthrene. In some embodiments, a ring system contains 5-15 ring member atoms or 5-10 ring member atoms. An aryl group may have, e.g., five to fifteen carbons (e.g., a C₅-C₆, C₅-C₇, C₅-C₈, C₅-C₉, C₅-C₁₀, C₅-C₁₁, C₅-C₁₂, C₅-C₁₃, C₅- C₁₄, or C₅-C₁₅ aryl). The term “heteroaryl” also refers to such monocyclic or fused bicyclic ring systems containing one or more, e.g., 1-4, 1-3, 1, 2, 3, or 4, heteroatoms selected from O, S and N. A heteroaryl group may have, e.g., two to fifteen ring member atoms (e.g., a C₂-C₃, C₂-C₄, C₂-C₅, C₂-C₆, C₂-C₇, C₂-C₈, C₂-C₉, C₂-C₁₀, C₂-C₁₁, C₂-C₁₂, C₂-C₁₃, C₂-C₁₄, or C₃-C₁₅ heteroaryl). The inclusion of a heteroatom permits inclusion of 5-membered rings to be considered aromatic as well as 6-membered rings. Thus, typical heteroaryl systems include, e.g., pyridyl, pyrimidyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzotriazolyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzofuranyl, thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl (e.g., 1,2,3- or 1,2,4-triazolyl) oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, and imidazolyl. Because tautomers are possible, a group such as phthalimido is also considered heteroaryl. In some embodiments, the aryl or heteroaryl group is a 5- or 6-membered aromatic rings system optionally containing 1-2 nitrogen atoms. In some embodiments, the aryl or heteroaryl group is an optionally substituted phenyl, pyridyl, indolyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, benzothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, or imidazopyridinyl. In some embodiments, the aryl group is phenyl. In some embodiments, an aryl group may be optionally substituted with a substituent such an aryl substituent, e.g., biphenyl. The term “alkaryl,” refers to an aryl group that is connected to an alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group. In general, if a compound is attached to an alkaryl group, the alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene portion of the alkaryl is attached to the compound. In some embodiments, an alkaryl is C₆-C₃5 alkaryl (e.g., C₆-C₁₆, C₆-C₁₄, C₆-C₁₂, C₆-C₁₀, C₆-C₉, C₆-C₈, C₇, or C₆ alkaryl), in which the number of carbons indicates the total number of carbons in both the aryl portion and the alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene portion of the alkaryl. Examples of alkaryls include, but are not limited to, (C₁-C₈)alkylene(C₆- C₁₂)aryl, (C₂-C₈)alkenylene(C₆-C₁₂)aryl, or (C₂-C₈)alkynylene(C₆-C₁₂)aryl. In some embodiments, an alkaryl is benzyl or phenethyl. In a heteroalkaryl, one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S may be present in the alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene portion of the alkaryl group and/or may be present in the aryl portion of the alkaryl group. In an optionally substituted alkaryl, the substituent may be present on the alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene portion of the alkaryl group and/or may be present on the aryl portion of the alkaryl group. The term “amino,” as used herein, represents –N(R^x)₂ or –N⁺(R^x)₃, where each R^x is, independently, H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, or two R^x combine to form a heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiment, the amino group is -NH₂. The term “alkamino,” as used herein, refers to an amino group, described herein, that is attached to an alkylene (e.g., C₁-C₅ alkylene), alkenylene (e.g., C₂-C₅ alkenylene), or alkynylene group (e.g., C₂-C₅ alkenylene). In general, if a compound is attached to an alkamino group, the alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene portion of the alkamino is attached to the compound. The amino portion of an alkamino refers to –N(R^x)₂ or –N⁺(R^x)₃, where each R^x is, independently, H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, or two R^x combine to form a heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiment, the amino portion of an alkamino is -NH₂. An example of an alkamino group is C₁-C₅ alkamino, e.g., C₂ alkamino (e.g., CH₂CH₂NH₂ or CH₂CH₂N(CH₃)₂). In a heteroalkamino group, one or more, e.g., 1-4, 1-3, 1, 2, 3, or 4, heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S may be present in the alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene portion of the heteroalkamino group. In some embodiments, an alkamino group may be optionally substituted. In a substituted alkamino group, the substituent may be present on the alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene portion of the alkamino group and/or may be present on the amino portion of the alkamino group. The term “alkamide,” as used herein, refers to an amide group that is attached to an alkylene (e.g., C₁-C₅ alkylene), alkenylene (e.g., C₂-C₅ alkenylene), or alkynylene (e.g., C₂-C₅ alkenylene) group. In general, if a compound is attached to an alkamide group, the alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene portion of the alkamide is attached to the compound. The amide portion of an alkamide refers to – C(O)-N(R^x)₂, where each R^x is, independently, H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, or two R^x combine to form a heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiment, the amide portion of an alkamide is -C(O)NH₂. An alkamide group may be -(CH₂)₂-C(O)NH₂ or -CH₂-C(O)NH₂. In a heteroalkamide group, one or more, e.g., 1-4, 1-3, 1, 2, 3, or 4, heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S may be present in the alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene portion of the heteroalkamide group. In some embodiments, an alkamide group may be optionally substituted. In a substituted alkamide group, the substituent may be present on the alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene portion of the alkamide group and/or may be present on the amide portion of the alkamide group. The terms “alkylene,” “alkenylene,” and “alkynylene,” as used herein, refer to divalent groups having a specified size. In some embodiments, an alkylene may contain, e.g., 1-20, 1-18, 1-16, 1-14, 1- 12, 1-10, 1-8, 1-6, 1-4, or 1-2 carbon atoms (e.g., C₁-C₂₀, C₁-C₁₈, C₁-C₁₆, C₁-C₁₄, C₁-C₁₂, C₁-C₁₀, C₁-C₈, C₁-C₆, C₁-C₄, or C₁-C₂). In some embodiments, an alkenylene or alkynylene may contain, e.g., 2-20, 2- 18, 2-16, 2-14, 2-12, 2-10, 2-8, 2-6, or 2-4 carbon atoms (e.g., C₂-C₂₀, C₂-C₁₈, C₂-C₁₆, C₂-C₁₄, C₂-C₁₂, C₂- C₁₀, C₂-C₈, C₂-C₆, or C₂-C₄). Alkylene, alkenylene, and/or alkynylene includes straight-chain and branched-chain forms, as well as combinations of these. The divalency of an alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group does not include the optional substituents on the alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group. For example, two gp120 binders may be attached to each other by way of a linker that includes alkylene, alkenylene, and/or alkynylene, or combinations thereof. Each of the alkylene, alkenylene, and/or alkynylene groups in the linker is considered divalent with respect to the two attachments on either end of alkylene, alkenylene, and/or alkynylene group. For example, if a linker includes -(optionally substituted alkylene)-(optionally substituted alkenylene)-(optionally substituted alkylene)-, the alkenylene is considered divalent with respect to its attachments to the two alkylenes at the ends of the linker. The optional substituents on the alkenylene are not included in the divalency of the alkenylene. The divalent nature of an alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group (e.g., an alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group in a linker) refers to both of the ends of the group and does not include optional substituents that may be present in an alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene group. Because they are divalent, they can link together multiple (e.g., two) parts of a conjugate, e.g., a first gp120 binder and a second gp120 binder. Alkylene, alkenylene, and/or alkynylene groups can be substituted by the groups typically suitable as substituents for alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups as set forth herein. For example, C=O is a C1 alkylene that is substituted by an oxo (=O). For example, -HCR-C≡C- may be considered as an optionally substituted alkynylene and is considered a divalent group even though it has an optional substituent, R. Heteroalkylene, heteroalkenylene, and/or heteroalkynylene groups refer to alkylene, alkenylene, and/or alkynylene groups including one or more, e.g., 1-4, 1-3, 1, 2, 3, or 4, heteroatoms, e.g., N, O, and S. For example, a polyethylene glycol (PEG) polymer or a PEG unit -(CH₂)₂-O- in a PEG polymer is considered a heteroalkylene containing one or more oxygen atoms. The term “cycloalkylene,” as used herein, refers to a divalent cyclic group linking together two parts of a compound. For example, one carbon within the cycloalkylene group may be linked to one part of the compound, while another carbon within the cycloalkylene group may be linked to another part of the compound. A cycloalkylene group may include saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic cyclic groups. A cycloalkylene may have, e.g., three to twenty carbons in the cyclic portion of the cycloalkylene (e.g., a C₃-C₇, C₃-C₈, C₃-C₉, C₃-C₁₀, C₃-C₁₁, C₃-C₁₂, C₃-C₁₄, C₃-C₁₆, C₃-C₁₈, or C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkylene). When the cycloalkylene group includes at least one carbon-carbon double bond, the cycloalkylene group can be referred to as a “cycloalkenylene” group. A cycloalkenylene may have, e.g., four to twenty carbons in the cyclic portion of the cycloalkenylene (e.g., a C₄-C₇, C₄-C₈, C₄-C₉. C₄-C₁₀, C₄-C₁₁, C₄-C₁₂, C₄-C₁₄, C₄-C₁₆, C₄-C₁₈, or C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenylene). When the cycloalkylene group includes at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, the cycloalkylene group can be referred to as a “cycloalkynylene” group. A cycloalkynylene may have, e.g., four to twenty carbons in the cyclic portion of the cycloalkynylene (e.g., a C₄-C₇, C₄-C₈, C₄-C₉, C₄-C₁₀, C₄-C₁₁, C₄-C₁₂, C₄-C₁₄, C₄-C₁₆, C₄-C₁₈, or C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynylene). A cycloalkylene group can be substituted by the groups typically suitable as substituents for alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups as set forth herein. Heterocycloalkylene refers to a cycloalkylene group including one or more, e.g., 1-4, 1-3, 1, 2, 3, or 4, heteroatoms, e.g., N, O, and S. Examples of cycloalkylenes include, but are not limited to, cyclopropylene and cyclobutylene. A tetrahydrofuran may be considered as a heterocycloalkylene. The term “arylene,” as used herein, refers to a multivalent (e.g., divalent or trivalent) aryl group linking together multiple (e.g., two or three) parts of a compound. For example, one carbon within the arylene group may be linked to one part of the compound, while another carbon within the arylene group may be linked to another part of the compound. An arylene may have, e.g., five to fifteen carbons in the aryl portion of the arylene (e.g., a C₅-C₆, C₅-C₇, C₅-C₈, C₅-C₉, C₅-C₁₀, C₅-C₁₁, C₅-C₁₂, C₅-C₁₃, C₅-C₁₄, or C₅- C₁₅ arylene). An arylene group can be substituted by the groups typically suitable as substituents for alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups as set forth herein. Heteroarylene refers to an aromatic group including one or more, e.g., 1-4, 1-3, 1, 2, 3, or 4, heteroatoms, e.g., N, O, and S. A heteroarylene group may have, e.g., two to fifteen carbons (e.g., a C₂-C₃, C₂-C₄, C₂-C₅, C₂-C₆, C₂-C₇, C₂-C₈, C₂-C₉. C₂-C₁₀, C₂-C₁₁, C₂-C₁₂, C₂-C₁₃, C₂-C₁₄, or C₃-C₁₅ heteroarylene). The term “optionally substituted,” as used herein, refers to having 0, 1, or more substituents, such as 0-25, 0-20, 0-10 or 0-5 substituents. Substituents include, but are not limited to, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, alkaryl, acyl, heteroaryl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, heteroalkaryl, halogen, oxo, cyano, nitro, amino, alkamino, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkanoyl, carbonyl, carbamoyl, guanidinyl, ureido, amidinyl, any of the groups or moieties described above, and hetero versions of any of the groups or moieties described above. Substituents include, but are not limited to, F, Cl, methyl, phenyl, benzyl, OR, NR₂, SR, SOR, SO₂R, OCOR, NRCOR, NRCONR₂, NRCOOR, OCONR₂, RCO, COOR, alkyl-OOCR, SO₃R, CONR₂, SO₂NR₂, NRSO₂NR₂, CN, CF₃, O CF₃, SiR₃, and NO₂, wherein each R is, independently, H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, or heteroaryl, and wherein two of the optional substituents on the same or adjacent atoms can be joined to form a fused, optionally substituted aromatic or nonaromatic, saturated or unsaturated ring which contains 3–8 members, or two of the optional substituents on the same atom can be joined to form an optionally substituted aromatic or nonaromatic, saturated or unsaturated ring which contains 3–8 members. An optionally substituted group or moiety refers to a group or moiety (e.g., any one of the groups or moieties described above) in which one of the atoms (e.g., a hydrogen atom) is optionally replaced with another substituent. For example, an optionally substituted alkyl may be an optionally substituted methyl, in which a hydrogen atom of the methyl group is replaced by, e.g., OH. As another example, a substituent on a heteroalkyl or its divalent counterpart, heteroalkylene, may replace a hydrogen on a carbon or a hydrogen on a heteroatom such as N. For example, the hydrogen atom in the group -R-NH-R- may be substituted with an alkamide substituent, e.g., -R-N[(CH₂C(O)N(CH₃)₂]-R. Generally, an optional substituent is a noninterfering substituent. A “noninterfering substituent” refers to a substituent that leaves the ability of the conjugates described herein (e.g., conjugates of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) to either bind to viral gp41 or gp120 receptor or to inhibit the proliferation of HIV. Thus, in some embodiments, the substituent may alter the degree of such activity. However, as long as the conjugate retains the ability to bind to viral gp41 or gp120 receptor or to inhibit HIV proliferation, the substituent will be classified as “noninterfering.” For example, the noninterfering substituent would leave the ability of the compound to provide antiviral efficacy based on an IC₅0 value of 10 μM or less in a viral plaque reduction assay. Thus, the substituent may alter the degree of inhibition based on plaque reduction or gp120 receptor inhibition. However, as long as the compound described herein, such as any compound of formula (A-I), retains the ability to inhibit gp120 receptor, the substituent will be classified as "noninterfering." A number of assays for determining viral plaque reduction or the ability of any compound to inhibit gp120 receptor are available in the art, and some are exemplified in the Examples below. The term “hetero,” when used to describe a chemical group or moiety, refers to having at least one heteroatom that is not a carbon or a hydrogen, e.g., N, O, and S. Any one of the groups or moieties described above may be referred to as hetero if it contains at least one heteroatom. For example, a heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, or heterocycloalkynyl group refers to a cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, or cycloalkynyl group that has one or more heteroatoms independently selected from, e.g., N, O, and S. An example of a heterocycloalkenyl group is a maleimido. For example, a heteroaryl group refers to an aromatic group that has one or more heteroatoms independently selected from, e.g., N, O, and S. One or more heteroatoms may also be included in a substituent that replaced a hydrogen atom in a group or moiety as described herein. For example, in an optionally substituted heteroaryl group, if one of the hydrogen atoms in the heteroaryl group is replaced with a substituent (e.g., methyl), the substituent may also contain one or more heteroatoms (e.g., methanol). The term “acyl,” as used herein, refers to a group having the structure:

, wherein R^z is an optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, aryl, alkaryl, alkamino, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroalkaryl, or heteroalkamino. The term “halo” or “halogen,” as used herein, refers to any halogen atom, e.g., F, Cl, Br, or I. Any one of the groups or moieties described herein may be referred to as a “halo moiety” if it contains at least one halogen atom, such as haloalkyl. The term “haloalkyl,” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group substituted with one or more (e.g., one, two, three, four, five, six, or more) halo groups. Haloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, fluoroalkyl (e.g., trifluoromethyl and pentafluoroethyl) and chloroalkyl. The term “hydroxyl,” as used herein, represents an -OH group. The term “oxo,” as used herein, refers to a substituent having the structure =O, where there is a double bond between an atom and an oxygen atom. The term “carbonyl,” as used herein, refers to a group having the structure:

The term “thiocarbonyl,” as used herein, refers to a group having the structure:

. The term “phosphate,” as used herein, represents the group having the structure:

The term “phosphoryl,” as used herein, represents the group having the structure:

The term “sulfonyl,” as used herein, represents the group having the structure:

The term “imino,” as used herein, represents the group having the structure:

, wherein R is an optional substituent. The term “N-protecting group,” as used herein, represents those groups intended to protect an amino group against undesirable reactions during synthetic procedures. Commonly used N-protecting groups are disclosed in Greene, “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis,” 5th Edition (John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2014), which is incorporated herein by reference. N-protecting groups include, e.g., acyl, aryloyl, and carbamyl groups such as formyl, acetyl, propionyl, pivaloyl, t-butylacetyl, 2-chloroacetyl, 2-bromoacetyl, trifluoroacetyl, trichloroacetyl, phthaloyl, o-nitrophenoxyacetyl, α-chlorobutyryl, benzoyl, carboxybenzyl (CBz), 4-chlorobenzoyl, 4-bromobenzoyl, 4-nitrobenzoyl, and chiral auxiliaries such as protected or unprotected D, L or D, L-amino acid residues such as alanine, leucine, phenylalanine; sulfonyl-containing groups such as benzenesulfonyl and p-toluenesulfonyl; carbamate forming groups such as benzyloxycarbonyl, p-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl, p-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, p- nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, 2-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, p-bromobenzyloxycarbonyl, 3,4- dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 3,5-dimethoxybenzyl oxycarbonyl, 2,4-dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 4-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 2-nitro-4,5-dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 3,4,5-trimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 1-(p-biphenylyl)-1-methylethoxycarbonyl, α,α-dimethyl- 3,5-dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, benzhydryloxy carbonyl, t-butyloxycarbonyl (BOC), diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, isopropyloxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, methoxycarbonyl, allyloxycarbonyl, 2,2,2,-trichloroethoxycarbonyl, phenoxycarbonyl, 4-nitrophenoxy carbonyl, fluorenyl-9-methoxycarbonyl (Fmoc), cyclopentyloxycarbonyl, adamantyloxycarbonyl, cyclohexyloxycarbonyl, and phenylthiocarbonyl; alkaryl groups such as benzyl, triphenylmethyl, and benzyloxymethyl; and silyl groups such as trimethylsilyl. The term “amino acid,” as used herein, means naturally occurring amino acids and non-naturally occurring amino acids. The term “naturally occurring amino acids,” as used herein, means amino acids including Ala, Arg, Asn, Asp, Cys, Gln, Glu, Gly, His, Ile, Leu, Lys, Met, Phe, Pro, Ser, Thr, Trp, Tyr, and Val. The term “non-naturally occurring amino acid,” as used herein, means an alpha amino acid that is not naturally produced or found in a mammal. Examples of non-naturally occurring amino acids include D-amino acids; an amino acid having an acetylaminomethyl group attached to a sulfur atom of a cysteine; a pegylated amino acid; the omega amino acids of the formula NH₂(CH₂)nCOOH where n is 2-6, neutral nonpolar amino acids, such as sarcosine, t-butyl alanine, t-butyl glycine, N-methyl isoleucine, and norleucine; oxymethionine; phenylglycine; citrulline; methionine sulfoxide; cysteic acid; ornithine; diaminobutyric acid; 3-aminoalanine; 3-hydroxy-D-proline; 2,4-diaminobutyric acid; 2-aminopentanoic acid; 2-aminooctanoic acid, 2-carboxy piperazine; piperazine-2-carboxylic acid, 2-amino-4-phenylbutanoic acid; 3-(2-naphthyl)alanine, and hydroxyproline. Other amino acids are α-aminobutyric acid, α-amino-α- methylbutyrate, aminocyclopropane-carboxylate, aminoisobutyric acid, aminonorbornyl-carboxylate, L- cyclohexylalanine, cyclopentylalanine, L-N-methylleucine, L-N-methylmethionine, L-N-methylnorvaline, L- N-methylphenylalanine, L-N-methylproline, L-N-methylserine, L-N-methyltryptophan, D-ornithine, L-N- methylethylglycine, L-norleucine, α-methyl-aminoisobutyrate, α-methylcyclohexylalanine, D-α- methylalanine, D-α-methylarginine, D-α-methylasparagine, D-α-methylaspartate, D-α-methylcysteine, D- α-methylglutamine, D-α-methylhistidine, D-α-methylisoleucine, D-α-methylleucine, D-α-methyllysine, D-α- methylmethionine, D-α-methylornithine, D-α-methylphenylalanine, D-α-methylproline, D-α-methylserine, D-N-methylserine, D-α-methylthreonine, D-α-methyltryptophan, D-α-methyltyrosine, D-α-methylvaline, D- N-methylalanine, D-N-methylarginine, D-N-methylasparagine, D-N-methylaspartate, D-N-methylcysteine, D-N-methylglutamine, D-N-methylglutamate, D-N-methylhistidine, D-N-methylisoleucine, D-N- methylleucine, D-N-methyllysine, N-methylcyclohexylalanine, D-N-methylornithine, N-methylglycine, N- methylaminoisobutyrate, N-(1-methylpropyl)glycine, N-(2-methylpropyl)glycine, D-N-methyltryptophan, D- N-methyltyrosine, D-N-methylvaline, γ-aminobutyric acid, L-t-butylglycine, L-ethylglycine, L- homophenylalanine, L-α-methylarginine, L-α-methylaspartate, L-α-methylcysteine, L-α-methylglutamine, L-α-methylhistidine, L-α-methylisoleucine, L-α-methylleucine, L-α-methylmethionine, L-α-methylnorvaline, L-α-methylphenylalanine, L-α-methylserine, L-α-methyltryptophan, L-α-methylvaline, N-(N-(2,2- diphenylethyl) carbamylmethylglycine, 1-carboxy-1-(2,2-diphenyl-ethylamino) cyclopropane, 4- hydroxyproline, ornithine, 2-aminobenzoyl (anthraniloyl), D-cyclohexylalanine, 4-phenyl-phenylalanine, L- citrulline, α-cyclohexylglycine, L-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid, L-thiazolidine-4- carboxylic acid, L-homotyrosine, L-2-furylalanine, L-histidine (3-methyl), N-(3-guanidinopropyl)glycine, O- methyl-L-tyrosine, O-glycan-serine, meta-tyrosine, nor-tyrosine, L-N,N′,N″-trimethyllysine, homolysine, norlysine, N-glycan asparagine, 7-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-4-fluorophenylalanine, 4- methylphenylalanine, bis-(2-picolyl)amine, pentafluorophenylalanine, indoline-2-carboxylic acid, 2- aminobenzoic acid, 3-amino-2-naphthoic acid, asymmetric dimethylarginine, L-tetrahydroisoquinoline-1- carboxylic acid, D-tetrahydroisoquinoline-1-carboxylic acid, 1-amino-cyclohexane acetic acid, D/L- allylglycine, 4-aminobenzoic acid, 1-amino-cyclobutane carboxylic acid, 2 or 3 or 4-aminocyclohexane carboxylic acid, 1-amino-1-cyclopentane carboxylic acid, 1-aminoindane-1-carboxylic acid, 4-amino- pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid, 2-aminotetraline-2-carboxylic acid, azetidine-3-carboxylic acid, 4-benzyl- pyrolidine-2-carboxylic acid, tert-butylglycine, b-(benzothiazolyl-2-yl)-alanine, b-cyclopropyl alanine, 5,5- dimethyl-1,3-thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid, (2R,4S)4-hydroxypiperidine-2-carboxylic acid, (2S,4S) and (2S,4R)-4-(2-naphthylmethoxy)-pyrolidine-2-carboxylic acid, (2S,4S) and (2S,4R)4-phenoxy-pyrrolidine-2- carboxylic acid, (2R,5S)and(2S,5R)-5-phenyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid, (2S,4S)-4-amino-1-benzoyl- pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid, t-butylalanine, (2S,5R)-5-phenyl-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid, 1- aminomethyl-cyclohexane-acetic acid, 3,5-bis-(2-amino)ethoxy-benzoic acid, 3,5-diamino-benzoic acid, 2- methylamino-benzoic acid, N-methylanthranylic acid, L-N-methylalanine, L-N-methylarginine, L-N- methylasparagine, L-N-methylaspartic acid, L-N-methylcysteine, L-N-methylglutamine, L-N- methylglutamic acid, L-N-methylhistidine, L-N-methylisoleucine, L-N-methyllysine, L-N-methylnorleucine, L-N-methylornithine, L-N-methylthreonine, L-N-methyltyrosine, L-N-methylvaline, L-N-methyl-t- butylglycine, L-norvaline, α-methyl-γ-aminobutyrate, 4,4′-biphenylalanine, α-methylcylcopentylalanine, α- methyl-α-napthylalanine, α-methylpenicillamine, N-(4-aminobutyl)glycine, N-(2-aminoethyl)glycine, N-(3- aminopropyl)glycine, N-amino-α-methylbutyrate, α-napthylalanine, N-benzylglycine, N-(2- carbamylethyl)glycine, N-(carbamylmethyl)glycine, N-(2-carboxyethyl)glycine, N-(carboxymethyl)glycine, N-cyclobutylglycine, N-cyclodecylglycine, N-cycloheptylglycine, N-cyclohexylglycine, N-cyclodecylglycine, N-cylcododecylglycine, N-cyclooctylglycine, N-cyclopropylglycine, N-cycloundecylglycine, N-(2,2- diphenylethyl)glycine, N-(3,3-diphenylpropyl)glycine, N-(3-guanidinopropyl)glycine, N-(1- hydroxyethyl)glycine, N-(hydroxyethyl))glycine, N-(imidazolylethyl))glycine, N-(3-indolylyethyl)glycine, N- methyl-γ-aminobutyrate, D-N-methylmethionine, N-methylcyclopentylalanine, D-N-methylphenylalanine, D-N-methylproline, D-N-methylthreonine, N-(1-methylethyl)glycine, N-methyl-napthylalanine, N- methylpenicillamine, N-(p-hydroxyphenyl)glycine, N-(thiomethyl)glycine, penicillamine, L-α-methylalanine, L-α-methylasparagine, L-α-methyl-t-butylglycine, L-methylethylglycine, L-α-methylglutamate, L-α- methylhomophenylalanine, N-(2-methylthioethyl)glycine, L-α-methyllysine, L-α-methylnorleucine, L-α- methylornithine, L-α-methylproline, L-α-methylthreonine, L-α-methyltyrosine, L-N-methyl- homophenylalanine, N-(N-(3,3-diphenylpropyl) carbamylmethylglycine, L-pyroglutamic acid, D- pyroglutamic acid, O-methyl-L-serine, O-methyl-L-homoserine, 5-hydroxylysine, α-carboxyglutamate, phenylglycine, L-pipecolic acid (homoproline), L-homoleucine, L-lysine (dimethyl), L-2-naphthylalanine, L- dimethyldopa or L-dimethoxy-phenylalanine, L-3-pyridylalanine, L-histidine (benzoyloxymethyl), N- cycloheptylglycine, L-diphenylalanine, O-methyl-L-homotyrosine, L-β-homolysine, O-glycan-threoine, Ortho-tyrosine, L-N,N′-dimethyllysine, L-homoarginine, neotryptophan, 3-benzothienylalanine, isoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid, diaminopropionic acid, homocysteine, 3,4-dimethoxyphenylalanine, 4- chlorophenylalanine, L-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronorharman-3-carboxylic acid, adamantylalanine, symmetrical dimethylarginine, 3-carboxythiomorpholine, D-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronorharman-3-carboxylic acid, 3- aminobenzoic acid, 3-amino-1-carboxymethyl-pyridin-2-one, 1-amino-1-cyclohexane carboxylic acid, 2- aminocyclopentane carboxylic acid, 1-amino-1-cyclopropane carboxylic acid, 2-aminoindane-2-carboxylic acid, 4-amino-tetrahydrothiopyran-4-carboxylic acid, azetidine-2-carboxylic acid, b-(benzothiazol-2-yl)- alanine, neopentylglycine, 2-carboxymethyl piperidine, b-cyclobutyl alanine, allylglycine, diaminopropionic acid, homo-cyclohexyl alanine, (2S,4R)- 4-hydroxypiperidine-2-carboxylic acid, octahydroindole-2- carboxylic acid, (2S,4R) and (2S,4R)-4-(2-naphthyl), pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid, nipecotic acid, (2S,4R)and (2S,4S)-4-(4-phenylbenzyl) pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid, (3S)-1-pyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acid, (2S,4S)-4-tritylmercapto-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid, (2S,4S)-4-mercaptoproline, t-butylglycine, N,N- bis(3-aminopropyl)glycine, 1-amino-cyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid, N-mercaptoethylglycine, and selenocysteine. In some embodiments, amino acid residues may be charged or polar. Charged amino acids include alanine, lysine, aspartic acid, or glutamic acid, or non-naturally occurring analogs thereof. Polar amino acids include glutamine, asparagine, histidine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, methionine, or tryptophan, or non-naturally occurring analogs thereof. It is specifically contemplated that in some embodiments, a terminal amino group in the amino acid may be an amido group or a carbamate group. As used herein, the term “percent (%) identity” refers to the percentage of amino acid residues of a candidate sequence, e.g., an Fc-IgG, or fragment thereof, that are identical to the amino acid residues of a reference sequence after aligning the sequences and introducing gaps, if necessary, to achieve the maximum percent identity (i.e., gaps can be introduced in one or both of the candidate and reference sequences for optimal alignment and non-homologous sequences can be disregarded for comparison purposes). Alignment for purposes of determining percent identity can be achieved in various ways that are within the skill in the art, for instance, using publicly available computer software such as BLAST, ALIGN, or Megalign (DNASTAR) software. Those skilled in the art can determine appropriate parameters for measuring alignment, including any algorithms needed to achieve maximal alignment over the full length of the sequences being compared. In some embodiments, the percent amino acid sequence identity of a given candidate sequence to, with, or against a given reference sequence (which can alternatively be phrased as a given candidate sequence that has or includes a certain percent amino acid sequence identity to, with, or against a given reference sequence) is calculated as follows: 100 x (fraction of A/B) where A is the number of amino acid residues scored as identical in the alignment of the candidate sequence and the reference sequence, and where B is the total number of amino acid residues in the reference sequence. In some embodiments where the length of the candidate sequence does not equal to the length of the reference sequence, the percent amino acid sequence identity of the candidate sequence to the reference sequence would not equal to the percent amino acid sequence identity of the reference sequence to the candidate sequence. Two polynucleotide or polypeptide sequences are said to be “identical” if the sequence of nucleotides or amino acids in the two sequences is the same when aligned for maximum correspondence as described above. Comparisons between two sequences are typically performed by comparing the sequences over a comparison window to identify and compare local regions of sequence similarity. A “comparison window” as used herein, refers to a segment of at least about 15 contiguous positions, about 20 contiguous positions, about 25 contiguous positions, or more (e.g., about 30 to about 75 contiguous positions, or about 40 to about 50 contiguous positions), in which a sequence may be compared to a reference sequence of the same number of contiguous positions after the two sequences are optimally aligned. The term “treating” or “to treat,” as used herein, refers to a therapeutic treatment of a viral infection (e.g., a viral infection such as an HIV infection) in a subject. In some embodiments, a therapeutic treatment may slow the progression of the viral infection, improve the subject’s outcome, and/or eliminate the infection. In some embodiments, a therapeutic treatment of a viral infection in a subject may alleviate or ameliorate of one or more symptoms or conditions associated with the viral infection, diminish the extent of the viral, stabilize (i.e., not worsening) the state of the viral infection, prevent the spread of the viral infection, and/or delay or slow the progress of the viral infection, as compare the state and/or the condition of the viral infection in the absence of the therapeutic treatment. The term “average value of T,” as used herein, refers to the mean number of monomers of gp120 binder or dimers of gp120 binders conjugated to an Fc domain or an albumin protein within a population of conjugates. In some embodiments, within a population of conjugates, the average number of monomers of gp120 binder or dimers of gp120 binders conjugated to an Fc domain monomer may be from 1 to 20 (e.g., the average value of T is 1 to 2, 1 to 3, 1 to 4, 1 to 5, 5 to 10, 10 to 15, or 15 to 20). In some embodiments, the average value of T is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20. The term “subject,” as used herein, can be a human or non-human primate, or other mammal, such as but not limited to dog, cat, horse, cow, pig, turkey, goat, fish, monkey, chicken, rat, mouse, or sheep. The term “therapeutically effective amount,” as used herein, refers to an amount, e.g., pharmaceutical dose, effective in inducing a desired effect in a subject or in treating a subject having a condition or disorder described herein (e.g., a viral infection, such as an HIV infection). It is also to be understood herein that a “therapeutically effective amount” may be interpreted as an amount giving a desired therapeutic and/or preventative effect, taken in one or more doses or in any dosage or route, and/or taken alone or in combination with other therapeutic agents (e.g., an antiviral agent described herein). For example, in the context of administering a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) that is used for the treatment of a viral infection, an effective amount of a conjugate is, for example, an amount sufficient to prevent, slow down, or reverse the progression of the viral infection as compared to the response obtained without administration of the conjugate. As used herein, the term “pharmaceutical composition” refers to a medicinal or pharmaceutical formulation that contains at least one active ingredient (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) as well as one or more excipients and diluents to enable the active ingredient suitable for the method of administration. The pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure includes pharmaceutically acceptable components that are compatible with a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)). As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” refers to an excipient or diluent in a pharmaceutical composition. For example, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier may be a vehicle capable of suspending or dissolving the active conjugate (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)). The pharmaceutically acceptable carrier must be compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to the recipient. In the present disclosure, the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier must provide adequate pharmaceutical stability to a conjugate described herein. The nature of the carrier differs with the mode of administration. For example, for oral administration, a solid carrier is preferred; for intravenous administration, an aqueous solution carrier (e.g., WFI, and/or a buffered solution) is generally used. The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt,” as used herein, represents salts of the conjugates described herein (e.g., conjugates of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) that are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in methods described herein without undue toxicity, irritation, and/or allergic response. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art. For example, pharmaceutically acceptable salts are described in: Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use (Eds. P.H. Stahl and C.G. Wermuth), Wiley-VCH, 2008. The salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the conjugates described herein or separately by reacting the free base group with a suitable organic acid. The term “gp120 binder,” as used herein, refers to a moiety, such as a small molecule (e.g., temsavir, BMS-818251, DMJ-II-121, BNM-IV-147 or analogs thereof) that binds to the HIV gp120 glycoprotein. By blocking the gp120 glycoprotein of the virus, a gp120 binder prevents viral attachment to the host CD4+ T cell and entry into the host immune cell. Gp120 binders of the invention include compounds described by formula (A-I), preferably temsavir, BMS-818251, DMJ-II-121, BNM-IV-147, or an analog thereof. The term “about,” as used herein, indicates a deviation of ±5%. For example, about 10% refers to from 9.5% to 10.5%. Any values provided in a range of values include both the upper and lower bounds, and any values contained within the upper and lower bounds. The term “(1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)”, as used herein, represents the formulas of any one of (D-IV-7), (D-IV-8), (D-V-6), (D-V-7), (D-V-8), (D-V-9), (D-VI-8), (M-I), (M-II), (M-III), (M-III-1), (M-III-2), (M-III-3), (M-III-4), (M-III-5), (M-III-6), (M-IV), (M-IV-1), (M-IV-2), (M-IV-3), (M-IV-4), (M-IV-5), (M- IV-6), (M-IV-7), (M-IV-8), (M-IV-9), (M-V), (M-V-1), (M-V-2), (M-V-3), (M-V-4), (M-V-5), (M-V-6), (M-V-7), (M-V-8), (M-V-9), (M-VI), (M-VI-1), (M-VI-2), (M-VI-3), (M-VI-4), (M-VI-5), (M-VI-6), (M-VI-7), (M-VI-8), (M- VII), (M-VIII), (M-VIII-1), (M-IX), (M-IX-1), (M-X), (M-X-1), (M-XI), or (M-XI-1), (M-XII), (M-XII-1), (M-XII-2), (M-XIII), (M-XIII-1), (M-XIII-2), (M-XIV), (M-XIV-1), (M-XIV-2), (M-XIV-3), (M-XIV-4), (M-XIV-5), (M-XV), (M-XV-1), (M-XV-2), (M-XV-3), (M-XV-4), (M-XV-5), (M-XVI), (M-XVI-1), (M-XVI-2), (M-XVI-3), (M-XVI-4), (M-XVI-5), (M-XV), (M-XVII-1), (M-XVII-2), (M-XVII-3), (M-XVII-4), (M-XVII-5). Other features and advantages of the conjugates described herein will be apparent from the following Detailed Description and the claims. Description of the Drawings FIG.1 is an image depicting exemplary methods of conjugating a gp120 receptor inhibitor monomer or dimer, e.g., by way of a linker, to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide. FIG.2 is an image depicting a method of conjugating a gp120 binder monomer or dimer, e.g., by way of a linker, to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide by oxime conjugation to an amino acid residue, e.g., a nitrogen atom of a surface exposed lysine. FIG.3 is an image depicting a method of conjugating a gp120 binder monomer or dimer, e.g., by way of a linker, to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide by thioether conjugation to an amino acid residue, e.g., a nitrogen atom of a surface exposed lysine. FIG.4 is an image depicting a method of conjugating a gp120 binder monomer or dimer, e.g., by way of a linker, to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide by rebridged cysteine conjugation, e.g., rebridged cysteine conjugation to a pair of sulfur atoms of two hinge cysteines in an Fc domain monomer or Fc domain. FIG.5 shows non-reducing and reducing SDS-PAGE and a schematic illustration of an Fc domain formed from Fc domain monomers having the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1. FIG.6 shows non-reducing and reducing SDS-PAGE and a schematic illustration of an Fc domain formed from Fc domain monomers having the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3. FIG.7 shows non-reducing and reducing SDS-PAGE and a schematic illustration of an Fc domain formed from Fc domain monomers having the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5. FIG.8 shows non-reducing and reducing SDS-PAGE and a schematic illustration of an Fc domain formed from Fc domain monomers having the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 7. FIG.9 shows non-reducing and reducing SDS-PAGE and a schematic illustration of an Fc domain formed from Fc domain monomers having the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 9. FIG.10 shows non-reducing and reducing SDS-PAGE and a schematic illustration of an Fc domain formed from Fc domain monomers having the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 12. FIG.11 shows non-reducing and reducing SDS-PAGE and a schematic illustration of an Fc domain formed from Fc domain monomers having the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14. FIG.12 is a graph showing the binding of conjugates containing gp120 binders to the gp120 protein compared to a polyclonal goat anti-gp120 HRP (PA₁-73097, Invitrogen) positive control and an unconjugated Fc molecule negative control. FIG.13 is a graph showing plasma levels of a conjugate including an Fc domain having a C220S mutation (SEQ ID NO: 64) (2 mpk IV) compared to a conjugate including an Fc domain having a C220S mutation and a YTE triple mutation (SEQ ID NO: 67) (2 mpk IV) in non-human primate PK studies determined by Fc capture. This study was performed as described in Example 40. FIG.14 is an image depicting exemplary conjugates including a gp120 binder monomer or dimer and an Fc domain monomer or an Fc domain. “T” is representative of the drug-to-antibody ratio (DAR) and depicts that multiple monomers or dimers can be conjugated to an Fc domain monomer or an Fc domain. FIG.15 is a graph showing the 7-day mouse PK profiles of Conjugate 5b and Fc control (SEQ ID NO:73). FIG.16 is a graph showing the percent reduction in viral cytopathic effect (CPE) of HIV-1IIIB and cell viability of CEM-SS cells by AZT at a concentration of 2,000 pM, 5,000 pM, 20,000 pM, 50,000 pM, 160,000 pM, and 500,000 pM. FIG.17 is a graph showing the percent reduction in viral CPE of HIV-1IIIB and cell viability of CEM- SS cells by the temsivir buffer at a dilution of 0, 00000002, and 0.000001. FIG.18 is a graph showing the percent reduction in viral CPE of HIV-1IIIB and cell viability of CEM- SS cells by temsavir at a concentration of 0.64 pM, 3.2 pM, 16 pM, 80 pM, 400 pM, and 2,000 pM. FIG.19 is a graph showing the percent reduction in viral CPE of HIV-1IIIB and cell viability of CEM- SS cells by the conjugate buffer at a dilution of 0, 0.0000001, 0.0000004, 0.000002, 0.00001, and 0.00005. FIG.20 is a graph showing the percent reduction in viral CPE of HIV-1IIIB and cell viability of CEM- SS cells by Conjugate 5b at a concentration of 0.64 pM, 3.2 pM, 16 pM, 80 pM, 400 pM, and 2,000 pM. FIG.21 is a graph showing the percent reduction in viral CPE of HIV-1IIIB and cell viability of CEM- SS cells by Conjugate 29a at a concentration of 0.64 pM, 3.2 pM, 16 pM, 80 pM, 400 pM, and 2,000 pM. FIG.22 is a graph showing the percent reduction in viral CPE of HIV-1IIIB and cell viability of CEM- SS cells by Conjugate 29b at a concentration of 0.64 pM, 3.2 pM, 16 pM, 80 pM, 400 pM, and 2,000 pM. FIG.23 is a graph showing the percent reduction in viral CPE of HIV-1IIIB and cell viability of CEM- SS cells by Conjugate 30a at a concentration of 0.64 pM, 3.2 pM, 16 pM, 80 pM, 400 pM, and 2,000 pM. FIG.24 is a graph showing the percent reduction in viral CPE of HIV-1IIIB and cell viability of CEM- SS cells by Conjugate 37a at a concentration of 0.64 pM, 3.2 pM, 16 pM, 80 pM, 400 pM, and 2,000 pM. FIG.25 is a graph showing the 7-day mouse PK profiles of Conjugate 5b, Conjugate 29a, and Fc ^{control (SEQ ID NO: 72).} Detailed Description The disclosure features conjugates, compositions, methods for the treatment of viral infections (e.g., human immunodeficiency viral infections), and methods of synthesizing conjugates. The conjugates disclosed herein include monomers or dimers of viral gp120 binders (e.g., temsavir, BMS- 818251, DMJ-II-121, BNM-IV-147, or analogs thereof) conjugated to Fc monomers, Fc domains, Fc- binding peptides, albumin proteins, or albumin protein-binding peptides. The gp120 binder (e.g., temsavir, BMS-818251, DMJ-II-121, BNM-IV-147, or analogs thereof) in the conjugates targets the gp120 receptor on the surface of the viral particle. The Fc monomers or Fc domains in the conjugates bind to FcγRs (e.g., FcRn, FcγRI, FcγRIIa, FcγRIIc, FcγRIIIa, and FcγRIIIb) on immune cells, e.g., neutrophils, to activate phagocytosis and effector functions, such as antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC), thus leading to the engulfment and destruction of viral particles by immune cells and further enhancing the antiviral activity of the conjugates. The albumin or albumin-binding peptide may extend the half-life of the conjugate, for example, by binding of albumin to the recycling neonatal Fc receptor. Such compositions are useful in methods for the inhibition of viral growth and in methods for the treatment of viral infections, such as those caused by an HIV-1 or HIV-2. I. Viral Infections The compounds and pharmaceutical compositions described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) can be used to treat a viral infection (e.g., an HIV-1 or HIV-2 viral infection). Viral infection refers to the pathogenic growth of a virus (e.g., the human immunodeficiency virus) in a host organism (e.g., a human subject). A viral infection can be any situation in which the presence of a viral population(s) is damaging to a host body. Thus, a subject is suffering from a viral infection when an excessive amount of a viral population is present in or on the subject’s body, or when the presence of a viral population(s) is damaging the cells or other tissue of the subject. The human immunodeficiency viruses (HIV) are two species of Lentivirus (a subgroup of retrovirus) that causes HIV infection and over time acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS). AIDS is a condition in humans in which progressive failure of the immune system allows life-threatening opportunistic infections and cancers to thrive. Without treatment, average survival time after infection with HIV is estimated to be 9 to 11 years, depending on the HIV subtype. In most cases, HIV is a sexually transmitted infection and occurs by contact with or transfer of blood, pre-ejaculate, semen, and vaginal fluids. Two types of HIV have been characterized: HIV-1 and HIV-2. HIV infects vital cells in the human immune system, such as helper T cells (specifically CD4+ T cells), macrophages, and dendritic cells. HIV infection leads to low levels of CD4+ T cells through a number of mechanisms, including pyroptosis of abortively infected T cells, apoptosis of uninfected bystander cells, direct viral killing of infected cells, and killing of infected CD4+ T cells by CD8+ cytotoxic lymphocytes that recognize infected cells. When CD4+ T cell numbers decline below a critical level, cell-mediated immunity is lost, and the body becomes progressively more susceptible to opportunistic infections, leading to the development of AIDS. II. Conjugates of the Disclosure Provided herein are synthetic conjugates useful in the treatment of viral infections (e.g., HIV infections). The conjugates disclosed herein include an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, or an albumin protein conjugated to one or more monomers gp120 binders or one or more dimers of two gp120 binders (e.g., gp120 binders selected from temsavir, BMS-818251, DMJ-II-121, BNM-IV-147, or analogs thereof). The dimers of two gp120 binders include a gp120 binder (e.g., a first gp120 binder of formula (A-I) or (A-II)) and a second gp120 binder (e.g., a second gp120 binder of formula(A-I) or (A-II)). The first and second gp120 binders are linked to each other by way of a linker. Without being bound by theory, in some aspects, conjugates described herein bind to the surface of a viral particle (e.g., bind to viral gp120 receptor on the surface on an human immunodeficiency virus particle) through the interactions between the gp120 binder moieties in the conjugates and proteins on the surface of the viral particle. The gp120 binder disrupts gp120, an envelope glycoprotein that binds with the CD4 receptor, particularly on helper T cells. Binding to CD4 initiates a cascade of conformational changes in gp120 and gp41 that lead to the fusion of the viral membrane with the host cell membrane, allowing the spread of the virus. Conjugates of the invention include gp120 binder monomers and dimers conjugated to an Fc domain, Fc monomer, or Fc-binding peptide. The Fc domain in the conjugates described herein binds to the FcγRs (e.g., FcRn, FcγRI, FcγRIIa, FcγRIIc, FcγRIIIa, and FcγRIIIb) on immune cells. The binding of the Fc domain in the conjugates described herein to the FcγRs on immune cells activates phagocytosis and effector functions, such as antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC), thus leading to the engulfment and destruction of viral particles by immune cells and further enhancing the antiviral activity of the conjugates. Conjugates of the invention include gp120 binder monomers and dimers conjugated to an albumin protein or an albumin protein-binding peptide. The albumin protein or albumin protein-binding peptide may extend the half-life of the conjugate, for example, by binding of albumin to the recycling neonatal Fc receptor. Conjugates provided herein are described by any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII). In some embodiments, the conjugates described herein include one or more monomers of gp120 binders conjugated to an Fc domain or an albumin protein. In some embodiments, the conjugates described herein include one or more dimers of gp120 binders conjugated to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, or an albumin protein. In some embodiments, when n is 2, E (an Fc domain monomer) dimerizes to form an Fc domain. Conjugates described herein may be synthesized using available chemical synthesis techniques in the art. In cases where a functional group is not available for conjugation, a molecule may be derivatized using conventional chemical synthesis techniques that are well known in the art. In some embodiments, the conjugates described herein contain one or more chiral centers. The conjugates include each of the isolated stereoisomeric forms as well as mixtures of stereoisomers in varying degrees of chiral purity, including racemic mixtures. It also encompasses the various diastereomers, enantiomers, and tautomers that can be formed. Gp120 binders A component of the conjugates described herein is an HIV gp120 binder moiety. The gp120 binder disrupts gp120, an envelope glycoprotein that binds with the CD4 receptor, particularly on helper T-Cells. Binding to CD4 initiates a cascade of conformational changes in gp120 and gp41 that lead to the fusion of the viral membrane with the host cell membrane, allowing the spread of the virus. Examples of gp120 binders include temsavir, BMS-818251, DMJ-II-121, and BNM-IV-147. In addition, derivatives of temsavir, BMS-818251, DMJ-II-121, and BNM-IV-147, such as those found in the literature, have gp120 binder activity and are useful as gp120 inhibitor moieties of the compounds herein (see, for example, Lu et al. Curr. Top. Med. Chem.16(10): 1074-1090). Conjugates described herein are separated into two types: (1) one or more dimers of gp120 binders conjugated to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, or an albumin protein and (2) one or more monomers of gp120 binders conjugated to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, or an albumin protein. The dimers of gp120 binders are linked to each other by way of a linker, such as the linkers described herein. Viral gp120 binders of the invention include temsavir, BMS-818251, DMJ-II-121, BNM-IV-147, and analogs thereof, such as the viral gp120 binders of formula (A-I) and (A-II):

wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of:

, S is selected from the group consisting of:

R₁, R₂, R₃, are each independently selected from H, OH, halogen, nitrile, nitro, optionally substituted amine, optionally substituted sulfhydryl, optionally substituted carboxyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₂₀ aryl, optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroaryl, and optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkoxy; R₄ is selected from optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, optionally substituted C₃- C₁₅ heteroaryl, and a bond; R₅ is selected from H or optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl; R₆ is selected from optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, and optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroaryl; R₇ and Y are each independently selected from

each R₈ is independently selected from H, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, and optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroaryl; each R₉ is independently selected from optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, and optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroaryl; x is 1 or 2; k is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; Ar is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, and optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroaryl. In a preferred embodiment of the above, x is 2. Preferably the gp120 inhibitor is selected from temsavir, BMS-818251, DMJ-II-121, or BNM-IV- 147:

Conjugates of dimers of gp120 binders linked to an Fc domain or an albumin protein The conjugates described herein include an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, and albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide covalently linked to one or more dimers of gp120 binders. The dimers of two gp120 binders include a first gp120 binder (e.g., a first viral gp120 binder of formula (A-I) or (A-II)) and a second gp120 binder (e.g., a second viral gp120 binder of formula (A-I) or (A-II)). The first and second gp120 binders are linked to each other by way of a linker, such as a linker described herein. In some embodiments of the dimers of gp120 binders, the first and second gp120 binders are the same. In some embodiments, the first and second gp120 binders are different. In some embodiments, when T is greater than 1 (e.g., T is 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), each A₁-L-A₂ may be independently selected (e.g., independently selected from any of the A₁-L-A₂ structures described herein). In some embodiments, E may be conjugated to 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more different A₁-L-A₂ moieties. In some embodiments, E is conjugated to a first A₁-L-A₂ moiety, and a second A₁-L-A₂, moiety. In some embodiments, each of A₁ and A₂ of the first A₁-L-A₂ moiety and of the second A₁-L-A₂ moiety are independently selected from any structure described by formula (A-I) and (A-II):

In a preferred embodiment of the above, x is 2. In some embodiments, the first A₁-L-A₂ moiety is conjugated specifically to lysine residues of E (e.g., the nitrogen atoms of surface exposed lysine residues of E), and the second A₁-L-A₂ moiety is conjugated specifically to cysteine residues of E (e.g., the sulfur atoms of surface exposed cysteine residues of E). In some embodiments, the first A₁-L-A₂ moiety is conjugated specifically to cysteine residues of E (e.g., the sulfur atoms of surface exposed cysteine residues of E), and the second A₁-L-A₂ moiety is conjugated specifically to lysine residues of E (e.g., the nitrogen atoms of surface exposed lysine residues of E). In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a conjugate, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, described by any one any one of formulas (D-I), (D-II), (D-III), (D-III-1), (D-III-2), (D-III-3), (D-III- 4), (D-III-5), (D-III-6), (D-IV), (D-IV-1), (D-IV-2), (D-IV-3), (D-IV-4), (D-IV-5), (D-IV-6), (D-IV-7), (D-IV-8), (D-IV-9), (D-V), (D-V-1), (D-V-2), (D-V-3), (D-V-4), (D-V-5), (D-V-6), (D-V-7), (D-V-8), (D-V-9), (D-VI), (D- VI-1), (D-VI-2), (D-VI-3), (D-VI-4), (D-VI-5), (D-VI-6), (D-VI-7), (D-VI-8), (D-VII), (D-VIII), (D-VIII-1), (D-IX), (D-IX-1), (D-X), (D-X-1), (D-XI), (D-XI-1), (D-XII), (D-XII-1), (D-XII-2), (D-XIII), (D-XIII-1), (D-XIII-2), (D- XIV), (D-XIV-1), (D-XIV-2), (D-XIV-3), (D-XIV-4), (D-XIV-5), (D-XV), (D-XV-1), (D-XV-2), (D-XV-3), (D-XV- 4), (D-XV-5), (D-XVI), (D-XVI-1), (D-XVI-2), (D-XVI-3), (D-XVI-4), (D-XVI-5), (D-XV), (D-XVII-1), (D-XVII- 2), (D-XVII-3), (D-XVII-4), (D-XVII-5), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In the conjugates described herein, the squiggly line connected to E indicates that one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20) dimers of gp120 binders may be attached to an Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein- binding peptide. In some embodiments, when n is 1, one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10) dimers of gp120 binders may be attached to an Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein-binding peptide. In some embodiments, when n is 2, one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20) dimers of gp120 binders may be attached to an Fc domain. The squiggly line in the conjugates described herein is not to be construed as a single bond between one or more dimers of gp120 binders and an atom in the Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, or albumin protein. In some embodiments, when T is 1, one dimer of gp120 binders may be attached to an atom in the Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein-binding peptide. In some embodiments, when T is 2, two dimers of gp120 binders may be attached to an atom in the Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein-binding peptide. As described further herein, a linker in a conjugate described herein (e.g., L or L’) may be a branched structure. As described further herein, a linker in a conjugate described herein (e.g., L or L’) may be a multivalent structure, e.g., a divalent or trivalent structure having two or three arms, respectively. In some embodiments when the linker has three arms, two of the arms may be attached to the first and second gp120 binders and the third arm may be attached to the Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein-binding peptide. In conjugates having an Fc domain covalently linked to one or more dimers of gp120 binders, as represented by the formulae above, when n is 2, two Fc domain monomers (each Fc domain monomer is represented by E) dimerize to form an Fc domain. Conjugates of monomers of gp120 binders linked to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, or an albumin protein In some embodiments, the conjugates described herein include an Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein-binding peptide covalently linked to one or more monomers of gp120 binders. Conjugates of an Fc domain monomer or albumin protein and one or more monomers of gp120 binders may be formed by linking the Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, or albumin protein to each of the monomers of gp120 binders through a linker, such as any of the linkers described herein. In the conjugates having an Fc domain or albumin protein covalently linked to one or more monomers of gp120 binders described herein, the squiggly line connected to E indicates that one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20) monomers of gp120 binders may be attached to an Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein-binding peptide. In some embodiments, when n is 1, one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10) monomers of gp120 binders may be attached to an Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, or an albumin protein. In some embodiments, when n is 2, one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20) monomers of gp120 binders may be attached to an Fc domain. The squiggly line in the conjugates described herein is not to be construed as a single bond between one or more monomers of gp120 binders and an atom in the Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein-binding peptide. In some embodiments, when T is 1, one monomer of gp120 binder may be attached to an atom in the Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein-binding peptide. In some embodiments, when T is 2, two monomers of gp120 binders may be attached to an atom in the Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein-binding peptide. In some embodiments, when T is greater than 1 (e.g., T is 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20), each A₁-L may be independently selected (e.g., independently selected from any of the A₁-L structures described herein). In some embodiments, E may be conjugated to 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more different A₁-L moieties. In some embodiments, E is conjugated to a first A₁-L moiety, and a second A₁-L, moiety. In some embodiments, A₁ of each of the first A₁-L moiety and of the second A₁-L moiety is independently selected from any structure described by formula (A-I) or (A-II):

In a preferred embodiment, x is 2. In some embodiments, the first A₁-L moiety is conjugated specifically to lysine residues of E (e.g., the nitrogen atoms of surface exposed lysine residues of E), and the second A₁-L moiety is conjugated specifically to cysteine residues of E (e.g., the sulfur atoms of surface exposed cysteine residues of E). In some embodiments, the first A₁-L moiety is conjugated specifically to cysteine residues of E (e.g., the sulfur atoms of surface exposed cysteine residues of E), and the second A₁-L moiety is conjugated specifically to lysine residues of E (e.g., the nitrogen atoms of surface exposed lysine residues of E). As described further herein, a linker in a conjugate having an Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein-binding peptide covalently linked to one or more monomers of the gp120 binders described herein (e.g., L or L’) may be a divalent structure having two arms. One arm in a divalent linker may be attached to the monomer of the gp120 binder and the other arm may be attached to the Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein-binding peptide. In some embodiments, a conjugate containing an Fc domain monomer, Fc domain, Fc-binding peptide, albumin protein, or albumin protein-binding peptide covalently linked to one or more monomers of gp120 binders provided herein is described by any one of formulas (M-I), (M-II), (M-III), (M-III-1), (M-III- 2), (M-III-3), (M-III-4), (M-III-5), (M-III-6), (M-IV), (M-IV-1), (M-IV-2), (M-IV-3), (M-IV-4), (M-IV-5), (M-IV-6), (M-IV-7), (M-IV-8), (M-IV-9), (M-V), (M-V-1), (M-V-2), (M-V-3), (M-V-4), (M-V-5), (M-V-6), (M-V-7), (M-V- 8), (M-V-9), (M-VI), (M-VI-1), (M-VI-2), (M-VI-3), (M-VI-4), (M-VI-5), (M-VI-6), (M-VI-7), (M-VI-8), (M-VII), (M-VIII), (M-VIII-1), (M-IX), (M-IX-1), (M-X), (M-X-1), (M-XI), or (M-XI-1), (M-XII), (M-XII-1), (M-XII-2), (M- XIII), (M-XIII-1), (M-XIII-2), (M-XIV), (M-XIV-1), (M-XIV-2), (M-XIV-3), (M-XIV-4), (M-XIV-5), (M-XV), (M- XV-1), (M-XV-2), (M-XV-3), (M-XV-4), (M-XV-5), (M-XVI), (M-XVI-1), (M-XVI-2), (M-XVI-3), (M-XVI-4), (M- XVI-5), (M-XV), (M-XVII-1), (M-XVII-2), (M-XVII-3), (M-XVII-4), (M-XVII-5), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In conjugates having an Fc domain covalently linked to one or more monomers of gp120 binders, as represented by the formulae above, when n is 2, two Fc domain monomers (each Fc domain monomer is represented by E) dimerize to form an Fc domain. III. Fc domain monomers and Fc domains An Fc domain monomer includes a hinge domain, a C_H2 antibody constant domain, and a C_H3 antibody constant domain. The Fc domain monomer can be of immunoglobulin antibody isotype IgG, IgE, IgM, IgA, or IgD. The Fc domain monomer can also be of any immunoglobulin antibody isotype (e.g., IgG1, IgG2a, IgG2b, IgG3, or IgG4). The Fc domain monomer can be of any immunoglobulin antibody allotype (e.g., IGHG1*01 (i.e., G1m(za)), IGHG1*07 (i.e., G1m(zax)), IGHG1*04 (i.e., G1m(zav)), IGHG1*03 (G1m(f)), IGHG1*08 (i.e., G1m(fa)), IGHG2*01, IGHG2*06, IGHG2*02, IGHG3*01, IGHG3*05, IGHG3*10, IGHG3*04, IGHG3*09, IGHG3*11, IGHG3*12, IGHG3*06, IGHG3*07, IGHG3*08, IGHG3*13, IGHG3*03, IGHG3*14, IGHG3*15, IGHG3*16, IGHG3*17, IGHG3*18, IGHG3*19, IGHG2*04, IGHG4*01, IGHG4*03, or IGHG4*02) (as described in, for example, in Vidarsson et al. IgG subclasses and allotypes: from structure to effector function. Frontiers in Immunology.5(520):1-17 (2014)). The Fc domain monomer can also be of any species, e.g., human, murine, or mouse. A dimer of Fc domain monomers is an Fc domain that can bind to an Fc receptor, which is a receptor located on the surface of leukocytes. In some embodiments, an Fc domain monomer in the conjugates described herein may contain one or more amino acid substitutions, additions, and/or deletion relative to an Fc domain monomer having a sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153. In some embodiments, an Asn in an Fc domain monomer in the conjugates as described herein may be replaced by Ala in order to prevent N- linked glycosylation (see, e.g., SEQ ID NOs: 12-15, where Asn to Ala substitution is labeled with *). In some embodiments, an Fc domain monomer in the conjugates described herein may also containing additional Cys additions (see, e.g., SEQ ID NOs: 9, 10, and 11, where Cys additions are labeled with *). In some embodiments, an Fc domain monomer in the conjugates as described herein includes an additional moiety, e.g., an albumin-binding peptide, a purification peptide (e.g., a hexa-histidine peptide (HHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 99)), or a signal sequence (e.g., IL2 signal sequence MYRMQLLSCIALSLALVTNS (SEQ ID NO: 100)) attached to the N- or C-terminus of the Fc domain monomer. In some embodiments, an Fc domain monomer in the conjugate does not contain any type of antibody variable region, e.g., VH, VL, a complementarity determining region (CDR), or a hypervariable region (HVR). In some embodiments, an Fc domain monomer in the conjugates as described herein may have a sequence that is at least 95% identical (e.g., 97%, 99%, or 99.5% identical) to the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153 shown below. In some embodiments, an Fc domain monomer in the conjugates as described herein may have a sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153 shown below. SEQ ID NO: 1: murine Fc-IgG2a with IL2 signal sequence at the N-terminus (bold) MYRMQLLSCIALSLALVTNSPRGPTIKPCPPCKCPAPNLLGGPSVFIFPPKIKDVLMISLSPIVTCVVVDVS EDDPDVQISWFVNNVEVHTAQTQTHREDYNSTLRVVSALPIQHQDWMSGKEFKCKVNNKDLPAPIERTI SKPKGSVRAPQVYVLPPPEEEMTKKQVTLTCMVTDFMPEDIYVEWTNNGKTELNYKNTEPVLDSDGSYF MYSKLRVEKKNWVERNSYSCSVVHEGLHNHHTTKSFSRTPGK SEQ ID NO: 2: mature murine Fc-IgG2a PRGPTIKPCPPCKCPAPNLLGGPSVFIFPPKIKDVLMISLSPIVTCVVVDVSEDDPDVQISWFVNNVEVHTA QTQTHREDYNSTLRVVSALPIQHQDWMSGKEFKCKVNNKDLPAPIERTISKPKGSVRAPQVYVLPPPEEE MTKKQVTLTCMVTDFMPEDIYVEWTNNGKTELNYKNTEPVLDSDGSYFMYSKLRVEKKNWVERNSYSC SVVHEGLHNHHTTKSFSRTPGK SEQ ID NO: 3: human Fc-IgG1 with IL2 signal sequence at the N-terminus (bold) and N-terminal MVRS amino acid residues added (underlined) MYRMQLLSCIALSLALVTNSMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKT ISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 4: mature human Fc-IgG1 with N-terminal MVRS amino acid residues added (underlined) MVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVH NAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR EEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVF SCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 5: murine Fc-IgG2a with IL2 signal sequence (bold) at the N-terminus and hexa-histidine peptide (italicized) at the C-terminus MYRMQLLSCIALSLALVTNSPRGPTIKPCPPCKCPAPNLLGGPSVFIFPPKIKDVLMISLSPIVTCVVVDVS EDDPDVQISWFVNNVEVHTAQTQTHREDYNSTLRVVSALPIQHQDWMSGKEFKCKVNNKDLPAPIERTI SKPKGSVRAPQVYVLPPPEEEMTKKQVTLTCMVTDFMPEDIYVEWTNNGKTELNYKNTEPVLDSDGSYF MYSKLRVEKKNWVERNSYSCSVVHEGLHNHHTTKSFSRTPGKHHHHHH SEQ ID NO: 6: mature murine Fc-IgG2a with hexa-histidine peptide (italicized) at the C-terminus PRGPTIKPCPPCKCPAPNLLGGPSVFIFPPKIKDVLMISLSPIVTCVVVDVSEDDPDVQISWFVNNVEVHTA QTQTHREDYNSTLRVVSALPIQHQDWMSGKEFKCKVNNKDLPAPIERTISKPKGSVRAPQVYVLPPPEEE MTKKQVTLTCMVTDFMPEDIYVEWTNNGKTELNYKNTEPVLDSDGSYFMYSKLRVEKKNWVERNSYSC SVVHEGLHNHHTTKSFSRTPGKHHHHHH SEQ ID NO: 7: human Fc-IgG1 with IL2 signal sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, N-terminal MVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), and hexa-histidine peptide (italicized) at the C-terminus MYRMQLLSCIALSLALVTNSMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKT ISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGKHHHHHH SEQ ID NO: 8: mature human Fc-IgG1 with hexa-histidine peptide (italicized) at the C-terminus and N- terminal MVRS amino acid residues added (underlined) MVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVH NAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR EEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVF SCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGKHHHHHH SEQ ID NO: 9: human Fc-IgG1 with IL2 signal sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, N-terminal MVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), two additional cysteines in the hinge region (*), and hexa- histidine peptide (italicized) at the C-terminus MYRMQLLSCIALSLALVTNSMVRSDKTHTCPPCPPC*KC*PAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVT CVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKAL PAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVL DSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGKHHHHHH SEQ ID NO: 10: mature human Fc-IgG1 with N-terminal MVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), two additional cysteines in the hinge region (*), and hexa-histidine peptide (italicized) at the C-terminus MVRSDKTHTCPPCPPC*KC*PAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYV DGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQV YTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRW QQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGKHHHHHH SEQ ID NO: 11: mature human Fc-IgG1 with N-terminal MVRS amino acid residues added (underlined) and two additional cysteines in the hinge region (*) MVRSDKTHTCPPCPPC*KC*PAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYV DGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQV YTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRW QQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 12: murine Fc-IgG2a with IL2 signal sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, Asn to Ala substitution (*), and hexa-histidine peptide (italicized) at the C-terminus MYRMQLLSCIALSLALVTNSPRGPTIKPCPPCKCPAPNLLGGPSVFIFPPKIKDVLMISLSPIVTCVVVDVS EDDPDVQISWFVNNVEVHTAQTQTHREDYA*STLRVVSALPIQHQDWMSGKEFKCKVNNKDLPAPIERTI SKPKGSVRAPQVYVLPPPEEEMTKKQVTLTCMVTDFMPEDIYVEWTNNGKTELNYKNTEPVLDSDGSYF MYSKLRVEKKNWVERNSYSCSVVHEGLHNHHTTKSFSRTPGKHHHHHH SEQ ID NO: 13: mature murine Fc-IgG2a with Asn to Ala substitution (*) and hexa-histidine peptide (italicized) at the C-terminus PRGPTIKPCPPCKCPAPNLLGGPSVFIFPPKIKDVLMISLSPIVTCVVVDVSEDDPDVQISWFVNNVEVHTA QTQTHREDYA*STLRVVSALPIQHQDWMSGKEFKCKVNNKDLPAPIERTISKPKGSVRAPQVYVLPPPEE EMTKKQVTLTCMVTDFMPEDIYVEWTNNGKTELNYKNTEPVLDSDGSYFMYSKLRVEKKNWVERNSYS CSVVHEGLHNHHTTKSFSRTPGKHHHHHH SEQ ID NO: 14: human Fc-IgG1 with IL2 signal sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, N-terminal MVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), Asn to Ala substitution (*), and hexa-histidine peptide (italicized) at the C-terminus MYRMQLLSCIALSLALVTNSMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYA*STYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEK TISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGS FFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGKHHHHHH SEQ ID NO: 15: mature human Fc-IgG1 with Asn to Ala substitution (*), N-terminal MVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), and hexa-histidine peptide (italicized) at the C-terminus MVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVH NAKTKPREEQYA*STYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPS REEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNV FSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGKHHHHHH SEQ ID NO: 16: human IgG1 Fc with Human Serum Albumin Signal Sequence (bold) at the N-terminus and N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined) MKWVTFISLLFLFSSAYSISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKT ISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 17: human IgG1 Fc with Human Serum Albumin Signal Sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), C-terminal G4S linker (italicized), and C- terminal c-Myc tag (underlined, italicized) MKWVTFISLLFLFSSAYSISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKT ISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQKLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 18: mature human IgG1 Fc with N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), C-terminal G4S linker (italicized), and C-terminal c-Myc tag (underlined, italicized) ISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVE VHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPP SREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGN VFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQKLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 19: human IgG1 Fc with Human Serum Albumin Signal Sequence (bold), N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), and lysine to serine modification (*) to prevent lysine conjugation at this site MKWVTFISLLFLFSSAYSISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPS*DTLMISRTPEVTCVVVD VSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEK TISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGS FFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 20: mature human IgG1 Fc with N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined) and lysine to serine modification (*) to prevent lysine conjugation at this site ISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPS*DTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGV EVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLP PSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQG NVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 21: human IgG1 Fc with Human Serum Albumin Signal Sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), lysine to serine modification (*) to prevent lysine conjugation at this site, C-terminal G4S linker (italicized), and C-terminal C-Myc tag (underlined, italicized) MKWVTFISLLFLFSSAYSISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPS(*)DTLMISRTPEVTCVVV DVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPI EKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSD GSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQKLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 22: mature human IgG1 Fc with N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), lysine to serine modification (*) to prevent lysine conjugation at this site, C-terminal G4S linker (italicized), and C-terminal C-Myc tag (underlined, italicized) ISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPS(*)DTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDG VEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTL PPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQ GNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQKLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 23: human IgG1 Fc with Human Serum Albumin Signal Sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), Asn to Ala substitution (*), C-terminal G4S linker (italicized), and C-terminal C-myc tag (underlined, italicized) MKWVTFISLLFLFSSAYSISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYA(*)STYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIE KTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDG SFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQKLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 24: mature human IgG1 Fc with N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), Asn to Ala substitution (*), C-terminal G4S linker (italicized), and C-terminal C-myc tag (underlined, italicized) ISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVE VHNAKTKPREEQYA(*)STYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTL PPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQ GNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQKLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 25: human IgG1 Fc with Human Serum Albumin Signal Sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), H310A (*) and H435A (*) mutations to impede FcRn binding, C-terminal G4S (italicized), and C-terminal C-myc tag (underlined, italicized) MKWVTFISLLFLFSSAYSISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLA(*)QDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIE KTISKA(*)KGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSD GSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNAYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQKLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 26: mature human IgG1 Fc with Human Serum Albumin Signal Sequence (bold) at the N- terminus, N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), with H310A (*) and H435A (*) mutations to impede FcRn binding, C-terminal G4S (italicized), and C-terminal C-myc tag (underlined, italicized) ISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVE VHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLA(*)QDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKA(*)KGQPREPQVY TLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQ QGNVFSCSVMHEALHNAYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQKLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 27: human IgG1 Fc with Human Serum Albumin Signal Sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), C-terminal G4S linker (italicized), and C- terminal mutated (lysine to phenylalanine, bold) C-myc tag (underlined, italicized) MKWVTFISLLFLFSSAYSISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKT ISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQFLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 28: mature human IgG1 Fc with N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), C-terminal G4S linker (italicized), and C-terminal mutated (lysine to phenylalanine, bold) C- myc tag (underlined, italicized) ISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVE VHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPP SREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGN VFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQFLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 29: human IgG1 Fc with Human Serum Albumin Signal Sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, N-terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), Asn to Ala substitution (*), C-terminal G4S linker (italicized), and C-terminal mutated (lysine to phenylalanine, bold) C-myc tag (underlined, italicized) MKWVTFISLLFLFSSAYSISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYA(*)STYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIE KTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDG SFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQFLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 30: mature human IgG1 Fc with N-terminal MVRS amino acid residues added (underlined), Asn to Ala substitution (*), C-terminal G4S linker (italicized), and C-terminal mutated (lysine to phenylalanine, bold) C-myc tag (underlined, italicized) ISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVE VHNAKTKPREEQYA(*)STYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTL PPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQ GNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQFLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 31: human IgG1 Fc with Human Serum Albumin Signal Sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics), C-terminal G4S linker (italicized), and C-terminal mutated (lysine to phenylalanine, bold) C-myc tag (underlined) MKWVTFISLLFLFSSAYSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPE VKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKG QPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLT VDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQFLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 32: human IgG1 Fc with Human Serum Albumin Signal Sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) MKWVTFISLLFLFSSAYSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPE VKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKG QPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLT VDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 33: mature human IgG1 Fc with a YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined) with N-terminal MVRS amino acid residues added (underlined) MVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVH NAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSR EEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVF SCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 34: human IgG1 Fc with Human Serum Albumin Signal Sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, contains residues EPKSS including the full hinge region on the N-terminus of mature human IgG1 Fc (underlined), Cys to Ser substitution (#), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) MKWVTFISLLFLFSSAYSEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKT ISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFF LYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 35: human IgG1 Fc with murine IgG signal sequence (bold) at the N-terminus, with removal of EPKSSD hinge residues from the N-terminus of the mature human IgG1 Fc, allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPE VKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKG QPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLT VDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 36: mature human IgG1 Fc with a YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), with removal of EPKSSD hinge residues from the N-terminus of the mature human IgG1 Fc, allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) KTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKP REEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDE LTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCS VMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 37: mature human IgG1 Fc with an LS double mutation (bold and underlined), with removal of EPKSSD hinge residues from the N-terminus of the mature human IgG1 Fc, allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) KTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTK PREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDE LTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCS VLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 38: mature human IgG1 Fc with Human Serum Albumin Signal Sequence (bold) at the N- terminus, a YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics), C-terminal G4S linker (italicized), and C-terminal C-myc tag (underlined) MKWVTFISLLFLFSSAYSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEV KFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQ PREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTV DKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQKLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 39: mature human Fc IgG1, wherein X₁ is Met or Trp, X₂ is Ser or Thr, X₃ is Thr or Glu, X₄ is Asp or Glu, and X₅ is Leu or Met, X₆ is Met or Leu, and X₇ is Asn or Ser DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLX₁IX₂RX₃PEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAK TKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₄E X₅TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSC SVX₆HEALHX₇HYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 40: mature human Fc IgG1 wherein X₄ is Asp or Glu, and X₅ is Leu or Met DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKT KPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₄EX₅ TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSV MHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 41: mature human Fc IgG1 with a YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), and wherein X₄ is Asp or Glu, and X₅ is Leu or Met DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTK PREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₄EX₅T KNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSV MHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 42: mature human Fc IgG1 with a YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTK PREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTK NQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVM HEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 43: mature human Fc IgG1 with a YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTK PREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTK NQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVM HEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 44: mature human Fc IgG1 with a LS double mutation (bold and underlined), and wherein X₄ is Asp or Glu, and X₅ is Leu or Met DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKT KPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₄EX₅ TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSV LHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 45: mature human Fc IgG1 with a LS double mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKT KPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELT KNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVL HEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 46: mature human Fc IgG1 with a LS double mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKT KPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMT KNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVL HEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 47: mature human Fc IgG1 with mouse heavy chain MIgG Vh signal sequence (bold), deletion of Asp ([D]) Cys to Ser substitution (#), and wherein X₁ is Met or Trp, X₂ is Ser or Thr, X₃ is Thr or Glu, X₄ is Asp or Glu, and X₅ is Leu or Met, X₆ is Met or Leu, and X₇ is Asn or Ser MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKD TLX₁IX₂RX₃PEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNG KEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₄EX₅TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNG QPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVX₆HEALHX₇HYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 48: mature human IgG1 Fc with mouse heavy chain MIgG Vh signal sequence (bold), Cys to Ser substitution (#), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKD TLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGK EYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQP ENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 49: mature human IgG1 Fc with mouse heavy chain MIgG Vh signal sequence (bold), Cys to Ser substitution (#), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKD TLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGK EYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQP ENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 50: mature human IgG1 Fc with mouse heavy chain MIgG Vh signal sequence (bold), Cys to Ser substitution (#), M428L, N434S mutations (Bold/Underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKD TLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGK EYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQP ENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 51: mature human IgG1 Fc with mouse heavy chain MIgG Vh signal sequence (bold), Cys to Ser substitution (#), M428L, N434S mutations (Bold/Underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKD TLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGK EYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQP ENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 52: mature human IgG1 Fc with mouse heavy chain MIgG Vh signal sequence (bold), Cys to Ser substitution (#), YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKD TLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKE YKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPE NNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 53: mature human IgG1 Fc with mouse heavy chain MIgG Vh signal sequence (bold), Cys to Ser substitution (#), YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKD TLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKE YKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPE NNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 54: mature human IgG1 Fc with mouse heavy chain MIgG Vh signal sequence (bold), N- terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (italicized), M428L, N434S mutations (bold/underlined), G4S linker (italicized), and C-terminal C-myc-tag (underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVD VSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEK TISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGS FFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQKLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 55: mature human IgG1 Fc with mouse heavy chain MIgG Vh signal sequence (bold), N- terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (italicized), M428L, N434S mutations (bold/underlined), G4S linker (italicized), C-terminal C-myc-tag (underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVD VSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEK TISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQKLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 56: mature human IgG1 Fc with mouse heavy chain MIgG Vh signal sequence (bold), N- terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (italicized), YTE triple mutant (bold/underlined), G4S linker (italicized), and C-terminal C-myc-tag (underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVD VSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEK TISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGS FFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQKLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 57: mature human IgG1 Fc with mouse heavy chain MIgG Vh signal sequence (bold), N- terminal ISAMVRS amino acid residues added (italicized), YTE triple mutant (bold/underlined), G4S linker (italicized), C-terminal C-myc-tag (underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSISAMVRSDKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVD VSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEK TISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSEQKLISEEDL SEQ ID NO: 58: mature human IgG1 with mouse heavy chain MIgG1 signal sequence (bold), Cys to Ser substitution (#), C-terminal G4S (italics), and C-terminal IgA peptide (underline), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVD VSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEK TISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSQRNPRLRLIRRHPTLRIPPI SEQ ID NO: 59: mature human IgG1 with mouse heavy chain MIgG1 signal sequence (bold), Cys to Ser substitution (#), M428L, N434S mutations (bold/underlined), C-terminal G4S (italics), and C-terminal IgA peptide (underline), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHSEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVD VSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEK TISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPGGGGGSQRNPRLRLIRRHPTLRIPPI SEQ ID NO: 60: mature human Fc IgG1, Z₁ is Cys or Ser, and wherein X₁ is Met or Tyr, X₂ is Ser or Thr, X₃ is Thr or Glu, X₄ is Asp or Glu, and X₅ is Leu or Met, X₆ is Met or Leu, and X₇ is Asn or Ser NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSZ₁DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLX₁IX₂RX₃PEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₄EX₅TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFF LYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVX₆HEALHX₇HYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 61: mature human Fc IgG1, Cys to Ser substitution (#), and wherein X₁ is Met or Tyr, X₂ is Ser or Thr, X₃ is Thr or Glu, X₄ is Asp or Glu, and X₅ is Leu or Met, X₆ is Met or Leu, and X₇ is Asn or Ser NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLX₁IX₂RX₃PEVTCVVVDVS HEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTI SKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₄EX₅TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVX₆HEALHX₇HYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 62: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), X₄ is Asp or Glu, and X₅ is Leu or Met NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₄EX₅TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFF LYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 63: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 64: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 65: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), M428L, N434S mutations (Bold/Underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 66: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), M428L, N434S mutations (Bold/Underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 67: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 68: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 69: mature human Fc IgG1, Z₁ is Cys or Ser, and wherein X₁ is Met or Tyr, X₂ is Ser or Thr, X₃ is Thr or Glu, X₄ is Asp or Glu, and X₅ is Leu or Met, X₆ is Met or Leu, and X₇ is Asn or Ser NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSZ₁DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLX₁IX₂RX₃PEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₄EX₅TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFF LYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVX₆HEALHX₇HYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 70: mature human Fc IgG1, Cys to Ser substitution (#), and wherein X₁ is Met or Tyr, X₂ is Ser or Thr, X₃ is Thr or Glu, X₄ is Asp or Glu, and X₅ is Leu or Met, X₆ is Met or Leu, and X₇ is Asn or Ser NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLX₁IX₂RX₃PEVTCVVVDVS HEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTI SKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₄EX₅TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVX₆HEALHX₇HYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 71: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), X₄ is Asp or Glu, and X₅ is Leu or Met NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₄EX₅TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFF LYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 72: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 73: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 74: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), M428L, N434S mutations (Bold/Underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 75: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), M428L, N434S mutations (Bold/Underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 76: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 77: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 78: mature human Fc IgG1, Z₁ is Cys or Ser, and wherein X₁ is Met or Tyr, X₂ is Ser or Thr, X₃ is Thr or Glu, X₄ is Asp or Glu, and X₅ is Leu or Met, X₆ is Met or Leu, and X₇ is Asn or Ser VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSZ₁DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLX₁IX₂RX₃PEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₄EX₅TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVX₆HEALHX₇HYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 79: mature human Fc IgG1, Cys to Ser substitution (#), and wherein X₁ is Met or Tyr, X₂ is Ser or Thr, X₃ is Thr or Glu, X₄ is Asp or Glu, and X₅ is Leu or Met, X₆ is Met or Leu, and X₇ is Asn or Ser VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLX₁IX₂RX₃PEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₄EX₅TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFF LYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVX₆HEALHX₇HYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 80: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), X₄ is Asp or Glu, and X₅ is Leu or Met VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₄EX₅TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 81: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLY SKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 82: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLY SKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 83: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), M428L, N434S mutations (Bold/Underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLY SKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 84: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), M428L, N434S mutations (Bold/Underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLY SKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 85: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLY SKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 86: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLY SKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGK SEQ ID NO: 87: mature human Fc IgG1, Z₁ is Cys or Ser, and wherein X₁ is Met or Tyr, X₂ is Ser or Thr, X₃ is Thr or Glu, X₄ is Asp or Glu, and X₅ is Leu or Met, X₆ is Met or Leu, and X₇ is Asn or Ser VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSZ₁DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLX₁IX₂RX₃PEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₄EX₅TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVX₆HEALHX₇HYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 88: mature human Fc IgG1, Cys to Ser substitution (#), and wherein X₁ is Met or Tyr, X₂ is Ser or Thr, X₃ is Thr or Glu, X₄ is Asp or Glu, and X₅ is Leu or Met, X₆ is Met or Leu, and X₇ is Asn or Ser VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLX₁IX₂RX₃PEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₄EX₅TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFF LYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVX₆HEALHX₇HYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 89: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), X₄ is Asp or Glu, and X₅ is Leu or Met VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₄EX₅TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFL YSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 90: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLY SKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 91: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLY SKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 92: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), M428L, N434S mutations (Bold/Underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLY SKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 93: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), M428L, N434S mutations (Bold/Underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLY SKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 94: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics) VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLY SKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 95: mature human IgG1 Fc, Cys to Ser substitution (#), YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined), allotype G1m(f) (bold italics) VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSHE DPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLY SKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG In some embodiments, the variant Fc domain includes an amino acid substitution at position 246 (e.g., K246X where X is any amino acid that is not Lys, such as K246S, K246G, K246A, K246T, K246N, K246Q, K246R, K246H, K246E, or K246DC220S). In some embodiments, the variant Fc domain monomer includes at least the following mutations K246X, M252Y, S254T, and T256E, where X is not Lys. In some embodiments, the variant Fc domain monomer includes at least the following mutations K246X, V309D, Q311H, and N434S, where X is not Lys. In some embodiments, the variant Fc domain monomer includes at least the following mutations K246X, M428L, and N434S, where X is not Lys. In some embodiments, the variant Fc domain further includes a mutation of position 220, e.g., a C220S mutation. Amino acid substitutions are relative to a wild-type Fc monomer amino acid sequence, e.g., wild-type human IgG1 or IgG2. In some embodiments, a variant Fc domain monomer includes a sequence that is at least 95% identical (e.g., 97%, 99%, or 99.5% identical) to the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 125-153 shown below. In some embodiments, a variant Fc domain monomer includes the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 125-153 shown below. In some embodiments, a variant Fc domain monomer includes at least the following mutations K246X, M252Y, S254T, and T256E, where X is not Lys. In some embodiments, a variant Fc domain monomer includes at least the following mutations K246X, V309D, Q311H, and N434S, where X is not Lys. In some embodiments, a variant Fc domain monomer includes at least the following mutations K246X, M428L, and N434S, where X is not Lys. In some embodiments, the substitution at K246X is selected from Ser, Gly, Ala, Thr, Asn, Gln, Arg, His, Glu, or Asp. In some embodiments, the substitution at K246X is Ser. SEQ ID NO: 125: mature human IgG1 Fc; X₁ (position 201) is Asn or absent; X₂ (position 220) is Cys or Ser; X₃ (position 246) is Ser, Gly, Ala, Thr, Asn, Gln, Arg, His, Glu, or Asp; X₄ (position 252) is Met or Tyr; X₅ (position 254) is Ser or Thr; X₆ (position 256) is Thr or Glu; X₇ (position 297) is Asn or Ala; X₈ (position 309) is Leu or Asp; X₉ (position 311) is Gln or His; X₁₀ (position 356) is Asp or Glu; and X₁₁ (position 358) is Leu or Met; X₁₂ (position 428) is Met or Leu; X₁₃ (position 434) is Asn or Ser; X₁₄ (position 447) is Lys or absent; N-terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized X₁VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSX₂DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPX₃PKDTLX₄IX₅RX₆PEVTCVVVDVS HEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYX₇STYRVVSVLTVX₈HX₉DWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEK TISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₁0EX₁₁TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSD GSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVX₁₂HEALH X₁₃HYTQKSLSLSPGX₁₄ SEQ ID NO: 126: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); X₁ is Asn or absent; X₂ is Ser, Gly, Ala, Thr, Asn, Gln, Arg, His, Glu, or Asp; X₃ is Asn or Ala; X₄ is Asp or Glu; and X₅ is Leu or Met; X₆ is Lys or absent; N-terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized X₁VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPX₂PKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVS HEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYX₃STYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTI SKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₄EX₅TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGX₆ SEQ ID NO: 127: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); X₁ is Ser, Gly, Ala, Thr, Asn, Gln, Arg, His, Glu, or Asp; X₂ is Asn or Ala; X₃ is Asp or Glu; and X₄ is Leu or Met; N-terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPX₁PKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVS HEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYX₂STYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTI SKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₃EX₄TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 128: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); Lys to Ser substitution(*); X₁ is Asp or Glu; and X₂ is Leu or Met; N-terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPS(*)PKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKT ISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₁EX₂TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGS FFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 129: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); Lys to Ser substitution(*); allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics); N-terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPS(*)PKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKT ISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFF LYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 130: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); Lys to Ser substitution(*); allotype G1m(f) (bold italics); N-terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPS(*)PKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKT ISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 131: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); Asn to Ala substitution (^); X₁ is Ser, Gly, Ala, Thr, Asn, Gln, Arg, His, Glu, or Asp; X₂ is Asp or Glu; and X₃ is Leu or Met; N-terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPX₁PKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVS HEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYA(^)STYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEK TISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₂EX₃TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDG SFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 132: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); Lys to Ser substitution(*); Asn to Ala substitution (^); X₁ is Asp or Glu; and X₂ is Leu or Met; N-terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPS(*)PKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYA(^)STYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIE KTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₁EX₂TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSD GSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 133: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined); X₁ is Asn or absent; X₂ is Ser, Gly, Ala, Thr, Asn, Gln, Arg, His, Glu, or Asp; X₃ is Asn or Ala; X₄ is Asp or Glu; and X₅ is Leu or Met; X₆ is Lys or absent; N-terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized X₁VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPX₂PKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVS HEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYX₃STYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTI SKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₄EX₅TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPGX₆ SEQ ID NO: 134: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined); X₁ is Ser, Gly, Ala, Thr, Asn, Gln, Arg, His, Glu, or Asp; X₂ is Asn or Ala; X₃ is Asp or Glu; and X₄ is Leu or Met; N-terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPX₁PKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYX₂STYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTIS KAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₃EX₄TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFF LYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 135: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); Lys to Ser substitution(*); YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined); X₁ is Asp or Glu; and X₂ is Leu or Met; N-terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPS(*)PKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVS HEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTI SKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₁EX₂TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 136: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); Lys to Ser substitution(*); YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined); allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics); N-terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPS(*)PKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVS HEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTI SKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFF LYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 137: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); Lys to Ser substitution(*); YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined); allotype G1m(f) (bold italics); N-terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPS(*)PKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVS HEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTI SKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFF LYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 138: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); Asn to Ala substitution (^); YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined); X₁ is Ser, Gly, Ala, Thr, Asn, Gln, Arg, His, Glu, or Asp; X₂ is Asp or Glu; and X₃ is Leu or Met; N-terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPX₁PKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYA(^)STYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTI SKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₂EX₃TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 139: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); Lys to Ser substitution(*); Asn to Ala substitution (^); YTE triple mutation (bold and underlined); X₁ is Asp or Glu; and X₂ is Leu or Met; N- terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPS(*)PKDTLYITREPEVTCVVVDVS HEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYA(^)STYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEK TISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₁EX₂TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDG SFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 140: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); DHS triple mutation (bold and underlined); X₁ is Asn or absent; X₂ is Ser, Gly, Ala, Thr, Asn, Gln, Arg, His, Glu, or Asp; X₃ is Asn or Ala; X₄ is Asp or Glu; and X₅ is Leu or Met; X₆ is Lys or absent; N-terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized X₁VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPX₂PKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVS HEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYX₃STYRVVSVLTVDHHDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTI SKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₄EX₅TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPGX₆ SEQ ID NO: 141: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); DHS triple mutation (bold and underlined); X₁ is Ser, Gly, Ala, Thr, Asn, Gln, Arg, His, Glu, or Asp; X₂ is Asn or Ala; X₃ is Asp or Glu; and X₄ is Leu or Met; N-terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPX₁PKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVS HEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYX₂STYRVVSVLTVDHHDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTI SKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₃EX₄TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 142: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); Lys to Ser substitution(*); DHS triple mutation (bold and underlined); X₁ is Asp or Glu; and X₂ is Leu or Met; N-terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPS(*)PKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVDHHDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEK TISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₁EX₂TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDG SFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 143: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); Lys to Ser substitution(*); DHS triple mutation (bold and underlined); allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics); N-terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPS(*)PKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVDHHDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEK TISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 144: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); Lys to Ser substitution(*); DHS triple mutation (bold and underlined); allotype G1m(f) (bold italics); N-terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPS(*)PKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVDHHDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEK TISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGS FFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 145: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); Asn to Ala substitution (^); DHS triple mutation (bold and underlined); X₁ is Ser, Gly, Ala, Thr, Asn, Gln, Arg, His, Glu, or Asp; X₂ is Asp or Glu; and X₃ is Leu or Met; N-terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPX₁PKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVS HEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYA(^)STYRVVSVLTVDHHDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEK TISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₂EX₃TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDG SFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 146: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); Lys to Ser substitution(*); Asn to Ala substitution (^); DHS triple mutation (bold and underlined); X₁ is Asp or Glu; and X₂ is Leu or Met; N- terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPS(*)PKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYA(^)STYRVVSVLTVDHHDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIE KTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₁EX₂TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSD GSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVMHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 147: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); LS double mutation (bold and underlined); X₁ is Asn or absent; X₂ is Ser, Gly, Ala, Thr, Asn, Gln, Arg, His, Glu, or Asp; X₃ is Asn or Ala; X₄ is Asp or Glu; and X₅ is Leu or Met; X₆ is Lys or absent; N-terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized X₁VNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPX₂PKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVS HEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYX₃STYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTI SKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₄EX₅TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPGX₆ SEQ ID NO: 148: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); LS double mutation (bold and underlined); X₁ is Ser, Gly, Ala, Thr, Asn, Gln, Arg, His, Glu, or Asp; X₂ is Asn or Ala; X₃ is Asp or Glu; and X₄ is Leu or Met; N-terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPX₁PKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVS HEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYX₂STYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKTI SKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₃EX₄TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 149: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); Lys to Ser substitution(*); LS double mutation (bold and underlined); X₁ is Asp or Glu; and X₂ is Leu or Met; N-terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPS(*)PKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKT ISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₁EX₂TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGS FFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 150: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); Lys to Ser substitution(*); LS double mutation (bold and underlined); allotype G1m(fa) (bold italics); N-terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPS(*)PKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKT ISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFF LYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 151: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); Lys to Ser substitution(*); LS double mutation (bold and underlined); allotype G1m(f) (bold italics); N-terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPS(*)PKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEKT ISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSREEMTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSF FLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 152: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); Asn to Ala substitution (^); LS double mutation (bold and underlined); X₁ is Ser, Gly, Ala, Thr, Asn, Gln, Arg, His, Glu, or Asp; X₂ is Asp or Glu; and X₃ is Leu or Met; N-terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPX₁PKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVS HEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYA(^)STYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIEK TISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₂EX₃TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDG SFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPG SEQ ID NO: 153: mature human IgG1 Fc; Cys to Ser substitution (#); Lys to Ser substitution(*); Asn to Ala substitution (^); LS double mutation (bold and underlined); X₁ is Asp or Glu; and X₂ is Leu or Met; N- terminal Fab residues are underlined; hinge residues are italicized NVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSS(#)DKTHTCPPCPAPELLGGPSVFLFPPS(*)PKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDV SHEDPEVKFNWYVDGVEVHNAKTKPREEQYA(^)STYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPAPIE KTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRX₁EX₂TKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIAVEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSD GSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCSVLHEALHSHYTQKSLSLSPG As defined herein, an Fc domain includes two Fc domain monomers that are dimerized by the interaction between the CH3 antibody constant domains, as well as one or more disulfide bonds that form between the hinge domains of the two dimerizing Fc domain monomers. An Fc domain forms the minimum structure that binds to an Fc receptor, e.g., Fc-gamma receptors (i.e., Fcγ receptors (FcγR)), Fc-alpha receptors (i.e., Fcα receptors (FcαR)), Fc-epsilon receptors (i.e., Fcε receptors (FcεR)), and/or the neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn). In some embodiments, an Fc domain of the present invention binds to an Fcγ receptor (e.g., FcRn, FcγRI (CD64), FcγRIIa (CD32), FcγRIIb (CD32), FcγRIIIa (CD16a), FcγRIIIb (CD16b)), and/or FcγRIV and/or the neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn). In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer or Fc domain of the invention is an aglycosylated Fc domain monomer or Fc domain (e.g., an Fc domain monomer or an Fc domain that maintains engagement to an Fc receptor (e.g., FcRn). For example, the Fc domain is an aglycosylated IgG1 variants that maintains engagement to an Fc receptor (e.g., an IgG1 having an amino acid substitution at N297 and/or T299 of the glycosylation motif). Exemplary aglycosylated Fc domains and methods for making aglycosylated Fc domains are known in the art, for example, as described in Sazinsky S.L. et al., Aglycosylated immunoglobulin G1 variants productively engage activating Fc receptors, PNAS, 2008, 105(51):20167-20172, which is incorporated herein in its entirety. In some embodiments, the Fc domain or Fc domain monomer of the invention is engineered to enhance binding to the neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn). For example, the Fc domain may include the triple mutation corresponding to M252Y/S254T/T256E (YTE) (e.g., an IgG1, such as a human or humanized IgG1 having a YTE mutation, for example SEQ ID NO: 33, SEQ ID NO: 36, SEQ ID NO: 38, SEQ ID NO: 39, SEQ ID NO: 41, SEQ ID NO: 42, SEQ ID NO: 43, SEQ ID NO: 52, SEQ ID NO: 53, SEQ ID NO: 56, or SEQ ID NO: 57). The Fc domain may include the double mutant corresponding to M428L/N434S (LS) (e.g., an IgG1, such as a human or humanized IgG1 having an LS mutation, such as SEQ ID NO: 37, SEQ ID NO: 39, SEQ ID NO: 44, SEQ ID NO: 45, SEQ ID NO: 46, SEQ ID NO: 50, SEQ ID NO: 51, SEQ ID NO: 54, SEQ ID NO: 55, or SEQ ID NO: 59). The Fc domain may include the single mutant corresponding to N434H (e.g., an IgG1, such as a human or humanized IgG1 having an N434H mutation). The Fc domain may include the single mutant corresponding to C220S (e.g., and IgG1, such as a human or humanized IgG1 having a C220S mutation, such as SEQ ID NO: 34, SEQ ID NO: 47, SEQ ID NO: 48, SEQ ID NO: 49, SEQ ID NO: 50, SEQ ID NO: 51, SEQ ID NO: 52, SEQ ID NO: 53, SEQ ID NO: 58, SEQ ID NO: 59, SEQ ID NO: 61, SEQ ID NO: 62, SEQ ID NO: 63, SEQ ID NO: 64, SEQ ID NO: 65, SEQ ID NO: 66, SEQ ID NO: 67, or SEQ ID NO: 68). The Fc domain may include a combination of one or more of the above-described mutations that enhance binding to the FcRn. Enhanced binding to the FcRn may increase the half-life Fc domain-containing conjugate. For example, incorporation of one or more amino acid mutations that increase binding to the FcRn (e.g., a YTE mutation, an LS mutation, or an N434H mutation) may increase the half-life of the conjugate by 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%.100%, 200%, 300%, 400%, 500% or more relative to a conjugate having the corresponding Fc domain without the mutation that enhances FcRn binding. Exemplary Fc domains with enhanced binding to the FcRN and methods for making Fc domains having enhanced binding to the FcRN are known in the art, for example, as described in Maeda, A. et al., Identification of human IgG1 variant with enhanced FcRn binding and without increased binding to rheumatoid factor autoantibody, MABS, 2017, 9(5):844-853, which is incorporated herein in its entirety. As used herein, an amino acid “corresponding to” a particular amino acid residue (e.g., of a particular SEQ ID NO.) should be understood to include any amino acid residue that one of skill in the art would understand to align to the particular residue (e.g., of the particular sequence). For example, any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125- 153 may be mutated to include a YTE mutation, an LS mutation, and/or an N434H mutation by mutating the “corresponding residues” of the amino acid sequence. As used herein, a sulfur atom “corresponding to” a particular cysteine residue of a particular SEQ ID NO. should be understood to include the sulfur atom of any cysteine residue that one of skill in the art would understand to align to the particular cysteine of the particular sequence. The protein sequence alignment of human IgG1 (UniProtKB: P01857; SEQ ID NO: 121), human IgG2 (UniProtKB: P01859; SEQ ID NO: 122), human IgG3 (UniProtKB: P01860; SEQ ID NO: 123), and human IgG4 (UniProtKB: P01861; SEQ ID NO: 124) is provided below (aligned with Clustal Omega Multiple Pairwise Alignment). The alignment indicates cysteine residues (e.g., sulfur atoms of cysteine residues) that “correspond to” one another (in boxes and indicated by the • symbol). One of skill in the art would readily be able to perform such an alignment with any IgG variant of the invention to determine the sulfur atom of a cysteine that corresponds to any sulfur atom of a particular cysteine of a particular SEQ ID NO. described herein (e.g., any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153). For example, one of skill in the art would readily be able to determine that Cys10 of SEQ ID NO: 10 (the first cysteine of the conserved CPPC motif of the hinge region of the Fc domain) corresponds to, for example, Cys109 of IgG1, Cys106 of IgG2, Cys156 of IgG3, Cys29 of SEQ ID NO: 1, Cys9 of SEQ ID NO: 2, Cys30 of SEQ ID NO: 3, or Cys10 of SEQ ID NO: 10. In some embodiments, the Fc domain or Fc domain monomer of the invention has the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 39-95 may further include additional amino acids at the N-terminus (Xaa)x and/or additional amino acids at the C-terminus (Xaa)z, wherein Xaa is any amino acid and x and z are a whole number greater than or equal to zero, generally less than 100, preferably less than 10 and more preferably 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5. In some embodiments, the additional amino acids are least 70% (e.g., 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100%) identical to one or more consecutive amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 103. For example, the additional amino acids may be a single amino acid on the C- terminus corresponding to Lys330 of IgG1 (SEQ ID NO: 121). As used herein, a nitrogen atom “corresponding to” a particular lysine residue of a particular SEQ ID NO. should be understood to include the nitrogen atom of any lysine residue that one of skill in the art would understand to align to the particular lysine of the particular sequence. The protein sequence alignment of human IgG1 (UniProtKB: P01857; SEQ ID NO: 121), human IgG2 (UniProtKB: P01859; SEQ ID NO: 122), human IgG3 (UniProtKB: P01860; SEQ ID NO: 123), and human IgG4 (UniProtKB: P01861; SEQ ID NO: 124) is provided below (aligned with Clustal Omega Multiple Pairwise Alignment). The alignment indicates lysine residues (e.g., nitrogen atoms of lysine residues) that “correspond to” one another (in boxes and indicated by the * symbol). One of skill in the art would readily be able to perform such an alignment with any IgG variant of the invention to determine the nitrogen atom of a lysine that corresponds to any nitrogen atom of a particular lysine of a particular SEQ ID NO. described herein (e.g., any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153). For example, one of skill in the art would readily be able to determine that Lys35 of SEQ ID NO: 10 corresponds to, for example, Lys129 of IgG1, Lys126 of IgG2, Lys176 of IgG3, Lys51 of SEQ ID NO: 1, Lys31 of SEQ ID NO: 2, Lys50 of SEQ ID NO: 3, or Lys30 of SEQ ID NO: 10. Protein sequence alignment of IgG1 (SEQ ID NO: 121), IgG2 (SEQ ID NO: 122), IgG3 (SEQ ID NO: 123), and IgG4 (SEQ ID NO: 124)

In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer includes less than about 300 amino acid residues (e.g., less than about 300, less than about 295, less than about 290, less than about 285, less than about 280, less than about 275, less than about 270, less than about 265, less than about 260, less than about 255, less than about 250, less than about 245, less than about 240, less than about 235, less than about 230, less than about 225, or less than about 220 amino acid residues). In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer is less than about 40 kDa (e.g., less than about 35kDa, less than about 30kDa, less than about 25kDa). In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer includes at least 200 amino acid residues (e.g., at least 210, at least 220, at least 230, at least 240, at least 250, at least 260, at least 270, at least 280, at least 290, or at least 300 amino residues). In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer is at least 20 kDa (e.g., at least 25 kDa, at least 30 kDa, or at least 35 kDa). In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer includes 200 to 400 amino acid residues (e.g., 200 to 250, 250 to 300, 300 to 350, 350 to 400, 200 to 300, 250 to 350, or 300 to 400 amino acid residues). In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer is 20 to 40 kDa (e.g., 20 to 25 kDa, 25 to 30 kDa, 35 to 40 kDa, 20 to 30 kDa, 25 to 35 kDa, or 30 to 40 KDa). In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer includes an amino acid sequence at least 90% identical (e.g., at least 95%, at least 98%) to the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153, or a region thereof. In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer includes the amino acid sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153, or a region thereof. In some embodiments, the Fc domain monomer includes a region of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1- 95 and 125-153, wherein the region includes positions 220, 252, 254, and 256. In some embodiments, the region includes at least 40 amino acid residues, at least 50 amino acid residues, at least 60 amino acid residues, at least 70 amino acids residues, at least 80 amino acids residues, at least 90 amino acid residues, at least 100 amino acid residues, at least 110 amino acid residues, at least 120 amino residues, at least 130 amino acid residues, at least 140 amino acid residues, at least 150 amino acid residues, at least 160 amino acid residues, at least 170 amino acid residues, at least 180 amino acid residues, at least 190 amino acid residues, or at least 200 amino acid residues. Activation of Immune Cells Fc-gamma receptors (FcγRs) bind the Fc portion of immunoglobulin G (IgG) and play important roles in immune activation and regulation. For example, the IgG Fc domains in immune complexes (ICs) engage FcγRs with high avidity, thus triggering signaling cascades that regulate immune cell activation. The human FcγR family contains several activating receptors (FcγRI, FcγRIIa, FcγRIIc, FcγRIIIa, and FcγRIIIb) and one inhibitory receptor (FcγRIIb). FcγR signaling is mediated by intracellular domains that contain immune tyrosine activating motifs (ITAMs) for activating FcγRs and immune tyrosine inhibitory motifs (ITIM) for inhibitory receptor FcγRIIb. In some embodiments, FcγR binding by Fc domains results in ITAM phosphorylation by Src family kinases; this activates Syk family kinases and induces downstream signaling networks, which include PI3K and Ras pathways. In the conjugates described herein, the portion of the conjugates including monomers or dimers of gp120 binders bind to and inhibits viral gp120 receptor leading to inhibition of viral replication, while the Fc domain portion of the conjugates bind to FcγRs (e.g., FcRn, FcγRI, FcγRIIa, FcγRIIc, FcγRIIIa, and FcγRIIIb) on immune cells and activate phagocytosis and effector functions, such as antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC), thus leading to the engulfment and destruction of viral particles by immune cells and further enhancing the antiviral activity of the conjugates. Examples of immune cells that may be activated by the conjugates described herein include, but are not limited to, macrophages, neutrophils, eosinophils, basophils, lymphocytes, follicular dendritic cells, natural killer cells, and mast cells. Tissue distribution After a therapeutic enters the systemic circulation, it is distributed to the body’s tissues. Distribution is generally uneven because of different in blood perfusion, tissue binding, regional pH, and permeability of cell membranes. The entry rate of a drug into a tissue depends on the rate of blood flow to the tissue, tissue mass, and partition characteristics between blood and tissue. Distribution equilibrium (when the entry and exit rates are the same) between blood and tissue is reached more rapidly in richly vascularized areas, unless diffusion across cell membranes is the rate-limiting step. The size, shape, charge, target binding, FcRn and target binding mechanisms, route of administration, and formulation affect tissue distribution. In some instances, the conjugates described herein may be optimized to distribute to lung tissue. In some instances, the conjugates have a concentration ratio of distribution in epithelial lining fluid of at least 30% the concentration of the conjugate in plasma within 2 hours after administration. In certain embodiments, ratio of the concentration is at least 45% within 2 hours after administration. In some embodiments, the ratio of concentration is at least 55% within 2 hours after administration. In particular, the ratio of concentration is at least 60% within 2 hours after administration. As shown in Example 35 and FIG.13, by 2 hours post injection, a conjugate having an Fc domain (SEQ ID NO: 64) decorated with one or more small molecule antiviral inhibitors ELF levels are surprisingly ~60% of plasma exposure levels as measured by AUC across the rest of the time course indicating nearly immediate partitioning of the conjugate from plasma to the ELF in the lung. This demonstrates that an Fc containing conjugate rapidly distributes to lung, and maintains high concentrations in lung relative to levels in plasma. IV. Albumin proteins and albumin protein-binding peptides Albumin proteins An albumin protein of the invention may be a naturally-occurring albumin or a variant thereof, such as an engineered variant of a naturally-occurring albumin protein. Variants include polymorphisms, fragments such as domains and sub-domains, and fusion proteins. An albumin protein may include the sequence of an albumin protein obtained from any source. Preferably the source is mammalian, such as human or bovine. Most preferably, the albumin protein is human serum albumin (HSA), or a variant thereof. Human serum albumins include any albumin protein having an amino acid sequence naturally occurring in humans, and variants thereof. An albumin protein coding sequence is obtainable by methods know to those of skill in the art for isolating and sequencing cDNA corresponding to human genes. An albumin protein of the invention may include the amino acid sequence of human serum albumin (HSA), provided in SEQ ID NO: 96 or SEQ ID NO: 97, or the amino acid sequence of mouse serum albumin (MSA), provided in SEQ ID NO: 98, or a variant or fragment thereof, preferably a functional variant or fragment thereof. A fragment or variant may or may not be functional, or may retain the function of albumin to some degree. For example, a fragment or variant may retain the ability to bind to an albumin receptor, such as HSA or MSA, by at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, or 105% of the ability of the parent albumin (e.g., the parent albumin from which the fragment or variant is derived). Relative binding ability may be determined by methods known in the art, such as by surface plasmon resonance. The albumin protein may be a naturally-occurring polymorphic variant of an albumin protein, such as human serum albumin. Generally, variants or fragments of human serum albumin will have at least 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, or 70%, and preferably 80%, 90%, 95%, 100%, or 105% or more of human serum albumin or mouse serum albumin’s ligand binding activity. The albumin protein may include the amino acid sequence of bovine serum albumin. Bovine serum albumin proteins include any albumin having an amino acid sequence naturally occurring in cows, for example, as described by Swissprot accession number P02769, and variants thereof as defined herein. Bovine serum albumin proteins also includes fragments of full-length bovine serum albumin or variants thereof, as defined herein. The albumin protein may comprise the sequence of an albumin derived from one of serum albumin from dog (e.g., Swissprot accession number P49822-1), pig (e.g., Swissprot accession number P08835-1), goat (e.g., Sigma product no. A2514 or A4164), cat (e.g., Swissprot accession number P49064-1), chicken (e.g., Swissprot accession number P19121-1), ovalbumin (e.g., chicken ovalbumin) (e.g., Swissprot accession number P01012-1), turkey ovalbumin (e.g., Swissprot accession number O73860-1), donkey (e.g., Swissprot accession number Q5XLE4-1), guinea pig (e.g., Swissprot accession number Q6WDN9-1), hamster (e.g., as described in DeMarco et al. International Journal for Parasitology 37(11): 1201-1208 (2007)), horse (e.g., Swissprot accession number P35747-1), rhesus monkey (e.g., Swissprot accession number Q28522-1), mouse (e.g., Swissprot accession number P07724-1), pigeon (e.g., as defined by Khan et al. Int. J. Biol. Macromol.30(3-4),171-8 (2002)), rabbit (e.g., Swissprot accession number P49065-1), rat (e.g., Swissprot accession number P02770-1) or sheep (e.g., Swissprot accession number P14639-1), and includes variants and fragments thereof as defined herein. Many naturally-occurring mutant forms of albumin are known to those skilled in the art. Naturally- occurring mutant forms of albumin are described in, for example, Peters, et al. All About Albumin: Biochemistry, Genetics and Medical Applications, Academic Press, Inc., San Diego, Calif., p.170-181 (1996). Albumin proteins of the invention include variants of naturally-occurring albumin proteins. A variant albumin refers to an albumin protein having at least one amino acid mutation, such as an amino acid mutation generated by an insertion, deletion, or substitution, either conservative or non-conservative, provided that such changes result in an albumin protein for which at least one basic property has not been significantly altered (e.g., has not been altered by more than 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, or 40%). Exemplary properties which may define the activity of an albumin protein include binding activity (e.g., including binding specificity or affinity to bilirubin, or a fatty acid such as a long-chain fatty acid), osmolarity, or behavior in a certain pH-range. Typically an albumin protein variant will have at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, and preferably at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% amino acid sequence identity with a naturally-occurring albumin protein, such as the albumin protein of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 96-98. Methods for the production and purification of recombinant human albumins are well-established (Sleep et al. Biotechnology, 8(1):42-6 (1990)), and include the production of recombinant human albumin for pharmaceutical applications (Bosse et al. J Clin Pharmacol 45(1):57-67 (2005)). The three- dimensional structure of HSA has been elucidated by X-ray crystallography (Carter et al. Science. 244(4909): 1195-8(1998)); Sugio et al. Protein Eng.12(6):439-46 (1999)). The HSA polypeptide chain has 35 cysteine residues, which form 17 disulfide bonds, and one unpaired (e.g., free) cysteine at position 34 of the mature protein. Cys-34 of HSA has been used for conjugation of molecules to albumin (Leger et al. Bioorg Med Chem Lett 14(17):4395-8 (2004); Thibaudeau et al. Bioconjug Chem 16(4):1000-8 (2005)), and provides a site for site-specific conjugation. SEQ ID NO: 96 (Human serum albumin (HSA), variant 1) DAHKSEVAHRFKDLGEENFKALVLIAFAQYLQQCPFEDHVKLVNEVTEFAKTCVADESAENCDKSLHTLF GDKLCTVATLRETYGEMADCCAKQEPERNECFLQHKDDNPNLPRLVRPEVDVMCTAFHDNEETFLKKYL YEIARRHPYFYAPELLFFAKRYKAAFTECCQAADKAACLLPKLDELRDEGKASSAKQRLKCASLQKFGER AFKAWAVARLSQRFPKAEFAEVSKLVTDLTKVHTECCHGDLLECADDRADLAKYICENQDSISSKLKECC EKPLLEKSHCIAEVENDEMPADLPSLAADFVESKDVCKNYAEAKDVFLGMFLYEYARRHPDYSVVLLLRL AKTYETTLEKCCAAADPHECYAKVFDEFKPLVEEPQNLIKQNCELFEQLGEYKFQNALLVRYTKKVPQVS TPTLVEVSRNLGKVGSKCCKHPEAKRMPCAEDYLSVVLNQLCVLHEKTPVSDRVTKCCTESLVNRRPCF SALEVDETYVPKEFNAETFTFHADICTLSEKERQIKKQTALVELVKHKPKATKEQLKAVMDDFAAFVEKCC KADDKETCFAEEGKKLVAASQAALGL SEQ ID NO: 97 (Human serum albumin (HSA), variant 2) RGVFRRDAHKSEVAHRFKDLGEENFKALVLIAFAQYLQQCPFEDHVKLVNEVTEFAKTCVADESAENCD KSLHTLFGDKLCTVATLRETYGEMADCCAKQEPERNECFLQHKDDNPNLPRLVRPEVDVMCTAFHDNE ETFLKKYLYEIARRHPYFYAPELLFFAKRYKAAFTECCQAADKAACLLPKLDELRDEGKASSAKQRLKCAS LQKFGERAFKAWAVARLSQRFPKAEFAEVSKLVTDLTKVHTECCHGDLLECADDRADLAKYICENQDSIS SKLKECCEKPLLEKSHCIAEVENDEMPADLPSLAADFVESKDVCKNYAEAKDVFLGMFLYEYARRHPDYS VVLLLRLAKTYETTLEKCCAAADPHECYAKVFDEFKPLVEEPQNLIKQNCELFEQLGEYKFQNALLVRYTK KVPQVSTPTLVEVSRNLGKVGSKCCKHPEAKRMPCAEDYLSVVLNQLCVLHEKTPVSDRVTKCCTESLV NRRPCFSALEVDETYVPKEFNAETFTFHADICTLSEKERQIKKQTALVELVKHKPKATKEQLKAVMDDFAA FVEKCCKADDKETCFAEEGKKLVAASQAALGL SEQ ID NO: 98 (Mouse serum albumin (MSA)) RGVFRREAHKSEIAHRYNDLGEQHFKGLVLIAFSQYLQKCSYDEHAKLVQEVTDFAKTCVADESAANCD KSLHTLFGDKLCAIPNLRENYGELADCCTKQEPERNECFLQHKDDNPSLPPFERPEAEAMCTSFKENPTT FMGHYLHEVARRHPYFYAPELLYYAEQYNEILTQCCAEADKESCLTPKLDGVKEKALVSSVRQRMKCSS MQKFGERAFKAWAVARLSQTFPNADFAEITKLATDLTKVNKECCHGDLLECADDRAELAKYMCENQATI SSKLQTCCDKPLLKKAHCLSEVEHDTMPADLPAIAADFVEDQEVCKNYAEAKDVFLGTFLYEYSRRHPDY SVSLLLRLAKKYEATLEKCCAEANPPACYGTVLAEFQPLVEEPKNLVKTNCDLYEKLGEYGFQNAILVRYT QKAPQVSTPTLVEAARNLGRVGTKCCTLPEDQRLPCVEDYLSAILNRVCLLHEKTPVSEHVTKCCSGSLV ERRPCFSALTVDETYVPKEFKAETFTFHSDICTLPEKEKQIKKQTALAELVKHKPKATAEQLKTVMDDFAQ FLDTCCKAADKDTCFSTEGPNLVTRCKDALA Conjugation of albumin proteins An albumin protein of the invention may be conjugated to (e.g., by way of a covalent bond) to any compound of the invention (e.g., by way of the linker portion of a gp120 binder monomer or dimer). The albumin protein may be conjugated to any compound of the invention by any method well-known to those of skill in the art for producing small-molecule-protein conjugates. This may include covalent conjugation to a solvent-exposed amino acid, such as a solvent exposed cysteine or lysine. For example, human serum albumin may be conjugated to a compound of the invention by covalent linkage to the sulfur atom corresponding to Cys34 of SEQ ID NO: 96 or Cys40 of SEQ ID NO: 97. An albumin protein of the invention may be conjugated to any compound of the invention by way of an amino acid located within 10 amino acid residues of the C-terminal or N-terminal end of the albumin protein. An albumin protein may include a C-terminal or N-terminal polypeptide fusion of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, or 20 or more amino acid. The C-terminal or N-terminal polypeptide fusion may include one or more solvent-exposed cysteine or lysine residues, which may be used for covalent conjugation of a compound of the invention (e.g., conjugation to a gp120 binder monomer or dimer, including by way of a linker). Albumin proteins of the invention include any albumin protein which has been engineered to include one or more solvent-exposed cysteine or lysine residues, which may provide a site for conjugation to a compound of the invention (e.g., conjugation to a gp120 binder monomer or dimer, including by way of a linker). Most preferably, the albumin protein will contain a single solvent-exposed cysteine or lysine, thus enabling site-specific conjugation of a compound of the invention. Exemplary methods for the production of engineered variants of albumin proteins that include one or more conjugation-competent cysteine residues are provided in U.S. Patent Application No. 2017/0081389, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Briefly, preferred albumin protein variants are those comprising a single, solvent-exposed, unpaired (e.g., free) cysteine residue, thus enabling site-specific conjugation of a linker to the cysteine residue. Albumin proteins which have been engineered to enable chemical conjugation to a solvent- exposed, unpaired cysteine residue include the following albumin protein variants: (a) an albumin protein having a substitution of a non-cysteine amino acid residue with a cysteine at an amino acid residue corresponding to any of L585, D1, A2, D562, A364, A504, E505, T79, E86, D129, D549, A581, D121, E82, S270, Q397, and A578 of SEQ ID NO: 96; (b) an albumin protein having an insertion of a cysteine at a position adjacent the N- or C-terminal side of an amino acid residue corresponding to any of L585, D1, A2, D562, A364, A504, E505, T79, E86, D129, D549, A581, D121, E82, S270, Q397, and A578 of SEQ ID NO: 96; (c) an albumin protein engineered to have an unpaired cysteine having a free thiol group at a residue corresponding to any of C369, C361, C91, C177, C567, C316, C75, C169, C124, or C558 of SEQ ID NO: 96, and which may or may not be generated by deletion or substitution of a residue corresponding to C360, C316, C75, C168, C558, C361, C91, C124, C169, or C567 of SEQ ID NO: 96; and/or (d) addition of a cysteine to the N- or C-terminus of an albumin protein. In some embodiments of the invention, the net result of the substitution, deletion, addition, or insertion events of (a), (b), (c) and/or (d) is that the number of conjugation competent cysteine residues of the polypeptide sequence is increased relative to the parent albumin sequence. In some embodiments of the invention, the net result of the substitution, deletion, addition, or insertion events of (a), (b), (c) and/or (d) is that the number of conjugation competent-cysteine residues of the polypeptide sequence is one, thus enabling site-specific conjugation. Preferred albumin protein variants also include albumin proteins having a single solvent-exposed lysine residue, thus enabling site-specific conjugation of a linker to the lysine residue. Such variants may be generated by engineering an albumin protein, including any of the methods previously described (e.g., insertion, deletion, substitution, or C-terminal or N-terminal fusion). Albumin protein-binding peptides Conjugation of a biologically-active compound to an albumin protein-binding peptide can alter the pharmacodynamics of the biologically-active compound, including the alteration of tissue uptake, penetration, and diffusion. In a preferred embodiment, conjugation of an albumin protein-binding peptide to a compound of the invention (e.g., a gp120 binder monomer or dimer, by way of a linker) increases the efficacy or decreases the toxicity of the compound, as compared to the compound alone. Albumin protein-binding peptides of the invention include any polypeptide having an amino acid sequence of 5 to 50 (e.g., 5 to 40, 5 to 30, 5 to 20, 5 to 15, 5 to 10, 10 to 50, 10 to 30, or 10 to 20) amino acid residues that has affinity for and functions to bind an albumin protein, such as any of the albumin proteins described herein. Preferably, the albumin protein-binding peptide binds to a naturally occurring serum albumin, most preferably human serum albumin. An albumin protein-binding peptide can be of different origins, e.g., synthetic, human, mouse, or rat. Albumin protein-binding peptides of the invention include albumin protein-binding peptides which have been engineered to include one or more (e.g., two, three, four, or five) solvent-exposed cysteine or lysine residues, which may provide a site for conjugation to a compound of the invention (e.g., conjugation to a gp120 binder monomer or dimer, including by way of a linker). Most preferably, the albumin protein-binding peptide will contain a single solvent-exposed cysteine or lysine, thus enabling site-specific conjugation of a compound of the invention. Albumin protein-binding peptides may include only naturally occurring amino acid residues, or may include one or more non-naturally occurring amino acid residues. Where included, a non-naturally occurring amino acid residue (e.g., the side chain of a non-naturally occurring amino acid residue) may be used as the point of attachment for a compound of the invention (e.g., a gp120 binder monomer or dimer, including by way of a linker). Albumin protein-binding peptides of the invention may be linear or cyclic. Albumin protein- binding peptides of the invention include any albumin protein-binding peptides known to one of skill in the art, examples of which, are provided herein. Albumin protein-binding peptide, and conjugates including an albumin protein-binding peptide, preferably bind an albumin protein (e.g., human serum albumin) with an affinity characterized by a dissociation constant, Kd, that is less than about 100 μM, preferably less than about 100 nM, and most preferably do not substantially bind other plasma proteins. Specific examples of such compounds are linear or cyclic peptides, preferably between about 10 and 20 amino acid residues in length, optionally modified at the N-terminus or C-terminus or both. Albumin protein-binding peptides include linear and cyclic peptides comprising the following general formulae, wherein Xaa is any amino acid: SEQ ID NO: 101 Xaa-Xaa-Cys-Xaa-Xaa-Xaa-Xaa-Xaa-Cys-Xaa-Xaa-Phe-Cys-Xaa-Asp-Trp-Pro-Xaa-Xaa-Xaa-Ser-Cys SEQ ID NO: 102 Val-Cys-Tyr-Xaa-Xaa-Xaa-Ile-Cys-Phe SEQ ID NO: 103 Cys-Tyr-Xaa-Pro-Gly-Xaa-Cys SEQ ID NO: 104 Asp-Xaa-Cys-Leu-Pro-Xaa-Trp-Gly-Cys-Leu-Trp SEQ ID NO: 105 Trp-Cys-Asp-Xaa-Xaa-Leu-Xaa-Ala-Xaa-Asp-Leu-Cys SEQ ID NO: 106 Asp-Leu-Val-Xaa-Leu-Gly-Leu-Glu-Cys-Trp Albumin protein-binding peptides of the invention further include any of the following peptide sequences, which may be linear or cyclic: SEQ ID NO: 107 DLCLRDWGCLW SEQ ID NO: 108 DICLPRWGCLW SEQ ID NO: 109 MEDICLPRWGCLWGD SEQ ID NO: 110 QRLMEDICLPRWGCLWEDDE SEQ ID NO: 111 QGLIGDICLPRWGCLWGRSV SEQ ID NO: 112 QGLIGDICLPRWGCLWGRSVK SEQ ID NO: 113 EDICLPRWGCLWEDD SEQ ID NO: 114 RLMEDICLPRWGCLWEDD SEQ ID NO: 115 MEDICLPRWGCLWEDD SEQ ID NO: 116 MEDICLPRWGCLWED SEQ ID NO: 117 RLMEDICLARWGCLWEDD SEQ ID NO: 118 EVRSFCTRWPAEKSCKPLRG SEQ ID NO: 119 RAPESFVCYWETICFERSEQ SEQ ID NO: 120 EMCYFPGICWM Albumin protein-binding peptides of SEQ ID NOs: 101-120 may further include additional amino acids at the N-terminus (Xaa)x and/or additional amino acids at the C-terminus (Xaa)z, wherein Xaa is any amino acid and x and z are a whole number greater or equal to zero, generally less than 100, preferably less than 10, and more preferably 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5. Further exemplary albumin protein-binding peptides are provided in U.S. Patent Application No. 2005/0287153, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Conjugation of albumin protein-binding peptides An albumin protein-binding peptide of the invention may be conjugated to (e.g., by way of a covalent bond) to any compound of the invention (e.g., by way of the linker portion of a gp120 binder monomer or dimer). The albumin protein-binding peptide may be conjugated to any compound of the invention by any method known to those of skill in the art for producing peptide-small molecule conjugates. This may include covalent conjugation to the side chain group of an amino acid residue, such as a cysteine, a lysine, or a non-natural amino acid. Alternately, covalent conjugation may occur at the C-terminus (e.g., to the C-terminal carboxylic acid, or to the side chain group of the C-terminal residue) or at the N-terminus (e.g., to the N-terminal amino group, or to the side chain group of the N- terminal amino acid). V. Linkers A linker refers to a linkage or connection between two or more components in a conjugate described herein (e.g., between two gp120 binders in a conjugate described herein, between a gp120 binder and an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, or an albumin protein in a conjugate described herein, and between a dimer of two gp120 binders and an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain or an albumin protein in a conjugate described herein). Linkers in conjugates having an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, or an albumin protein covalently linked to dimers of gp120 binders In a conjugate containing an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide covalently linked to one or more dimers of gp120 binders as described herein, a linker in the conjugate (e.g., L or L’) may be a branched structure. As described further herein, a linker in a conjugate described herein (e.g., L or L’) may be a multivalent structure, e.g., a divalent or trivalent structure having two or three arms, respectively. In some embodiments when the linker has three arms, two of the arms may be attached to the first and second gp120 binders and the third arm may be attached to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc- binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide. In some embodiments when the linker has two arms, one arm may be attached to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, or an albumin protein and the other arm may be attached to one of the two gp120 binders. In other embodiments, a linker with three arms may be used to attach the two gp120 binders on a conjugate containing an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, or albumin protein covalently linked to one or more dimers of gp120 binders. In some embodiments, a linker in a conjugate having an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, or an albumin protein covalently linked to one or more dimers of gp120 binders is described by formula (D-L- I):

wherein L^A is described by formula G^A1-(Z^A1)g1-(Y^A1)h1-(Z^A2)i1-(Y^A2)j1-(Z^A3)k1-(Y^A3)l1-(Z^A4)m1-(Y^A4)n1-(Z^A5)o1- G^A2; L^B is described by formula G^B1-(Z^B1)_g2-(Y^B1)_h2-(Z^B2)_i2-(Y^B2)_j2-(Z^B3)_k2-(Y^B3)_l2-(Z^B4)_m2-(Y^B4)_n2-(Z^B5)o₂-G^B2; L^C is described by formula G^C1-(Z^C1)g3-(Y^C1)h3-(Z^C2)i3-(Y^C2)j3-(Z^C3)k3-(Y^C3)l3-(Z^C4)m3-(Y^C4)n3-(Z^C5)o3-G^C2; G^A1 is a bond attached to Qⁱ in formula (D-L-I); G^A2 is a bond attached to the first gp120 binder (e.g., A₁); G^B1 is a bond attached to Qⁱ in formula (D-L-I); G^B2 is a bond attached to the second gp120 binder (e.g., A₂); G^C1 is a bond attached to Qⁱ in formula (D-L-I); G^C2 is a bond attached to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide or a functional group capable of reacting with a functional group conjugated to E (e.g., maleimide and cysteine, amine and activated carboxylic acid, thiol and maleimide, activated sulfonic acid and amine, isocyanate and amine, azide and alkyne, and alkene and tetrazine); each of Z^A1, Z^A2, Z^A3, Z^A4, Z^A5, Z^B1, Z^B2, Z^B3, Z^B4, Z^B5, Z^C1, Z^C2, Z^C3, Z^C4, and Z^C5 is, independently, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₅-C15 arylene, or optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroarylene; each of Y^A1, Y^A2, Y^A3, Y^A4, Y^B1, Y^B2, Y^B3, Y^B4, Y^C1, Y^C2, Y^C3, and Y^C4 is, independently, O, S, NRⁱ,

, P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or imino; each R ⁱ is, independently, H, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₄- C₂₀ heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₅-C15 aryl, or optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroaryl; each of g1, h1, i1, j1, k1, l1, m1, n1, o1, g2, h2, i2, j2, k2, l2, m2, n2, o2, g3, h3, i3, j3, k3, l3, m3, n3, and o3 is, independently, 0 or 1; Qⁱ is a nitrogen atom, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ arylene, or optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroarylene. In some embodiments, optionally substituted includes substitution with a polyethylene glycol (PEG). A PEG has a repeating unit structure (-CH₂CH₂O-)n, wherein n is an integer from 2 to 100. A polyethylene glycol may be selected from any one of PEG₂ to PEG₁₀₀ (e.g., PEG₂, PEG₃, PEG₄, PEG₅, PEG₅-PEG₁₀, PEG₁₀-PEG₂₀, PEG₂₀-PEG₃₀, PEG₃₀-PEG₄₀, PEG₅₀-PEG₆₀, PEG₆₀-PEG₇₀, PEG₇₀-PEG₈₀, PEG₈₀-PEG₉₀, PEG₉₀-PEG₁₀₀). In some embodiments, L^C may have two points of attachment to the Fc domain (e.g., two G^C2). In some embodiments, L includes a polyethylene glycol (PEG) linker. A PEG linker includes a linker having the repeating unit structure (-CH₂CH₂O-)n, where n is an integer from 2 to 100. A polyethylene glycol linker may covalently join a gp120 binder and E (e.g., in a conjugate of any one of formulas (M-I)-(M-X)). A polyethylene glycol linker may covalently join a first gp120 binder and a second gp120 binder (e.g., in a conjugate of any one of formulas (D-I)-(D-X)). A polyethylene glycol linker may covalently join a gp120 binder dimer and E (e.g., in a conjugate of any one of formulas (D-I)-(D-X)). A polyethylene glycol linker may be selected from any one of PEG₂ to PEG₁₀₀ (e.g., PEG₂, PEG₃, PEG₄, PEG₅, PEG₅-PEG₁₀, PEG₁₀-PEG₂₀, PEG₂₀-PEG₃₀, PEG₃₀-PEG₄₀, PEG₅₀-PEG₆₀, PEG₆₀-PEG₇₀, PEG₇₀- PEG₈₀, PEG₈₀-PEG₉₀, PEG₉₀-PEG₁₀₀). In some embodiments, L^c includes a PEG linker, where L^C is covalently attached to each of Qⁱ and E. Linkers in conjugates having an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, or an albumin protein covalently linked to monomers of gp120 binders In a conjugate containing an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide covalently linked to one or more monomers of gp120 binders as described herein, a linker in the conjugate (e.g., L, or L’) may be a divalent structure having two arms. One arm in a divalent linker may be attached to the monomer of gp120 binder and the other arm may be attached to the Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide. In some embodiments, the one or more monomers of gp120 binders in the conjugates described herein may each be, independently, connected to an atom in the Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein- binding peptide. In some embodiments, each L is described by formula (M-L): J¹-(Q¹)g-(T¹)h-(Q²)i-(T²)j-(Q³)k-(T³)l-(Q⁴)m-(T⁴)n-(Q⁵)o-J² wherein J¹ is a bond attached to A₁; J² is a bond attached to E or a functional group capable of reacting with a functional group conjugated to E (e.g., maleimide and cysteine, amine and activated carboxylic acid (e.g., carboxylic acid activated by tetrafluorophenol or trifluorophenol), thiol and maleimide, activated sulfonic acid and amine, isocyanate and amine, azide and alkyne, and alkene and tetrazine); each of Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴, and Q⁵ is, independently, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ arylene, or optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroarylene; each of T¹, T², T³, T⁴ is, independently, O, S, NRⁱ, P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or imino; Rⁱ is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₈- C₂₀ cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, or optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroaryl; and each of g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n, and o is, independently, 0, 1, or 2; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, each of g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n, and o is, independently, 0 or 1. In some embodiments, a linker is described by formula (M-L-I): J¹-(Q¹)g-(T¹)h-(Q²)i-(T²)j-(Q³)k-(T³)l-(Q⁴)m-(T⁴)n-(Q⁵)o-J² wherein J¹ is a bond attached to a gp120 binder; J² is a bond attached to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide, or a functional group capable of reacting with a functional group conjugated to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide (e.g., maleimide and cysteine, amine and activated carboxylic acid (e.g., carboxylic acid activated by tetrafluorophenol or trifluorophenol), thiol and maleimide, activated sulfonic acid and amine, isocyanate and amine, azide and alkyne, and alkene and tetrazene); each of Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴, and Q⁵ is, independently, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₂- C₂₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ arylene, or optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroarylene; each of T¹, T², T³, T⁴ is, independently, O, S, NRⁱ, , P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or imino; each Rⁱ is, independently, H, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl, optionally substituted C₂- C₂₀ heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₈- C₂₀ cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, or optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroaryl; and each of g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n, and o is, independently, 0 or 1. In some embodiments, optionally substituted includes substitution with a polyethylene glycol (PEG). A PEG has a repeating unit structure (-CH₂CH₂O-)_n, wherein n is an integer from 2 to 100. A polyethylene glycol may be selected from any one of PEG₂ to PEG₁₀₀ (e.g., PEG₂, PEG₃, PEG₄, PEG₅, PEG₅-PEG₁₀, PEG₁₀-PEG₂₀, PEG₂₀-PEG₃₀, PEG₃₀-PEG₄₀, PEG₅₀-PEG₆₀, PEG₆₀-PEG₇₀, PEG₇₀-PEG₈₀, PEG₈₀-PEG₉₀, PEG₉₀-PEG₁₀₀). In some embodiments, J² may have two points of attachment to the Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide (e.g., two J²). Linking groups In some embodiments, a linker provides space, rigidity, and/or flexibility between the gp120 binders and the Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide in the conjugates described here or between two gp120 binders in the conjugates described herein. In some embodiments, a linker may be a bond, e.g., a covalent bond, e.g., an amide bond, a disulfide bond, a C-O bond, a C-N bond, a N-N bond, a C-S bond, or any kind of bond created from a chemical reaction, e.g., chemical conjugation. In some embodiments, a linker (L or L’ as shown in any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII) includes no more than 250 atoms (e.g., 1-2, 1-4, 1-6, 1-8, 1-10, 1-12, 1-14, 1-16, 1-18, 1-20, 1-25, 1-30, 1-35, 1-40, 1-45, 1-50, 1-55, 1-60, 1-65, 1-70, 1-75, 1-80, 1-85, 1-90, 1-95, 1-100, 1-110, 1-120, 1-130, 1-140, 1-150, 1-160, 1-170, 1- 180, 1-190, 1-200, 1-210, 1-220, 1-230, 1-240, or 1-250 atom(s); 250, 240, 230, 220, 210, 200, 190, 180, 170, 160, 150, 140, 130, 120, 110, 100, 95, 90, 85, 80, 75, 70, 65, 60, 55, 50, 45, 40, 35, 30, 28, 26, 24, 22, 20, 18, 16, 14, 12, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 atom(s)). In some embodiments, a linker (L or L) includes no more than 250 non-hydrogen atoms (e.g., 1-2, 1-4, 1-6, 1-8, 1-10, 1-12, 1-14, 1-16, 1-18, 1- 20, 1-25, 1-30, 1-35, 1-40, 1-45, 1-50, 1-55, 1-60, 1-65, 1-70, 1-75, 1-80, 1-85, 1-90, 1-95, 1-100, 1-110, 1-120, 1-130, 1-140, 1-150, 1-160, 1-170, 1-180, 1-190, 1-200, 1-210, 1-220, 1-230, 1-240, or 1-250 non- hydrogen atom(s); 250, 240, 230, 220, 210, 200, 190, 180, 170, 160, 150, 140, 130, 120, 110, 100, 95, 90, 85, 80, 75, 70, 65, 60, 55, 50, 45, 40, 35, 30, 28, 26, 24, 22, 20, 18, 16, 14, 12, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 non-hydrogen atom(s)). In some embodiments, the backbone of a linker (L or L) includes no more than 250 atoms (e.g., 1-2, 1-4, 1-6, 1-8, 1-10, 1-12, 1-14, 1-16, 1-18, 1-20, 1-25, 1-30, 1-35, 1-40, 1-45, 1- 50, 1-55, 1-60, 1-65, 1-70, 1-75, 1-80, 1-85, 1-90, 1-95, 1-100, 1-110, 1-120, 1-130, 1-140, 1-150, 1-160, 1-170, 1-180, 1-190, 1-200, 1-210, 1-220, 1-230, 1-240, or 1-250 atom(s); 250, 240, 230, 220, 210, 200, 190, 180, 170, 160, 150, 140, 130, 120, 110, 100, 95, 90, 85, 80, 75, 70, 65, 60, 55, 50, 45, 40, 35, 30, 28, 26, 24, 22, 20, 18, 16, 14, 12, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 atom(s)). The “backbone” of a linker refers to the atoms in the linker that together form the shortest path from one part of the conjugate to another part of the conjugate. The atoms in the backbone of the linker are directly involved in linking one part of the conjugate to another part of the conjugate. For examples, hydrogen atoms attached to carbons in the backbone of the linker are not considered as directly involved in linking one part of the conjugate to another part of the conjugate. Molecules that may be used to make linkers (L or L’) include at least two functional groups, e.g., two carboxylic acid groups. In some embodiments of a trivalent linker, two arms of a linker may contain two dicarboxylic acids, in which the first carboxylic acid may form a covalent linkage with the first gp120 binder in the conjugate and the second carboxylic acid may form a covalent linkage with the second gp120 binder in the conjugate, and the third arm of the linker may for a covalent linkage (e.g., a C-O bond) with an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide in the conjugate. In some embodiments of a divalent linker, the divalent linker may contain two carboxylic acids, in which the first carboxylic acid may form a covalent linkage with one component (e.g., a gp120 binder) in the conjugate and the second carboxylic acid may form a covalent linkage (e.g., a C-S bond or a C-N bond) with another component (e.g., an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide) in the conjugate. In some embodiments, dicarboxylic acid molecules may be used as linkers (e.g., a dicarboxylic acid linker). For example, in a conjugate containing an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc- binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide covalently linked to one or more dimers of gp120 binders, the first carboxylic acid in a dicarboxylic acid molecule may form a covalent linkage with a hydroxyl or amine group of the first gp120 binder and the second carboxylic acid may form a covalent linkage with a hydroxyl or amine group of the second gp120 binder. Examples of dicarboxylic acids molecules that may be used to linkers are found in WO 2020/252393, hereby incorporated by reference. In some embodiments, dicarboxylic acid molecules, such as the ones described herein, may be further functionalized to contain one or more additional functional groups. Dicarboxylic acids may be further functionalized, for example, to provide an attachment point to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide (e.g., by way of a linker, such as a PEG linker). In some embodiments, when the gp120 binder is attached to Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide, the linking group may comprise a moiety comprising a carboxylic acid moiety and an amino moiety that are spaced by from 1 to 25 atoms. Examples of such linking groups re found in WO 2020/252393, hereby incorporated by reference. In some embodiments, a linking group may include a moiety including a carboxylic acid moiety and an amino moiety, such as the ones described herein, may be further functionalized to contain one or more additional functional groups. Such linking groups may be further functionalized, for example, to provide an attachment point to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide (e.g., by way of a linker, such as a PEG linker). In some embodiments, when the gp120 binder is attached to Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide, the linking group may comprise a moiety comprising two or amino moieties (e.g., a diamino moiety) that are spaced by from 1 to 25 atoms. Examples of such linking groups are found in WO 2020/252393, hereby incorporated by reference. In some embodiments, a linking group may include a diamino moiety, such as the ones described herein, may be further functionalized to contain one or more additional functional groups. Such diamino linking groups may be further functionalized, for example, to provide an attachment point to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide (e.g., by way of a linker, such as a PEG linker). In some embodiments, a molecule containing an azide group may be used to form a linker, in which the azide group may undergo cycloaddition with an alkyne to form a 1,2,3-triazole linkage. In some embodiments, a molecule containing an alkyne group may be used to form a linker, in which the alkyne group may undergo cycloaddition with an azide to form a 1,2,3-triazole linkage. In some embodiments, a molecule containing a maleimide group may be used to form a linker, in which the maleimide group may react with a cysteine to form a C-S linkage. In some embodiments, a molecule containing one or more haloalkyl groups may be used to form a linker, in which the haloalkyl group may form a covalent linkage, e.g., C-N and C-O linkages, with a gp120 binder. In some embodiments, a linker (L or L’) may comprise a synthetic group derived from, e.g., a synthetic polymer (e.g., a polyethylene glycol (PEG) polymer). In some embodiments, a linker may comprise one or more amino acid residues. In some embodiments, a linker may be an amino acid sequence (e.g., a 1-25 amino acid, 1-10 amino acid, 1-9 amino acid, 1-8 amino acid, 1-7 amino acid, 1-6 amino acid, 1-5 amino acid, 1-4 amino acid, 1-3 amino acid, 1-2 amino acid, or 1 amino acid sequence). In some embodiments, a linker (L or L’) may include one or more optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene (e.g., a PEG unit), optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylene (e.g., C₂ alkenylene), optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkylene (e.g., cyclopropylene, cyclobutylene), optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ arylene (e.g., C₆ arylene), optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroarylene (e.g., imidazole, pyridine), O, S, NRⁱ,

, (each Rⁱ is, independently, H, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂0 heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, or optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroaryl), P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or imino. Conjugation chemistries Gp120 binder monomers or dimers (e.g., in a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D- IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) may be conjugated to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein-binding peptide, e.g., by way of a linker, by any standard conjugation chemistries known to those of skill in the art. The following conjugation chemistries are specifically contemplated, e.g., for conjugation of a PEG linker (e.g., a functionalized PEG linker) to an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein- binding peptide. Covalent conjugation of two or more components in a conjugate using a linker may be accomplished using well-known organic chemical synthesis techniques and methods. Complementary functional groups on two components may react with each other to form a covalent bond. Examples of complementary reactive functional groups include, but are not limited to, e.g., maleimide and cysteine, amine and activated carboxylic acid, thiol and maleimide, activated sulfonic acid and amine, isocyanate and amine, azide and alkyne, and alkene and tetrazine. Site-specific conjugation to a polypeptide (e.g., an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, an Fc-binding peptide, an albumin protein, or an albumin protein- binding peptide) may accomplished using techniques known in the art. Exemplary techniques for site- specific conjugation of a small molecule to an Fc domain are provided in Agarwall. P., et al. Bioconjugate Chem.26:176-192 (2015). Other examples of functional groups capable of reacting with amino groups include, e.g., alkylating and acylating agents. Representative alkylating agents include: (i) an α-haloacetyl group, e.g., XCH₂CO- (where X=Br, Cl, or I); (ii) a N-maleimide group, which may react with amino groups either through a Michael type reaction or through acylation by addition to the ring carbonyl group; (iii) an aryl halide, e.g., a nitrohaloaromatic group; (iv) an alkyl halide; (v) an aldehyde or ketone capable of Schiff’s base formation with amino groups; (vi) an epoxide, e.g., an epichlorohydrin and a bisoxirane, which may react with amino, sulfhydryl, or phenolic hydroxyl groups; (vii) a chlorine-containing of s-triazine, which is reactive towards nucleophiles such as amino, sulfhydryl, and hydroxyl groups; (viii) an aziridine, which is reactive towards nucleophiles such as amino groups by ring opening; (ix) a squaric acid diethyl ester; and (x) an α-haloalkyl ether. Examples of amino-reactive acylating groups include, e.g., (i) an isocyanate and an isothiocyanate; (ii) a sulfonyl chloride; (iii) an acid halide; (iv) an active ester, e.g., a nitrophenylester or N- hydroxysuccinimidyl ester; (v) an acid anhydride, e.g., a mixed, symmetrical, or N-carboxyanhydride; (vi) an acylazide; and (vii) an imidoester. Aldehydes and ketones may be reacted with amines to form Schiff’s bases, which may be stabilized through reductive amination. It will be appreciated that certain functional groups may be converted to other functional groups prior to reaction, for example, to confer additional reactivity or selectivity. Examples of methods useful for this purpose include conversion of amines to carboxyls using reagents such as dicarboxylic anhydrides; conversion of amines to thiols using reagents such as N-acetylhomocysteine thiolactone, S- acetylmercaptosuccinic anhydride, 2-iminothiolane, or thiol-containing succinimidyl derivatives; conversion of thiols to carboxyls using reagents such as α -haloacetates; conversion of thiols to amines using reagents such as ethylenimine or 2-bromoethylamine; conversion of carboxyls to amines using reagents such as carbodiimides followed by diamines; and conversion of alcohols to thiols using reagents such as tosyl chloride followed by transesterification with thioacetate and hydrolysis to the thiol with sodium acetate. In some embodiments, a linker of the invention (e.g., L or L’, such as L^C of D-L-I), is conjugated (e.g., by any of the methods described herein) to E (e.g., an Fc domain monomer, an Fc domain, or albumin protein). In preferred embodiments of the invention, the linker is conjugated by way of: (a) a thiourea linkage (i.e., -NH(C=S)NH-) to a lysine of E; (b) a carbamate linkage (i.e., -NH(C=O)-O) to a lysine of E; (c) an amine linkage by reductive amination (i.e., -NHCH₂) between a lysine and E; (d) an amide (i.e., -NH-(C=O)CH₂) to a lysine of E; (e) a cysteine-maleimide conjugate between a maleimide of the linker to a cysteine of E; (f) an amine linkage by reductive amination (i.e., -NHCH₂) between the linker and a carbohydrate of E (e.g., a glycosyl group of an Fc domain monomer or an Fc domain); (g) a rebridged cysteine conjugate, wherein the linker is conjugated to two cysteines of E; (h) an oxime linkage between the linker and a carbohydrate of E (e.g., a glycosyl group of an Fc domain monomer or an Fc domain); (i) an oxime linkage between the linker and an amino acid residue of E; (j) an azido linkage between the linker and E; (k) direct acylation of a linker to E; or (l) a thioether linkage between the linker and E. In some embodiments, a linker is conjugated to E, wherein the linkage includes the structure -NH(C=NH)X-, wherein X is O, HN, or a bond. In some embodiments, a linker is conjugated to E, wherein the linkage between the remainder of the linker and E includes the structure -NH(C=O)NH-. In some embodiments, a linker is conjugated to E, wherein the linkage includes the structure -R₉OR₉C(=O)NH-, wherein R₉ is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, or optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroaryl. In some embodiments, the linker is conjugated to E, wherein the linkage between the remainder of the linker and E includes the structure –CH₂OCH₂C(=O)NH-. Exemplary linking strategies (e.g., methods for linking a monomer or a dimer of a gp120 binder to E, such as, by way of a linker) are further depicted in FIGS.1-4 and 14. In some embodiments, a linker (e.g., an active ester, e.g., a nitrophenylester or N- hydroxysuccinimidyl ester, or derivatives thereof (e.g., a functionalized PEG linker (e.g., azido-PEG₂- PEG₄₀-NHS ester), is conjugated to E, with a T of (e.g., DAR) of between 0.5 and 10.0, e.g., about 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5.0, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6.0, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7.0, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8.0, 7.9, 8, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 9.0, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, or 10.0. In these instances, the E-(PEG₂-PEG₄₀)-azide can react with an Int having a terminal alkyne linker (e.g., L, or L’, such as L^C of D-L-I) through click conjugation. During click conjugation, the copper-catalyzed reaction of the an azide (e.g., the Fc-(PEG₂-PEG₄₀)-azide) with the alkyne (e.g., the Int having a terminal alkyne linker (e.g., L or L’, such as L^C of D-L-I) forming a 5-membered heteroatom ring. In some embodiments, the linker conjugated to E is a terminal alkyne and is conjugated to an Int having a terminal azide. Exemplary preparations of preparations of E-(PEG₂-PEG₄₀)-azide are described in Examples 2, 3, and 12. One of skill in the art would readily understand the final product from a click chemistry conjugation. Exemplary linking strategies (e.g., methods for linking a monomer or a dimer of a neuraminidase inhibitor to E, such as, by way of a linker) are further depicted in FIGS.1-4 and 14. VI. Combination therapies Antiviral Agents In some embodiments, one or more antiviral agents may be administered in combination (e.g., administered substantially simultaneously (e.g., in the same pharmaceutical composition or in separate pharmaceutical compositions) or administered separately at different times) with a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)). In some embodiments, the antiviral agent is an antiviral agent for the treatment of HIV. For example, the antiviral agent may be a nucleoside/nucleotide reverse transcriptase inhibitor, a gp120 inhibitor, a polymerase inhibitor, or a fusion protein inhibitor. The antiviral agent may target either the virus or the host subject. The antiviral agent for the treatment of HIV used in combination with a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)- (M-XVII)) may be selected from an integrase inhibitor (e.g., dolutegravir, elvitegravir, or raltegravir), a nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NRTI) (e.g., abacavir, lamivudine, zidovudine, emtricitabine, tenofovir, emtricitabine, didanosine, or stavudine), a non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor ^{(NNRTI) (e.g., efavirenz, etravirine, nevirapine, rilpivirine, or delavirdine), a protease inhibitor (e.g.,} atazanavir, cobicistat, darunavir, cobicistat, lopinavir, ritonavir, fosamprenavir, tipranavir, nelfinavir, indinavir, or saquinavir), an inhibitor of viral entry (e.g., enfuviritide), a CCR₅ antagonist (e.g., maraviroc), or a CYP3A inhibitor (e.g., cobicistat or ritonavir), or an siRNA targeting a host or viral gene, or prodrugs thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Antiviral vaccines In some embodiments, any one of conjugates described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) is administered in combination with an antiviral vaccine (e.g., a composition that elicits an immune response in a subject directed against a virus). The antiviral vaccine may be administered substantially simultaneously (e.g., in the same pharmaceutical composition or in separate pharmaceutical compositions) as the conjugates, or may be administered prior to or following the conjugates (e.g., within a period of 1 day, 2, days, 5, days, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 1 month, 2 months, 6 months, or 12 months, or more). In some embodiments the viral vaccine includes an immunogen that elicits an immune response in the subject against HIV-1 or HIV-2. In some embodiments the vaccine is administered as a nasal spray. VII. Methods Methods described herein include, e.g., methods of protecting against or treating a viral infection (e.g., an HIV infection) in a subject and methods of preventing, stabilizing, or inhibiting the growth of viral particles. A method of treating a viral infection (e.g., an HIV infection) in a subject includes administering to the subject a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)- (D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) or a pharmaceutical composition thereof. In some embodiments, the viral infection is cause by the human immunodeficiency virus (e.g., HIV-1 or HIV-2). In some embodiments, the viral infection is caused by a resistant strain of virus. A method of preventing, stabilizing, or inhibiting the growth of viral particles or preventing the replication and spread of the virus includes contacting the virus or a site susceptible to viral growth with a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) or a pharmaceutical composition thereof. Moreover, methods described herein also include methods of protecting against or treating viral infection in a subject by administering to the subject a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)). In some embodiments, the method further includes administering to the subject an antiviral agent or an antiviral vaccine. Methods described herein also include methods of protecting against or treating a viral infection in a subject by administering to said subject (1) a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) and (2) an antiviral agent or an antiviral vaccine. Methods described herein also include methods of preventing, stabilizing, or inhibiting the growth of viral particles or preventing the replication or spread of a virus, by contacting the virus or a site susceptible to viral growth with (1) a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) and (2) an antiviral agent or an antiviral vaccine. In some embodiments, the conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) is administered first, followed by administering of the antiviral agent or antiviral vaccine alone. In some embodiments, the antiviral agent or antiviral vaccine is administered first, followed by administering of the conjugate described herein alone. In some embodiments, the conjugate described herein and the antiviral agent or antiviral vaccine are administered substantially simultaneously (e.g., in the same pharmaceutical composition or in separate pharmaceutical compositions). In some embodiments, the conjugate described herein or the antiviral agent or antiviral vaccine is administered first, followed by administering of the conjugate described herein and the antiviral agent or antiviral vaccine substantially simultaneously (e.g., in the same pharmaceutical composition or in separate pharmaceutical compositions). In some embodiments, the conjugate described herein and the antiviral agent or antiviral vaccine are administered first substantially simultaneously (e.g., in the same pharmaceutical composition or in separate pharmaceutical compositions), followed by administering of the conjugate described herein or the antiviral agent or antiviral vaccine alone. In some embodiments, when a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) and an antiviral agent or antiviral vaccine are administered together (e.g., substantially simultaneously in the same or separate pharmaceutical compositions, or separately in the same treatment regimen), inhibition of viral replication of each of the conjugate and the antiviral agent or antiviral vaccine may be greater (e.g., occur at a lower concentration) than inhibition of viral replication of each of the conjugate and the antiviral agent or antiviral vaccine when each is used alone in a treatment regimen. VIII. Pharmaceutical Compositions and Preparations A conjugate described herein may be formulated in a pharmaceutical composition for use in the methods described herein. In some embodiments, a conjugate described herein may be formulated in a pharmaceutical composition alone. In some embodiments, a conjugate described herein may be formulated in combination with an antiviral agent or antiviral vaccine in a pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition includes a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate described by any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) and pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients. Acceptable carriers and excipients in the pharmaceutical compositions are nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed. Acceptable carriers and excipients may include buffers such as phosphate, citrate, HEPES, and TAE, antioxidants such as ascorbic acid and methionine, preservatives such as hexamethonium chloride, octadecyldimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride, resorcinol, and benzalkonium chloride, proteins such as human serum albumin, gelatin, dextran, and immunoglobulins, hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, amino acid residues such as glycine, glutamine, histidine, and lysine, and carbohydrates such as glucose, mannose, sucrose, and sorbitol. Examples of other excipients include, but are not limited to, antiadherents, binders, coatings, compression aids, disintegrants, dyes, emollients, emulsifiers, fillers (diluents), film formers or coatings, flavors, fragrances, glidants (flow enhancers), lubricants, sorbents, suspensing or dispersing agents, or sweeteners. Exemplary excipients include, but are not limited to: butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate (dibasic), calcium stearate, croscarmellose, crosslinked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, citric acid, crospovidone, cysteine, ethylcellulose, gelatin, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, lactose, magnesium stearate, maltitol, mannitol, methionine, methylcellulose, methyl paraben, microcrystalline cellulose, polyethylene glycol, povidone, pregelatinized starch, propyl paraben, retinyl palmitate, shellac, silicon dioxide, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sodium citrate, sodium starch glycolate, sorbitol, starch (corn), stearic acid, stearic acid, sucrose, talc, titanium dioxide, vitamin A, vitamin E, vitamin C, and xylitol. The conjugates herein may have ionizable groups so as to be capable of preparation as pharmaceutically acceptable salts. These salts may be acid addition salts involving inorganic or organic acids or the salts may, in the case of acidic forms of the conjugates herein be prepared from inorganic or organic bases. Frequently, the conjugates are prepared or used as pharmaceutically acceptable salts prepared as addition products of pharmaceutically acceptable acids or bases. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable acids and bases are well-known in the art, such as hydrochloric, sulphuric, hydrobromic, acetic, lactic, citric, or tartaric acids for forming acid addition salts, and potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, ammonium hydroxide, caffeine, various amines, and the like for forming basic salts. Methods for preparation of the appropriate salts are well-established in the art. Representative acid addition salts include, but are not limited to, acetate, adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptonate, hexanoate, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate, toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, and valerate salts. Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include, but are not limited to, sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, and magnesium, as well as nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations, including, but not limited to ammonium, tetramethylammonium, tetraethylammonium, methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, and ethylamine. Depending on the route of administration and the dosage, a conjugate herein or a pharmaceutical composition thereof used in the methods described herein will be formulated into suitable pharmaceutical compositions to permit facile delivery. A conjugate (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) or a pharmaceutical composition thereof may be formulated to be administered intramuscularly, intravenously (e.g., as a sterile solution and in a solvent system suitable for intravenous use), intradermally, intraarterially, intraperitoneally, intralesionally, intracranially, intraarticularly, intraprostatically, intrapleurally, intratracheally, intranasally, intravitreally, intravaginally, intrarectally, topically, intratumorally, peritoneally, subcutaneously, subconjunctival, intravesicularlly, mucosally, intrapericardially, intraumbilically, intraocularally, orally (e.g., a tablet, capsule, caplet, gelcap, or syrup), topically (e.g., as a cream, gel, lotion, or ointment), locally, by inhalation, by injection, or by infusion (e.g., continuous infusion, localized perfusion bathing target cells directly, catheter, lavage, in cremes, or lipid compositions). Depending on the route of administration, a conjugate herein or a pharmaceutical composition thereof may be in the form of, e.g., tablets, capsules, pills, powders, granulates, suspensions, emulsions, solutions, gels including hydrogels, pastes, ointments, creams, plasters, drenches, osmotic delivery devices, suppositories, enemas, injectables, implants, sprays, preparations suitable for iontophoretic delivery, or aerosols. The compositions may be formulated according to conventional pharmaceutical practice. A conjugate described herein may be formulated in a variety of ways that are known in the art. For use as treatment of human and animal subjects, a conjugate described herein can be formulated as pharmaceutical or veterinary compositions. Depending on the subject (e.g., a human) to be treated, the mode of administration, and the type of treatment desired, e.g., prophylaxis or therapy, a conjugate described herein is formulated in ways consonant with these parameters. A summary of such techniques is found in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 22nd Edition, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (2012); and Encyclopedia of Pharmaceutical Technology, 4th Edition, J. Swarbrick and J. C. Boylan, Marcel Dekker, New York (2013), each of which is incorporated herein by reference. Formulations may be prepared in a manner suitable for systemic administration or topical or local administration. Systemic formulations include those designed for injection (e.g., intramuscular, intravenous or subcutaneous injection) or may be prepared for transdermal, transmucosal, or oral administration. The formulation will generally include a diluent as well as, in some cases, adjuvants, buffers, and preservatives. The conjugates can be administered also in liposomal compositions or as microemulsions. Systemic administration may also include relatively noninvasive methods such as the use of suppositories, transdermal patches, transmucosal delivery and intranasal administration. Oral administration is also suitable for conjugates herein. Suitable forms include syrups, capsules, and tablets, as is understood in the art. The pharmaceutical compositions can be administered parenterally in the form of an injectable formulation. Pharmaceutical compositions for injection can be formulated using a sterile solution or any pharmaceutically acceptable liquid as a vehicle. Formulations may be prepared as solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in liquid prior to injection or as emulsions. Pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles include, but are not limited to, sterile water, physiological saline, and cell culture media (e.g., Dulbecco’s Modified Eagle Medium (DMEM), α-Modified Eagles Medium (α-MEM), F-12 medium). Such injectable compositions may also contain amounts of nontoxic auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents, such as sodium acetate and sorbitan monolaurate. Formulation methods are known in the art, see e.g., Pharmaceutical Preformulation and Formulation, 2nd Edition, M. Gibson, Taylor & Francis Group, CRC Press (2009). The pharmaceutical compositions can be prepared in the form of an oral formulation. Formulations for oral use include tablets containing the active ingredient(s) in a mixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. These excipients may be, for example, inert diluents or fillers (e.g., sucrose, sorbitol, sugar, mannitol, microcrystalline cellulose, starches including potato starch, calcium carbonate, sodium chloride, lactose, calcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, or sodium phosphate); granulating and disintegrating agents (e.g., cellulose derivatives including microcrystalline cellulose, starches including potato starch, croscarmellose sodium, alginates, or alginic acid); binding agents (e.g., sucrose, glucose, sorbitol, acacia, alginic acid, sodium alginate, gelatin, starch, pregelatinized starch, microcrystalline cellulose, magnesium aluminum silicate, carboxymethylcellulose sodium, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, or polyethylene glycol); and lubricating agents, glidants, and antiadhesives (e.g., magnesium stearate, zinc stearate, stearic acid, silicas, hydrogenated vegetable oils, or talc). Formulations for oral use may also be provided as chewable tablets, or as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent (e.g., potato starch, lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin), or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example, peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil. Powders, granulates, and pellets may be prepared using the ingredients mentioned above under tablets and capsules in a conventional manner using, e.g., a mixer, a fluid bed apparatus, or a spray drying equipment. Other pharmaceutically acceptable excipients for oral formulations include, but are not limited to, colorants, flavoring agents, plasticizers, humectants, and buffering agents. Formulations for oral use may also be provided as chewable tablets, or as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent (e.g., potato starch, lactose, microcrystalline cellulose, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin), or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, for example, peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil. Powders, granulates, and pellets may be prepared using the ingredients mentioned above under tablets and capsules in a conventional manner using, e.g., a mixer, a fluid bed apparatus or a spray drying equipment. Dissolution or diffusion controlled release of a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) or a pharmaceutical composition thereof can be achieved by appropriate coating of a tablet, capsule, pellet, or granulate formulation of the conjugate, or by incorporating the conjugate into an appropriate matrix. A controlled release coating may include one or more of the coating substances mentioned above and/or, e.g., shellac, beeswax, glycowax, castor wax, carnauba wax, stearyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate, glyceryl distearate, glycerol palmitostearate, ethylcellulose, acrylic resins, dl-polylactic acid, cellulose acetate butyrate, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinyl acetate, vinyl pyrrolidone, polyethylene, polymethacrylate, methylmethacrylate, 2-hydroxymethacrylate, methacrylate hydrogels, 1,3 butylene glycol, ethylene glycol methacrylate, and/or polyethylene glycols. In a controlled release matrix formulation, the matrix material may also include, e.g., hydrated methylcellulose, carnauba wax and stearyl alcohol, carbopol 934, silicone, glyceryl tristearate, methyl acrylate-methyl methacrylate, polyvinyl chloride, polyethylene, and/or halogenated fluorocarbon. The pharmaceutical composition may be formed in a unit dose form as needed. The amount of active component, e.g., a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)), included in the pharmaceutical compositions are such that a suitable dose within the designated range is provided (e.g., a dose within the range of 0.01-100 mg/kg of body weight). IX. Routes of Administration and Dosages In any of the methods described herein, conjugates herein may be administered by any appropriate route for treating or protecting against a viral infection (e.g., an HIV infection), or for preventing, stabilizing, or inhibiting the proliferation or spread of a virus (e.g., an HIV virus). Conjugates described herein may be administered to humans, domestic pets, livestock, or other animals with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, or excipient. In some embodiments, administering includes administration of any of the conjugates described herein (e.g., conjugates of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) or compositions intramuscularly, intravenously (e.g., as a sterile solution and in a solvent system suitable for intravenous use), intradermally, intraarterially, intraperitoneally, intralesionally, intracranially, intraarticularly, intraprostatically, intrapleurally, intratracheally, intranasally, intravitreally, intravaginally, intrarectally, topically, intratumorally, peritoneally, subcutaneously, subconjunctival, intravesicularlly, mucosally, intrapericardially, intraumbilically, intraocularally, orally (e.g., a tablet, capsule, caplet, gelcap, or syrup), topically (e.g., as a cream, gel, lotion, or ointment), locally, by inhalation, by injection, or by infusion (e.g., continuous infusion, localized perfusion bathing target cells directly, catheter, lavage, in cremes, or lipid compositions). In some embodiments, if an antiviral agent is also administered in addition to a conjugate described herein, the antiviral agent or a pharmaceutical composition thereof may also be administered in any of the routes of administration described herein. The dosage of a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D- I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) or pharmaceutical compositions thereof depends on factors including the route of administration, the disease to be treated (e.g., the extent and/or condition of the viral infection), and physical characteristics, e.g., age, weight, general health, of the subject. Typically, the amount of the conjugate or the pharmaceutical composition thereof contained within a single dose may be an amount that effectively prevents, delays, or treats the viral infection without inducing significant toxicity. A pharmaceutical composition may include a dosage of a conjugate described herein ranging from 0.01 to 500 mg/kg (e.g., 0.01, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, or 500 mg/kg) and, in a more specific embodiment, about 0.1 to about 30 mg/kg and, in a more specific embodiment, about 1 to about 30 mg/kg. In some embodiments, when a conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D-VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) and an antiviral agent or antiviral vaccine are administered in combination (e.g., substantially simultaneously in the same or separate pharmaceutical compositions, or separately in the same treatment regimen), the dosage needed of the conjugate described herein may be lower than the dosage needed of the conjugate if the conjugate was used alone in a treatment regimen. A conjugate described herein (e.g., a conjugate of any one of formulas (1), (2), (D-I), (D-IV)-(D- VI), or (M-I)-(M-XVII)) or a pharmaceutical composition thereof may be administered to a subject in need thereof, for example, one or more times (e.g., 1-10 times or more; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 times) daily, weekly, monthly, biannually, annually, or as medically necessary. Dosages may be provided in either a single or multiple dosage regimens. The timing between administrations may decrease as the medical condition improves or increase as the health of the patient declines. The dosage and frequency of administration may be adapted by the physician in accordance with conventional factors such as the extent of the infection and different parameters of the subject. EXAMPLES The following examples are put forth so as to provide those of ordinary skill in the art with a description of how the compositions and methods described herein may be used, made, and evaluated, and are intended to be purely exemplary of the invention and are not intended to limit the scope of what the inventors regard as their invention. Example 1: Preparation of Fc constructs Reverse translations of the amino acids comprising the protein constructs (SEQ ID NOs: 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 12, and 14) were synthesized by solid-phase synthesis. The oligonucleotide templates were cloned into pcDNA3.1 (Life Technologies, Carlsbad, CA, USA) at the cloning sites BamHI and XhoI (New England Biolabs, Ipswich, MA, USA) and included signal sequences derived from the human Interleukin-2 or human albumin. The pcDNA3.1 plasmids were transformed into Top10 E. coli cells (LifeTech). DNA was amplified, extracted, and purified using the PURELINK® HiPure Plasmid Filter Maxiprep Kit (LifeTech). The plasmid DNA is delivered, using the EXPIFECTAMINE™ 293 Transfection Kit (LifeTech), into HEK-293 cells per the manufacturer’s protocol. Cells were centrifuged, filtered, and the supernatants were purified using MabSelect Sure Resin (GE Healthcare, Chicago, IL, USA). Purified molecules were analyzed using 4-12% Bis Tris SDS PAGE gels by loading 1-2 µg of each molecule into the gel, and staining using instant Blue staining. Each gel included a molecular weight ladder with the indicated molecular weight standards. Reduced and non-reduced lanes are denoted by “R” and “NR”. FIGs.5-11 show non-reducing and reducing SDS-PAGE of an Fc domain formed from Fc domain monomers having the sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 12, and 14, respectively. Example 2. Synthesis of h-IgG1 Fc-PEG4-azide Preparation of 0.05M PEG4-azido NHS ester solution in DMF/PBS: 195.8 mg of PEG4-azido NHS ester was dissolved in 0.500 mL of DMF at 0 °C and diluted to 9.88 mL by adding PBS buffer at 0 °C. This solution was used for preparing other PEG4-azido Fc with variety of DAR values by adjusting the equivalents of this PEG4-azido NHS ester solution. Preparation of PEG4-azido Fc: 0.05M PEG4-azidoNHS ester PBS buffer solution (9.88 mL, 494.0 μmol, 9.5 equivalents) was added to a solution of h-IgG1 Fc (SEQ ID NO: 4) (3027 mg in 213.0 mL of pH 7.4 PBS, MW~58,200 Da, 16.5 μmol) and the mixture was shaken gently for 2 hours at ambient temperature. The solution was concentrated by using 10 centrifugal concentrators (30,000 MWCO, 15 mL) to a volume of ~1.5 mL. The crude mixture was diluted 1:10 in PBS pH 7.4, and concentrated again. This wash procedure was repeated for total of three times. The small molecule reagent was removed with this wash procedure. The concentrated Fc-PEG4-azide (SEQ ID NO: 4) was diluted to 213.0 mL with pH 7.4 PBS 1x buffer and ready for Click conjugation. The purified material was quantified using a NANODROP™ UV visible spectrophotometer (using a calculated extinction coefficient based on the amino acid sequence of h-IgG1). Yield is quantitative after purification. The Fc-PEG4-azide (SEQ ID NO: 35) was prepared analogously. Example 3. Synthesis of recombinant mouse serum albumin (MSA)-PEG4-azide PEG4-azidoNHS ester (98%, 81.7 μmol, 4.5 equivalents, 32.4 mg in 0.3 mL of DMF and diluted to 1.63 mL with pH 7.4 PBS 1x buffer solution) was added to a solution of recombinant mouse serum albumin (SEQ ID NO: 71) (1200 mg in 75.0 mL of pH 7.4 PBS, MW~66,000 Da, 18.2 μmol) and the mixture was shaken gently for 12 hours at ambient temperature. The solution was concentrated using a centrifugal concentrator (30,000 MWCO) to a volume of ~1.5 mL. The crude mixture was diluted 1:10 in PBS pH 7.4, and concentrated again. This wash procedure was repeated for total of three times. The small molecule reagent was removed with this wash procedure. The concentrated MSA-PEG4-azide was diluted to 75.0 mL with pH 7.4 PBS 1x buffer and ready for Click conjugation. The purified material was quantified using a NANODROP™ UV visible spectrophotometer (using a calculated extinction coefficient based on the amino acid sequence of h-IgG1). Yield is quantitative after purification. DAR = 3.5 determined by MALDI. The DAR value can be adjusted by altering the equivalents of PEG4-azido NHS ester similar to h-IgG1 Fc (Example 2). Example 4. Synthesis of Int-1 Int-1 was synthesized according to the procedure found in WO 2020/252393, hereby incorporated by reference. Example 5. Synthesis of Int-2 Int-2 was synthesized according to the procedure found in WO 2020/252393, hereby ^{incorporated by reference.} Example 6. Synthesis of Int-3 Int-3 was synthesized according to the procedure found in WO 2020/252393, hereby incorporated by reference. Example 7. Synthesis of Int-4 Int-4 was synthesized according to the procedure found in WO 2020/252393, hereby incorporated by reference. Example 8. Synthesis of conjugates – Click conjugation A preparation of 0.0050M CuSO4 in PBS buffer solution Click reagent was performed. Briefly, 10.0 mg CuSO4 was dissolved in 12.53 mL PBS, next 6.00 mL of the CuSO4 solution and added 51.7 mg BTTAA (CAS# 1334179-85-9) and 297.2 mg sodium ascorbate to give the Click reagent solution (0.0050M CuSO4, 0.020M BTTAA and 0.25M sodium ascorbate). This Click reagent solution was used for all subsequent conjugations. General procedure for Click conjugation of payload: a solution of azido functionalized Fc was added to a 15 mL centrifuge tube containing alkyne derivatized small molecule (2 equivalents for each DAR). After gently shaking to dissolve all solids, the mixture was treated with the Click reagent solution of (L-ascorbic acid sodium, 0.25 M, 400 equivalents, copper (II) sulfate 0.0050M, 8 equivalents, and BTTAA 0.020M, 32 equivalents). The resulting mixture was gently rotated for 6 hours at ambient temperature. It was purified by affinity chromatography over a protein A column, followed size exclusion chromatography (as described herein). Maldi TOF analysis of the purified final product gave an average mass, average DAR and Yield listed in Table 3 below. Table 3. Conjugates and properties

*The terminal Lys residue of the Fc domain may be cleaved upon expression and purification, e.g., SEQ ID NO: 64 coverts to SEQ ID NO: 73 Example 9. General procedure for purification of conjugates. The crude mixture was diluted 1:10 in PBS pH 7.4, and purified using MabSelect Sure Resin (GE Healthcare, Chicago, IL, USA), followed by size exclusion chromatography. (HiLoad 26/600 Superdex200 pg, GE Healthcare, Chicago, IL, USA). Fractions containing purified conjugate were pooled and concentrated to approximately 20 mg/mL using a centrifugal concentrator (30,000 MWCO). Purified material was quantified using a NANODROP™ UV visible spectrophotometer using a calculated extinction coefficient based on the amino acid sequence of hIgG1 Fc(myc). Purified molecules were analyzed using 4-12% Bis Tris SDS PAGE gels by loading 1 μg of each molecule into the gel, and staining using Instant Blue (Expedeon, San Diego, CA, USA). Each gel included a molecular weight ladder with the indicated molecular weight standards. Yields were calculated and purity determined by Agilent Analytical HPLC. Product peak and MW were found by MALDI MS and a final DAR calculated. Example 10. gp120 glycoprotein binding assay Nunc MaxiSorp flat-bottom 96-well plates (12-565-136, Fisher Scientific) were coated with recombinant HIV-1 GP120 (SAE0071, Sigma) at 2 μg/mL in PBS (pH 7.4) (10-010-049, Fisher Scientific) overnight at 4°C (100 μL, 0.2 μg/well). Plates were washed (5 x 300 μL) with wash buffer (PBS 0.05% Tween 20) and blocked with 1% BSA (A5611-10G, Sigma; 200 μL/well) in wash buffer for 1 h at room temp on an orbital microplate shaker at 500 rpm (BT908, BT LabSystems). The blocking agent was removed and wells incubated with 3-fold serial dilutions of conjugate in sample diluent (0.5% BSA in PBS 0.025% Tween 20) starting at 1 μM for 1 h with shaking at room temp. After 5 x 300 μL washes, the plates were incubated with HRP conjugated donkey anti-human IgG Fc F(ab’)2 (709-036-098, Jackson ImmunoResearch) secondary antibody diluted 1:1,000 in sample diluent for 1 h with shaking at room temp. Plates were then washed (8 x 300 μL) and developed with TMB substrate (BD555214, Fisher Scientific) for 3-5 minutes at room temp. The reaction was stopped with 1N H2SO4 and the absorbance read at 450 nm using the EnSpire multimode plate reader (PerkinElmer). Half maximal effective concentration (EC50) was calculated with GraphPad Prism version 8 using nonlinear regression analysis (Sigmoidal, 4PL) of binding curves. Polyclonal goat anti-GP120 HRP (PA₁-73097, Invitrogen) and unconjugated Fc molecule were run as the positive and negative binding controls, respectively. The results are provided in FIG.12 and in Table 4. Table 4. GP120 protein binding EC₅₀ (nM)

Example 11. Activity of pre-conjugation intermediate (Int) compounds in an in vitro cell fusion assay Activity of HIV compounds was determined in an assay designed to measure the inhibition of cell- cell fusion which is an important step in the HIV infection process. Briefly, this assay measures the fusion of two cell lines, HeLa-CD4-LTR-β-Gal (catalog #1294) and HL2/3 cells (catalog #1294), obtained from the AIDS Research Reagent and Reference Program (Rockville, MD). HeLa-CD4-LTR-β-Gal cells were plated at a density of 5 x 10³ cells per well in a volume of 50 µL with 50 µL of nine serial logarithmic dilutions of compound in triplicate for one hour at 37ºC/5% CO₂. Following the incubation, 100 µL of HL2/3 cells were added to the plates. The cultures were incubated for an additional 48 hours at 37ºC/5% CO₂. Following the incubation, efficacy plates were evaluated for β-galactosidase production using a chemiluminescent substrate and toxicity plates were stained with XTT to evaluate cell viability. In these studies, cytotoxicity was also evaluated (TC₅₀). Test materials were derived by measuring the reduction of the tetrazolium dye XTT (2,3-bis(2-methoxy-4-nitro-5-sulfophenyl)-5- [(phenylamino)carbonyl]-2H-tetrazolium hydroxide). XTT in metabolically active cells is metabolized by the mitochondrial enzyme NADPH oxidase to a soluble formazan product. XTT solution was prepared daily as a stock of 1 mg/mL in RPMI-1640 without additives. Phenazine methosulfate (PMS) solution was prepared at 0.15 mg/mL in DPBS and stored in the dark at -20°C. XTT/PMS stock was prepared immediately before use by adding 40 μL of PMS per mL of XTT solution.50 μL of XTT/PMS was added to each well of the plate and the plate incubated for 4 hours at 37°C. The 4 hour incubation has been empirically determined to be within the linear response range for XTT dye reduction with the indicated numbers of cells for each assay. The plates were sealed and inverted several times to mix the soluble formazan product and the plate was read at 450 nm (650 nm reference wavelength) with a Molecular Devices SpectraMax Plus 38496 well plate format spectrophotometer. This assay identified several compounds with EC₅₀ values within 10-fold of the benchmark compound (Temsavir) (Table 5). Particularly active was Int-1 with an EC₅₀ of less than 4 nM. Importantly, no cytotoxicity was evident for any compound at concentration tested. The combination of nM inhibition and no detectable cytotoxicity indicates this is a potent series with significant therapeutic potential. Table 5. Fusion inhibition activity of pre-conjugation intermediate (Int) compounds

Example 12. General procedure for Synthesis of azido Fc Preparation of PEG4-azido NHS ester solution (0.050 M) in DMF/PBS: 16.75 mg of PEG4-azido NHS ester was dissolved in 0.100 mL of DMF at 0 °C and diluted to 0.837 mL by adding PBS 1x buffer at 0 °C. This solution was used for preparing other PEG4-azido Fc with a variety of DAR values by adjusting the equivalents of this PEG4-azido NHS ester PBS solution. Pretreatment of h-lgG1 Fc, SEQ ID NO: 48 (107.2 mg in 8.800 mL of pH 7.4 PBS, MW~57891 Da, 1.852 μmol): The Fc solution was transferred into four centrifugal concentrators (30,000 MWCO, 15 mL) and diluted to 15 mL with PBS x1 buffer and concentrated to a volume of ~1.5 mL. The residue was diluted 1:10 in PBS pH 7.4, and concentrated again. This wash procedure was repeated for total of four times followed by dilution to 8.80 mL. Preparation of PEG4-azido Fc: 0.050M PEG4-azidoNHS ester PBS buffer solution (0.593 mL, 29.6 μmol, 16 equivalents) was added to above solution of h-IgG1 Fc (SEQ ID NO: 48) and the mixture was shaken rotated for 2 hours at ambient temperature. The solution was concentrated by using four centrifugal concentrators (30,000 MWCO, 15 mL) to a volume of ~1.5 mL. The crude mixture was diluted 1:10 in PBS pH 7.4, and concentrated again. This wash procedure was repeated for total of three times. The concentrated Fc-PEG4-azide was diluted to 8.80 mL with pH 7.4 PBS buffer and ready for Click conjugation. The purified material was quantified using a NANODROP™ UV visible spectrophotometer (using a calculated extinction coefficient based on the amino acid sequence of h-IgG1). Yield was quantitative after purification. Example 13. Synthesis of Int-12 Int-12 was synthesized according to the procedure found in WO 2020/252393, hereby incorporated by reference. Example 14. Synthesis of Int-13 Int-13 was synthesized according to the procedure found in WO 2020/252393, hereby incorporated by reference. Example 15. Synthesis of Int-14 Int-14 was synthesized according to the procedure found in WO 2020/252393, hereby incorporated by reference. Example 16. Synthesis of Int-15 Int-15 was synthesized according to the procedure found in WO 2020/252393, hereby incorporated by reference. Example 17. Synthesis of Int-16 Int-16 was synthesized according to the procedure found in WO 2020/252393, hereby incorporated by reference. Example 18. Synthesis of Int-17 Int-17 was synthesized according to the procedure found in WO 2020/252393, hereby incorporated by reference. Example 19. Screening of Ints and conjugates in an in vitro cell fusion assay Activity of Ints was determined in an assay designed to measure the inhibition of cell-cell fusion which is an important step in the HIV infection process. Briefly, this assay measures the fusion of two cell lines, HeLa-CD4-LTR-β-Gal (catalog #1294) and HL2/3 cells (catalog #1294), obtained from the AIDS Research Reagent and Reference Program (Rockville, MD). HeLa-CD4-LTR-β-Gal cells were plated at a density of 5 x 10³ cells per well in a volume of 50 µL, with 50 µL of nine serial half-logarithmic dilutions of compound in triplicate for one hour at 37ºC/5% CO₂. Following the incubation, 100 µL of HL2/3 cells were added to the plates. The cultures were incubated for an additional 48 hours at 37ºC/5% CO₂. Following the incubation, efficacy plates were evaluated for β-galactosidase production using a chemiluminescent substrate and toxicity plates were stained with XTT to evaluate cell viability. In these studies, cytotoxicity was also evaluated (TC₅₀). Test materials were derived by measuring the reduction of the tetrazolium dye XTT (2,3-bis(2-methoxy-4-nitro-5-sulfophenyl)-5- [(phenylamino)carbonyl]-2H-tetrazolium hydroxide). XTT in metabolically active cells is metabolized by the mitochondrial enzyme NADPH oxidase to a soluble formazan product. XTT solution was prepared daily as a stock of 1 mg/mL in RPMI-1640 without additives. Phenazine methosulfate (PMS) solution was prepared at 0.15 mg/mL in DPBS and stored in the dark at -20°C. XTT/PMS stock was prepared immediately before use by adding 40 μL of PMS per mL of XTT solution. Fifty μL (50 μL) of XTT/PMS was added to each well of the plate and the plate incubated for 4 hours at 37°C. The 4 hour incubation has been empirically determined to be within the linear response range for XTT dye reduction with the indicated numbers of cells for each assay. The plates were sealed and inverted several times to mix the soluble formazan product and the plate was read at 450 nm (650 nm reference wavelength) with a Molecular Devices SpectraMax Plus 38496 well plate format spectrophotometer. This assay identified four compounds with EC₅₀ values approximately equal to the benchmark compound (Temsavir) (Table 6). These compounds were highly potent at inhibiting cell fusion with EC₅₀ values of less than 0.9 nM. One of these compounds, Int-17, also demonstrated no apparent loss of activity upon conjugation to an hIgG1 Fc (conjugate 5); this was an important finding. Lastly, no compounds showed cytotoxicity at the concentrations tested in this study. Therefore, for the most active compounds the difference between EC₅₀ and cytotoxicity is greater than 10,000-fold. A prior fusion inhibition study also identified several highly active compounds (Int-2 and Int-4). However, both compounds lost significant potency upon conjugation (conjugates 2 and 3, respectively), further emphasizing the significance of conjugate 4. Table 6. Fusion inhibition activity of HIV inhibitor compounds

Example 20. Synthesis of DMJ-II-121

DMJ-II-12 was synthesized according to the procedure found in WO 2020/252393, hereby incorporated by reference. Example 21. Synthesis of Conjugate 8 A solution of azido functionalized Fc (50 mg, 28.43 mL, 0.862 µmol, 1.76 mg/mL; SEQ ID NO: 64, Example 2) was added to a 50 mL centrifuge tube following by addition of alkyne derivatized small molecule (15.83 mg, 0.012 mmol, Int-15, Example 16) in EPPES at pH 8.5, and a solution of copper (II) sulfate (1.1 mg, 0.0043 mmol) in water mixed with THTPA (0.43 mL, 0.0216 mmol, 50nM in water), aminoguanidine HCl (2.16 mL, 100 mM in water), and sodium ascorbate (2.16 mL, 100 mM in water). The resulting solution was gently shaken for 4 hours. It was purified by affinity chromatography over a protein A column, followed by size exclusion chromatography (as described in Example 8). Maldi TOF analysis of the purified final product gave an average mass of 60593 Da (DAR 2.5). Yield 12.71 mg, 25%. Example 22. Synthesis of Int-18 Int-18 was synthesized according to the procedure found in WO 2020/252393, hereby incorporated by reference. Example 23. Synthesis of Int-19 Int-19 was synthesized according to the procedure found in WO 2020/252393, hereby incorporated by reference. Example 24. Synthesis of Int-20 Int-20 was synthesized according to the procedure found in WO 2020/252393, hereby incorporated by reference. Example 25. Synthesis of Int-21 Int-21 was synthesized according to the procedure found in WO 2020/252393, hereby incorporated by reference. Example 26. Synthesis of Int-22 Int-22 was synthesized according to the procedure found in WO 2020/252393, hereby incorporated by reference. Example 27. Synthesis of Conjugate 9 Prepared the Click reagent solution: 0.0050M CuSO4 in PBS buffer solution: 10.0 mg CuSO4 was dissolved in 12.53 mL PBS, then took 6.00 mL this CuSO4 solution and added 64.8 mg BTTAA(CAS# 1334179-85-9) and 297 mg sodium ascorbate to give the Click reagent solution (0.0050M CuSO4, 0.025M BTTAA and 0.25M sodium ascorbate). To a solution of azido functionalized Fc (122.1 mg, 8.55 mL, 21.1 µmol, SEQ ID NO: 64, Example 2, DAR = 3.9, in 25mM MES, 150mM NaCl, pH6.0 buffer) in a 15 mL centrifuge tube was added an alkyne derivatized small molecule (25.0 mg, 19.0 mmol, 3.0 equivalents for each azido on the Fc, described in Example 26, Int-22) in 1.5 mL of MES buffer. After gently agitating, the mixture was treated with the Click reagent solution (5.05 mL). The resulting mixture was gently rotated for 4 hours at ambient temperature. It was then purified by affinity chromatography over a protein A column, followed size exclusion chromatography (see general conjugate purification protocol). Maldi TOF analysis of the purified final product gave an average mass of 65,947 Da (DAR =3.4). Yield 50 mg/ 41%. Example 28. Synthesis of Int-23 Int-23 was synthesized according to the procedure found in WO 2020/252393, hereby incorporated by reference. Example 29. Synthesis of Int-24 Int-24 was synthesized according to the procedure found in WO 2020/252393, hereby incorporated by reference. Example 30. Synthesis of Int-25 Int-25 was synthesized according to the procedure found in WO 2020/252393, hereby incorporated by reference. Example 31. Synthesis of Int-26 Int-26 was synthesized according to the procedure found in WO 2020/252393, hereby incorporated by reference. Example 32. Synthesis of Int-27 Int-27 was synthesized according to the procedure found in WO 2020/252393, hereby incorporated by reference.

Example 33. Synthesis of Int-53

To a -15 °C stirring solution of Nα-Boc-Nδ-Cbz-L-ornithine (1.00 g, 2.729 mmol) and N- methylmorpholine (300 uL, 2.729 mmol) in THF (10.0 mL), it was added isobutylchlorofromate (355 uL, 2.729 mmol). After stirring for 5 minutes, a freshly prepared solution of sodium borohydride (310 mg, 8.188 mmol) in water (4.0 mL) was added. Upon reaction completion, water (10 mL) was added and the temperature raised to ambient, while stirring continued for 1 h. The resulting mixture was extracted with DCM (4 x 30 mL), and the combined organics were dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated per rotatory evaporation. Residual volatiles were evaporated under high vacuum. This material was used in the next step without further purification. LCMS: [(M + H]]⁺ = 353.2. Step b.

Under hydrogen atmosphere, a suspension of the product from step a (2.729 mmol, theoretical) and 20% palladium hydroxide on carbon (500 mg) in MeOH (20 mL), was stirred until full consumption of the starting material. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate concentrated per rotatory evaporation. Residual volatiles were evaporated under high vacuum. This material was used in the next step without further purification. Ions found by LCMS: [(M + H]]⁺ = 219.2. Step c.

To a 0 °C stirring solution of step b product (150 mg, 0.687 mmol), propargyl-PEG4-acid (179 mg, 0.687 mmol), and DIPEA (0.359 mL, 2.061 mmol) in DMF (4.0 mL) and DCM (0.5 mL), was added HATU (266 mg, 0.701 mmol). The temperature was raised to ambient and stirring was continued until complete as determined by LCMS. All the volatiles were removed per rotatory evaporation. The residue was purified by RP-C18 column using an Isco CombiFlash liquid chromatography eluted with 0% to 100% water and methanol, no modifier. Yield 0.186 g, 59%. Ions found by LCMS: [(M + H)]⁺ = 461.3. Step d.

The product from step c (186 mg, 0.404 mmol) was treated with 4.0 M solution of HCl in dioxane (3.0 mL) under stirring. Upon completion, all the volatiles were evaporated per rotatory evaporation and high vacuum. This material was used in the next step without further purification. Yield 0.161 g, quant. Ions found by LCMS: [(M + H]]⁺ = 361.2.

Step e.

To a 0 °C stirring solution of step d product (31 mg, 0.078 mmol), example XYZ step XYYY (40 mg, 0.078 mmol), HOBt hydrate (36 mg, 0.235 mmol, ~80%) and DIPEA (0.082 mL, 0.469 mmol) in DMF (3.0 mL) and DCM (0.5 mL), was added HATU (89 mg, 0.235 mmol). The temperature was raised to ambient and stirring was continued until complete as determined by LCMS. All the volatiles were removed per rotatory evaporation. The residue was purified by RP-C18 column using an Isco ACCQ liquid chromatography eluted with 0% to 100% water and acetonitrile, 0.1% TFA modifier. Yield 0.051 g, 76%. Ions found by LCMS: [(M + H)]⁺ = 854.2. Step f.

To a stirring solution of the product from step e (0.047 mg, 0.055 mmol), azido-PEG4- trifluorophenyl ester (24 mg, 0.058 mmol), BTTAA (1.2 mg, 0.0027 mmol), cupric sulfate (0.2 mg, 0.0014 mmol), in DMF (1.0 mL) and water (1.0 mL), it was added sodium ascorbate (5.4 mg, 0.028 mmol). Upon completion, acetic acid (0.099 mL, 1.725 mmol) was added, and the reaction was concentrate per rotatory evaporation. The residue was purified by RP-C18 column using an Isco ACCQ liquid chromatography eluted with 0% to 100% water and methanol, 0.1% TFA modifier. Yield 0.047 g, 60%. Ions found by LCMS: [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 638.3. Example 34. Synthesis of Int-53

The product from step c (186 mg, 0.404 mmol) was treated with 4.0 M solution of HCl in dioxane (3.0 mL) under stirring. Upon completion, all the volatiles were evaporated per rotatory evaporation and high vacuum. This material was used in the next step without further purification. Yield 0.161 g, quant. Ions found by LCMS: [(M + H]]⁺ = 361.2. Step e.

To a 0 °C stirring solution of step d product (31 mg, 0.078 mmol), the triazole acid described in Example 5 (40 mg, 0.078 mmol), HOBt hydrate (36 mg, 0.235 mmol, ~80%), and DIPEA (0.082 mL, 0.469 mmol) in DMF (3.0 mL) and DCM (0.5 mL), was added HATU (89 mg, 0.235 mmol). The temperature was raised to ambient and stirring was continued until complete as determined by LCMS. All the volatiles were removed per rotatory evaporation. The residue was purified by RP-C18 column using an Isco ACCQ liquid chromatography eluted with 0% to 100% water and acetonitrile, 0.1% TFA modifier. Yield 0.051 g, 76%. Ions found by LCMS: [(M + H)]⁺ = 854.2. Step f.

To a stirring solution of the product from step e (0.047 mg, 0.055 mmol), azido-PEG4- trifluorophenyl ester (24 mg, 0.058 mmol), BTTAA (1.2 mg, 0.0027 mmol), cupric sulfate (0.2 mg, 0.0014 mmol), in DMF (1.0 mL) and water (1.0 mL), it was added sodium ascorbate (5.4 mg, 0.028 mmol). Upon completion, acetic acid (0.099 mL, 1.725 mmol) was added, and the reaction was concentrate per rotatory evaporation. The residue was purified by RP-C18 column using an Isco ACCQ liquid chromatography eluted with 0% to 100% water and methanol, 0.1% TFA modifier. Yield 0.047 g, 60%. Ions found by LCMS: [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 638.3. Example 35. Synthesis of Int-56

To a solution of 1-Boc-2-hydroxymethyl-piperazine (1.01 g, 4.68 mmol) and 3- [(benzyloxycarbonyl)amino]propionaldehyde (0.97 g, 4.68 mmol) in DCE (25 mL) was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (2.97 g, 14.04 mmol) followed by acetic acid (1.1 mL, 18.72 mmol). The solution was then stirred for 16h at which point LC-MS showed 90% consumption of starting material. The crude reaction was then washed with 1N NaOH (2 x 50 mL). The organic layer was then concentrated and the crude material was purified via flash chromatography (0-100% hexanes and EtOAc). LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 408.3. Steb b.

To tert-butyl 2-(hydroxymethyl)-4-{3- [(phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]propyl}piperazinecarboxylate) was added HCl in dioxane (12 mL, 4M). The solution was stirred for 1h at which point LC-MS showed complete consumption of starting material, and the solvent was removed. The crude material was used in the next step without further purification. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 308.2. Step c.

To a solution of N-{3-[3-(hydroxymethyl)piperazinyl]propyl}(phenylmethoxy)carboxamide hydrochloride salt (1.5 g, 3.95 mmol) in Hunigs base (15 mL) and DMF (2 mL) was added propargyl- PEG4-mesylate (1.57 g, 5.07 mmol). The solution was then stirred for 48h at 60 °C at which point LC-MS showed 50% consumption of starting material. The crude mixture was concentrated and then purified via flash chromatography (0-70% EtOAc and MeOH:NH₄OH). Yield 0.47 g, 19.2% (Yield for 3 steps). LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 522.3. Step d.

To N-{3-[3-(hydroxymethyl)-4-(2-{2-[2-(2-prop-2- ynyloxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy}ethyl)piperazinyl]propyl}(phenylmethoxy)carboxamide (0.47 g, 0.91 mmol) was added TFA (10 mL) followed by thioanisole (2.79 g, 22.53 mmol). The solution was cooled to 0 °C and then bromotrimethylsilane (0.59 mL, 4.50 mmol) was added dropwise. The solution was stirred for 1h at which point LC-MS showed complete consumption of starting material. The solvent was removed and the crude mixture was washed with hexane (2 x 20 mL) to remove unwanted thioanisole. The crude mixture was then purified via flash chromatography (0-70% EtOAc and MeOH:NH₄OH). Yield 0.25 g, 71.6%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 388.4. Step e.

To a solution of triazole acid core described in Example 5 in DMF (4 mL) was added Hunigs base (0.50 mL, 2.83 mmol) followed by HOBt (0.19 g, 1.42 mmol) and HATU (0.43 g, 1.13 mmol). The solution was stirred for 30 min at which point LC-MS showed complete consumption of starting material. The crude material was then directly purified by reversed phase HPLC (0-100% H₂O and CH₃CN using 0.1% TFA). The product containing fractions were combined frozen, and lyophilized. Yield 0.16 g, 64.0%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 881.2. Step f.

To a solution of the alkyne (110 mg, 0.12 mmol) and 2,4,6-trifluorophenyl 3-(2-{2-[2-(3-diazo-3- azaprop-3-enyloxy)ethoxy]ethoxy}ethoxy)propanoate (68 mg, 0.16 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was added a solution of sodium ascorbate (25 mg, 0.12 mmol) and copper(II) sulfate (5 mg, 0.03 mmol) in H₂O (2 mL). The solution was stirred for 30 min at which point LC-MS showed complete consumption of starting material. The reaction was acidified with acetic acid (2 drops) and the crude material was then directly purified by reversed phase HPLC (0-100% H₂O and CH₃CN using 0.1% TFA). The product containing fractions were combined frozen, and lyophilized. Yield 65 mg, 40.0%. LCMS: [M + 2H]⁺² = 652.0. Example 36. Synthesis of Int-57

To a solution of benzyl 1-piperazinecarboxylate (4.4 g, 20 mmol) in anhydrous THF (20 ml) was added K₂CO₃ (4.15 g, 30 mmol) and 1,3-dibromopropane (20.2 g, 100 mmol). The mixture was heated at 70℃ overnight, then cooled to room temperature. The salt was filtered off, and the filtrate was concentrated by rotary evaporation. The residue was purified through silica gel chromatography (80 g, 20% to 100% EtOAc and hexane). Yield 4.48 g, 65.5%. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 341.0. Step b.

To a solution of the step-a product (1.56 g, 4.57 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (5 ml) was added K₂CO₃ (691 mg, 5 mmol) and 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxan-5-amine (779.5 mg, 5.94 mmol). The mixture was heated at 70℃ overnight, then cooled to room temperature. The salt was filtered off, and the filtrate was concentrated by rotary evaporation. The residue was purified by RPLC (100 g, 0% to 70% acetonitrile and water). Yield 1.47 mg, 82.2%. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 392.0. Step c.

To a solution of the step-b product (760.9 mg, 1.94 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (3 ml) was added DIPEA (501.5 mg, 3.88 mmol), 3(-(Boc)-aminopropyl bromide (695.3 mg, 2.92 mmol) and NaI (75 mg, 0.5 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 50℃ for 3 days. It was then was purified by RPLC (100 g, 5% to 90% acetonitrile and water). Yield 679.6 mg, 64%. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 549.0. Step d.

The step-c product (679.6 mg, 1.24 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (15 ml) and added with AcOH (74.3 mg, 1.24 mmol)) and Pd(OH)2 (20% on carbon, 350 mg). The resulting mixture was stirred under hydrogen atmosphere for 3 hours. Pd(OH)₂/C was filtered off, and the filtrate was concentrated by rotary evaporation and further dried under high vacuum. Yield 588.5 mg, quantitative yield. Ion found by LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 415.0, [M + H - Boc]⁺ = 315.0. Step e.

To a solution of the step-d product (588.5 mg, 1.24 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (2 ml) and THF (2 ml) was added K₂CO₃ (514 mg 3.72 mmol) and propargyl-PEG4-mesyl ester (465.5 mg, 1.5 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at 70℃ for 1 day. The salt was filtered off, and the filtrate was concentrated and purified by HPLC (0% to 70% acetonitrile and water). Yield 253.2 mg, 32.5%. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 629.4, [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 315.0. Step f.

The step-e product (253.2 mg, 0.403 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile/water (1:1, 4 ml) and added with 6N HCl aqueous solution (0.5 ml, 3 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 60℃ for 5 hours, then cooled to room temperature. After the pH was adjusted to about 8 with 1M KOH (3.5 ml), the solution was lyophilized. The residue was then re-dissolved in MeOH and KCl was filtered off. The filtrate was concentrated by rotary evaporation and further dried under high vacuum. Yield 197 mg, quantitative yield. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 489.4, [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 245.2. Step g.

A mixture of triazole acid core described in Example 5 (50mg, 0.0976 mmol) and HOBT hydrate (76 mg, 0.5 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMF (1 ml) and Et3N (606 mg, 6 mmol) by gently heated with a heat-gun. After cooled to room temperature, the mixture was added with HATU (114 mg, 0.3 mmol), followed by the addition of a solution of the step-f product (113.4 mg, 0.12 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (0.3 ml). Addition DMF (0.2 ml x 3) was used to rinse the flask and combined to the reaction flask. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour and then directly purified by HPLC: 5% to 50% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier. Yield 42 mg, 30%. Ions found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 981.8, [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 491.6, [(M + 3H)/3]⁺ = 328.2. Step h. Synthesis of Int-57

Inte-51 (34.6 mg, 0.024 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (1 ml), and the solution was cooled in an ice-water bath. TFA (15 µl) was added, followed by the addition of Azido-PEG4-trifluorophenyl ester ( 12.2 mg, 0.029 mmol), a pre-mixed solution of THPTA (3.5 mg, 0.008 mmol) and sodium ascorbate (40 mg, 0.202 mmol) in water (0.5 ml) and Cu₂SO₄ (1.6 mg, 0.01 mmol). The ice-water bath was removed, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. It was then directly purified by RPLC (50 g, 5% to 80% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 30.7 mg, 68.8%. Ions found by LCMS: [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 702, [(M + 3H)/3]⁺ = 468.4. Example 37. Synthesis of Int-74

To a solution of [(3S,5S)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-3-pyrrolidinyl] carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (432.6 mg, 2 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (2 ml) was added DIPEA (517 mg, 4 mmol), propargyl-PEG4-mesyl ester (682.9 mg, 2.2 mmol) and NaI (60 mg, 0.4 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at 70 ⁰C for 3 hours. It was then directly purified through RPLC (100 g, 5% to 100% acetonitrile and water). Yield 509.4 mg, 59.2%. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 431. Step b.

To a solution of the product from the previous step in acetonitrile (6 ml) was added 6N HCl aqueous solution (2 ml) and water (3 ml). The resulting mixture was heated at 50 ⁰C overnight, then cooled to room temperature and lyophilized. Yield 480 mg, quantitative yield. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 331.0. Step c.

A mixture of previously described triazole acid (in Example 5) (25.6 mg, 0.05 mmol) and the product from the previous step (40.3 mg, 0.1 mmol) were dissolved in anhydrous DMF (0.5 ml) and Et3N (303 mg, 3 mmol) then gently heated with a heat-gun. After cooled to room temperature, the resulting mixture was treated with HATU (57 mg, 0.075 mmol) and stirred for 2 hour. It was then directly purified by HPLC (5 to 50% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 37.5 mg, 71.3%. Ions found by LCMS: [M + Na]⁺ = 846.2, [M + H]⁺ = 824.4, [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 412.8. Step d.

The product from the previous step (35 mg, 0.0333 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (0.5 ml). After cooled in an ice-water bath, the solution was treated with TFA (15 µl) and Azido-PEG4-trifluorophenyl ester (21 mg, 0.05 mmol). To this solution was added a pre-mixed solution of THPTA (3.5 mg, 0.008 mmol) and sodium ascorbate (20 mg, 0.101 mmol) in water (0.5 ml) was then added, followed by Cu₂SO₄ (1.6 mg, 0.01 mmol) and MeOH (0.5 ml). The ice-water bath was removed, and the resulting mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. It was then directly purified by RPLC (50 g, 5% to 80% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 36 mg, 73.4%. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 1244.4, [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 622.8. Example 38. Screening of HIV lead compounds in an in vitro cell fusion assay Activity of HIV compounds was determined in an assay designed to measure the inhibition of cell- cell fusion mediated by gp120 and CD4 interaction which is an important step in the HIV infection process. Briefly, this assay measures the fusion of two cell lines, HeLa-CD4-LTR-β-Gal (catalog #1294) and HL2/3 cells (catalog #1299), obtained from the AIDS Research Reagent and Reference Program (Rockville, MD). HeLa-CD4-LTR-β-Gal cells were plated at a density of 5 x 10³ cells per well in a volume of 50 µL, with 50 µL of nine serial half-logarithmic dilutions of compound in triplicate for one hour at 37 ºC/5% CO₂. Following the incubation, 100 µL of HL2/3 cells were added to the plates. The cultures were incubated for an additional 48 hours at 37 ºC/5% CO₂. Following the incubation, efficacy plates were evaluated for β-galactosidase production using a chemiluminescent substrate and toxicity plates were stained with XTT to evaluate cell viability. In these studies cytotoxicity was also evaluated (TC₅₀). Test materials were derived by measuring the reduction of the tetrazolium dye XTT (2,3-bis(2-methoxy-4-nitro-5-sulfophenyl)-5- [(phenylamino)carbonyl]-2H-tetrazolium hydroxide). XTT in metabolically active cells is metabolized by the mitochondrial enzyme NADPH oxidase to a soluble formazan product. XTT solution was prepared daily as a stock of 1 mg/mL in RPMI-1640 without additives. Phenazine methosulfate (PMS) solution was prepared at 0.15 mg/mL in DPBS and stored in the dark at -20°C. XTT/PMS stock was prepared immediately before use by adding 40 μL of PMS per mL of XTT solution. Fifty μL (50 µL) of XTT/PMS was added to each well of the plate and the plate incubated for 4 hours at 37°C. The 4 hour incubation has been empirically determined to be within the linear response range for XTT dye reduction with the indicated numbers of cells for each assay. The plates were sealed and inverted several times to mix the soluble formazan product and the plate was read at 450 nm (650 nm reference wavelength) with a Molecular Devices SpectraMax Plus 38496 well plate format spectrophotometer. In this assay 7 Ints and 5 conjugates were run in with 2 control compounds (Chicago Sky Blue (CSB) and Enfuvirtide) know to prevent cell fusion mediated by binding of viral gp120 to the host cell receptor (CD4). CSB and Enfuvirtide had EC₅₀ values of 201 and 409 nM, indicating moderate inhibition of cell fusion. In contrast, the 7 Ints ranged from 1.56 to 72.8 nM. Collectively, the Ints tested in this assay have significantly more activity than Enfuvirtide, an approved HIV therapeutic. Importantly, conjugate 5 was highly potent with an EC50 value of 3.62 nM. With the exception of conjugate 014 (EC50 value of 406 nM) the other AVCs were >500 nM. However, it is worth noting that although the EC50 for these compounds was greater than 500 nM a signal was detected at this concentration, suggesting the true value is not much higher than 500 nM. Most critically is the observation that at least one of these chemical series could be conjugated to an hIgG1 Fc and retain potent activity (Int-17 conjugate, conjugate 5). Lastly, no test articles showed cytotoxicity at the concentrations tested in this study. Table 7. Activity of lead compounds in a cell fusion assay (EC50) and cytotoxicity (TC₅0).

Example 39. Synthesis of a conjugate including an Fc domain having a C220S/YTE quadruple mutation Preparation of the Click reagent solution: 0.0050M CuSO4 in PBS buffer solution: 10.0 mg CuSO4 was dissolved in 12.53 mL PBS, then took 5.00 mL this CuSO4 solution and added 43.1 mg BTTAA (CAS# 1334179-85-9) and 247.5 mg sodium ascorbate to give the Click reagent solution (0.0050M CuSO4, 0.020M BTTAA and 0.25M sodium ascorbate). To a solution of azido functionalized Fc having a C220S mutation and a YTE mutation (65.5 mg, 10.0 mL, 1.13 µmol, azido DAR~5.9, SEQ ID NO: 67) in a 15 mL centrifuge tube was added to an alkyne derivatized small molecule (3.0 equivalents per each azido of the Fc). After gently agitating to dissolve all solids, the mixture was treated with the Click reagent solution (1.80 mL). The resulting mixture was gently rotated for 12 hours at ambient temperature. It was purified by affinity chromatography over a protein A column, followed size exclusion chromatography (see general conjugate purification protocol). Maldi TOF analysis of the purified final product gave an average mass of 66,420 Da (DAR = 5.8). Yield 57 mg with 98% purity. Example 40. 30-day comparative non-human primate PK study following IV administration of a conjugate including an Fc domain having a C220S/YTE quadruple mutant A conjugate including an Fc domain having a C220S mutation and a YTE mutation (SEQ ID NO: 67) was synthesized as described in Example 39. A non-human primate PK study was performed to compare IV administration of the C220S/YTE Fc conjugate (SEQ ID NO: 67) to a conjugate including an Fc domain having a C220S mutation alone (SEQ ID NO: 64). Non-human primate (NHP) PK studies were performed by BTS Research (San Diego, CA) using male and female cynomolgus monkeys 5-9 years old with body weights ranging from 3.5-8.5 kg. NHPs were injected IV with 2 mg/kg of test article (0.4 mL/kg dose volume). Animals were housed under standard IACUC approved housing conditions. At appropriate times animals were non-terminally bled (via femoral or cephalic veins) with blood collected in K₂EDTA tubes to prevent coagulation. Collected blood was centrifuged (2,000 x g, for 10 minutes) and plasma withdrawn for analysis of test article concentrations over time. The plasma concentrations for the C220S/YTE Fc conjugate and the C220S conjugate at each time point were measured by sandwich ELISA. Briefly, test articles were captured on Fc-coated plates and then detected using a HRP-conjugated anti-human IgG-Fc antibody. Protein concentrations were calculated in GraphPad Prism using 4PL non-linear regression of the C220S/YTE Fc conjugate or C220S conjugate standard curves. A more detailed method description is provided above. The corresponding curves are shown in FIG.13. The C220S/YTE Fc conjugate demonstrates a significantly improved terminal half-life of ~45 days compared with ~10 days for the C220S Fc conjugate. AUCs for the C220S/YTE Fc conjugate are 2X greater than the AUCs for The C220S conjugate (Table 8).

Table 8. Monkey PK, C220S/YTE Fc conjugate vs. C220S Fc conjugate

Example 41. Screening of HIV compounds in an in vitro cell fusion assay Activity of HIV compounds was determined in an assay designed to measure the inhibition of cell- cell fusion mediated by gp120 and CD4 interaction which is an important step in the HIV infection process. Briefly, this assay measures the fusion of two cell lines, HeLa-CD4-LTR-β-Gal (catalog #1294) and HL2/3 cells (catalog #1299), obtained from the AIDS Research Reagent and Reference Program (Rockville, MD). HeLa-CD4-LTR-β-Gal cells were plated at a density of 5 x 10³ cells per well in a volume of 50 µL, with 50 µL of nine serial half-logarithmic dilutions of compound in triplicate for one hour at 37 ºC/5% CO₂. Following the incubation, 100 µL of HL2/3 cells were added to the plates. The cultures were incubated for an additional 48 hours at 37 °C/5% CO₂. Following the incubation, efficacy plates were evaluated for β-galactosidase production using a chemiluminescent substrate and toxicity plates were stained with XTT to evaluate cell viability. In these studies, cytotoxicity was also evaluated (TC50). Test materials were derived by measuring the reduction of the tetrazolium dye XTT (2,3-bis(2-methoxy-4-nitro-5-sulfophenyl)-5- [(phenylamino)carbonyl]-2H-tetrazolium hydroxide). XTT in metabolically active cells is metabolized by the mitochondrial enzyme NADPH oxidase to a soluble formazan product. XTT solution was prepared daily as a stock of 1 mg/mL in RPMI-1640 without additives. Phenazine methosulfate (PMS) solution was prepared at 0.15 mg/mL in DPBS and stored in the dark at -20°C. XTT/PMS stock was prepared immediately before use by adding 40 µL of PMS per mL of XTT solution. Fifty µL (50 µL) of XTT/PMS was added to each well of the plate and the plate incubated for 4 hours at 37 °C. The 4 hour incubation has been empirically determined to be within the linear response range for XTT dye reduction with the indicated numbers of cells for each assay. The plates were sealed and inverted several times to mix the soluble formazan product and the plate was read at 450 nm (650 nm reference wavelength) with a Molecular Devices SpectraMax Plus 38496 well plate format spectrophotometer. In this assay 5 Ints and 4 conjugates were run with 2 control compounds (Chicago Sky Blue (CSB) and Enfuvirtide) know to prevent cell fusion mediated by binding of viral gp120 to the host cell receptor (CD4). CSB and Enfuvirtide had EC₅₀ values of 781 and 358 nM, indicating moderate inhibition of cell fusion. In contrast, the 5 Ints tested ranged from <0.0051 to 70.1 nM. Collectively, the Ints tested in this assay show significantly more activity than Enfuvirtide, an approved HIV therapeutic. The four conjugates also demonstrated acceptable activity with the exception of Conjugate 14. Lastly, no test articles showed cytotoxicity at the concentrations tested in this study. Table 9. Activity of lead compounds in a cell fusion assay (EC50) and cytotoxicity (TC50)

Example 42. Synthesis of Conjugates via Click Conjugation Conjugates were prepared according to the general conjugation procedure described in Example 8, using the corresponding alkyne derivatized small molecule intermediate and Fc domain as shown in Table 10. Table 10. Conjugates and properties

Example 43. Synthesis of Conjugates – Tetrafluorophenyl ester General procedure for conjugation using tetrafluorophenyl ester: A solution of Fc in PBS buffer (pH = 7.4) and DMF was treated with a solution of tetrafluorophenyl ester dissolved in DMF. The pH was adjusted to ~7.5 to 8.0 with borate buffer (pH 8.5 ). The mixture was then gently rocked at room temperature. Maldi TOF after 3 hours shows an average DAR of 3 to 5. The crude conjugate was purified by dialysis in arginine buffer (200 mM Arginine, 120 mM NaCl , 1% Sucrose pH 6.0). Yields are typically 30% to 70%. DAR is determined by Maldi TOF of the purified conjugates and is typically 2 to 5. The yields and properties for conjugates synthesized using this general procedure are listed in Table 11 below. Table 11. Conjugates and properties

Example 44. Synthesis of Conjugates – Trifluorophenyl ester General procedure for conjugation using trifluorophenyl ester: A solution of Fc in PBS buffer (pH = 7.4) and DMF was treated with a solution of trifluorophenyl ester dissolved in DMF. The pH was adjusted to ~8.0 to 9.5 with borate buffer (pH 8.5-9.5). Then the mixture was gently rocked at room temperature. Maldi TOF after 3 hours shows an average DAR of 3 to 5. The crude conjugate was purified by dialysis in arginine buffer (200 mM Arginine, 120 mM NaCl , 1% Sucrose pH 6.0). Yields are typically 30% to 70%. DAR is determined by Maldi TOF of the purified conjugates and is typically 2 to 5. The yields and properties for conjugates synthesized using this general procedure are listed in Table 12 below. Table 12. Conjugates and properties

Example 45. Screening of HIV antiviral conjugates in an in vitro cell fusion inhibition assay Activity of HIV lead compounds was determined by ImQuest Biosciences (Frederick, MD) using an assay designed to measure the inhibition of cell-cell fusion mediated by gp120 and CD4, a key step in the HIV infection process. Briefly, this assay measures the fusion of two cell lines, HeLa-CD4-LTR-β-Gal (catalog #1470) and HL2/3 cells (catalog #1294), obtained from the NIH AIDS Research Reagent and Reference Program (Rockville, MD). HeLa-CD4-LTR-β-Gal cells were plated at a density of 5 x 10³ cells per well in a volume of 50 µL, with 50 µL of nine serial half-logarithmic dilutions of compound in triplicate for 1 h at 37ºC/5% CO₂. Following the incubation, 100 µL of HL2/3 cells were added to the plates. The cultures were incubated for an additional 48 h at 37ºC/5% CO₂. Following the incubation, efficacy plates were evaluated for β-galactosidase production using a chemiluminescent substrate and buffer (ThermoFisher). Briefly, all media was removed from the efficacy plates and replaced with 50 µL of DPBS. Fifty microliters (50 µL) of Gal-Screen substrate diluted 1:25 in Gal Screen Buffer was added to all wells of the plate. The plate was incubated for 90 min at room temperature. Following the incubation, the contents of the wells were transferred to a clear bottom plate. The plate was covered and chemiluminescence was detected using a Microbeta Scintillation Counter. In these studies, cell viability was also evaluated. The concentration required to induce 50% toxicity (TC₅₀) was derived by measuring the reduction of the tetrazolium dye XTT (2,3-bis(2-methoxy-4- nitro-5-sulfophenyl)-5-[(phenylamino)carbonyl]-2H-tetrazolium hydroxide). XTT in metabolically active cells is metabolized by the mitochondrial enzyme NADPH oxidase to a soluble formazan product. XTT solution was prepared daily as a stock of 1 mg/mL in RPMI-1640 without additives. Phenazine methosulfate (PMS) solution was prepared at 0.15 mg/mL in DPBS and stored in the dark at -20°C. XTT/PMS stock was prepared immediately before use by adding 40 µL of PMS per mL of XTT solution. Fifty µL (50 µL) of XTT/PMS was added to each well of the plate and the plate incubated for 4 h at 37°C. The 4 h incubation has been empirically determined to be within the linear response range for XTT dye reduction with the indicated numbers of cells for each assay. The plates were sealed and inverted several times to mix the soluble formazan product and the plate was read at 450 nm (650 nm reference wavelength) with a Molecular Devices SpectraMax Plus 38496 well plate format spectrophotometer. In this assay, 11 conjugates were evaluated in parallel with 2 control compounds, including Chicago Sky Blue (CSB; “Control 1”) and T-20 (“Control 2”), which inhibit cell fusion by binding HIV glycoprotein gp120 and preventing interaction with the host cell receptor (CD4). CSB and T-20 were active at the expected concentrations with EC50 values of 727 ng/mL and 158 nM, respectively (Table 13). Each of the conjugates were evaluated for the ability to inhibit HIV-1-induced cell to cell fusion. The EC50 values defined in the assays ranged from 7.06 nM 915 nM (Table 13). Compounds Conjugate 29a, Conjugate 30a, and Conjugate 34 were the most active with EC50 values of 7.06 nM, 10.5 nM and 14.9 nM, respectively. Compounds Conjugate 5b, Conjugate 32, and Conjugate 36 were slightly less active than the most active compounds with EC50 values ranging from 22.8 nM to 43.6 nM. The remaining compounds had EC50 values ranging from 144 nM to 915 nM. All of the compounds were non-toxic up to the highest concentration evaluated (2000 nM with the exception of 1800 nM for compound Conjugate 15) (Table 13). Table 13. Evaluation of inhibition of cell to cell fusion in HeLa-CD4-LTR-β-Gal and HL2/3 cells. All compounds inhibited HIV-induced cell to cell fusion with EC50 values ranging from 7.06 nM to 915 nM.

“ND” – Therapeutic index (TI) could not be determined from EC50 and TC50 values Example 46. Screening of HIV antiviral small molecules and conjugates in an in vitro cell fusion inhibition assay Activity of HIV lead compounds was determined by using an assay designed to measure the inhibition of cell-cell fusion mediated by gp120 and CD4, a key step in the HIV infection process. Briefly, this assay measures the fusion of two cell lines, HeLa-CD4-LTR-β-Gal (catalog #1470) and HL2/3 cells (catalog #1294), obtained from the NIH AIDS Research Reagent and Reference Program (Rockville, MD). HL2/3 cells were plated at a density of 2 x 10⁴ cells per well in a volume of 50 µL, with 50 µL of nine serial half-logarithmic dilutions of compound in triplicate for 1 h at 37ºC/5% CO₂. Following the incubation, 100 µL of HeLa-CD4-LTR-β-Gal cells were added to the plates. The cultures were incubated for an additional 48 h at 37ºC/5% CO₂. Following incubation, plates were evaluated for β-galactosidase production using a chemiluminescent substrate and buffer (ThermoFisher). Briefly, all media was removed from the efficacy plates and replaced with 100 µL of DPBS.100 microliters (100 µL) of Gal- Screen substrate diluted 1:25 in Gal Screen Buffer was added to all wells of the plate. The plate was incubated for 90 min at room temperature. Following the incubation, the contents of the wells were transferred to a clear bottom plate. The plate was covered and chemiluminescence was detected using an EnSpire multimode plate reader (PerkinElmer). In this assay, 58 compounds (26 small molecules and 32 conjugates) were evaluated in parallel with 2 control compounds, including Chicago Sky Blue (CSB) and Temsavir (“Control 3”), known to prevent cell fusion mediated by binding of viral gp120 to the host cell receptor (CD4). CSB and Temsavir were active at the expected concentrations with EC50 values of 510 and 1.05 nM, respectively (Table 14). Int-44 and Int-67 were the most potent compounds with sub-nM EC50s (Table 14). Several molecules had single-digit nM potency, including Temsavir, Int-39, Int-31, Int-55, Int-63, Int-59, Int-62, Int- 33, Int-51, Int-72, Int-50, Int-43, and Int-68. Table 14. Evaluation of inhibition of cell to cell fusion in HeLa-CD4-LTR-β-Gal and HL2/3 cells. All small molecule compounds inhibited HIV-induced cell to cell fusion with EC50 values ranging from 1.1E-05 to 5.1E+02 nM.

Each of the conjugates were evaluated for the ability to inhibit HIV-1-induced cell to cell fusion. The average EC50 values defined in the assays ranged from 1.9E-01 to 6.0E+03 nM (Table 15). Conjugate 14b was the most potent conjugate with an EC₅₀ value of 1.99E-01 nM (Table 15). Several conjugates had single-digit nM potency, including Conjugate 27, Conjugate 29a, Conjugate 12b, Conjugate 37a, Conjugate 5b, and Conjugate 30a. The remaining compounds had EC₅₀ values ranging from 1.14E+01 nM to 6.02E+03 nM (Table 15). Table 15. Evaluation of inhibition of cell to cell fusion in HeLa-CD4-LTR-β-Gal and HL2/3 cells. All conjugates inhibited HIV-induced cell to cell fusion with EC₅₀ values ranging from 1.9E-01 to 6.0E+03 nM.

DAR, drug-to-antibody ratio Example 47.7-day mouse PK study comparing IV administration of Conjugate 5b and Fc control (SEQ ID NO: 73) at 5 mg/kg Mouse PK studies were performed using male BALB/c mice 6 weeks of age (n = 2 mice/group). Mice were injected intravenously (IV) via the tail vein with 5 mg/kg of test article (5 mL/kg dose volume). Animals were housed under standard IACUC approved housing conditions. At indicated times (0.25, 1, 2, 4, 24, 48, 120, 144, and 168 h), animals were non-terminally bled (retro-orbital, cheek, or by tail vein) with blood collected in K2EDTA tubes to prevent coagulation. Collected blood was centrifuged (2,000 x g, for 10 min) and plasma withdrawn for analysis of test article concentrations over time. The Fc plasma concentrations at each time point were measured by Fc-capture sandwich ELISA as follows. Nunc Maxisorp 96-well plates (cat no.12-565-136, Fisher Scientific) were coated overnight at 4 ^C with 0.1 µg/100 µL/well of goat anti-human IgG (Fcγ fragment specific; cat no.109-005-098, Jackson Immunoresearch) in carbonate buffer (cat no. C3041, MilliporeSigma). Plates were washed 5x with 300 µL/well PBST and blocked with 200 µL/well 5% non-fat dry milk (cat no.9999S, Cell Signaling) in PBST for 1 h at room temperature with shaking. Three-fold serial dilutions of the plasma samples were plated at 100 µL/well and incubated at room temperature for 2 h with shaking (sample diluent: 2.5% non-fat dry milk in PBS 0.025% Tween 20 + naïve mouse plasma final concentration of 1:900). Compound standard curves ranging from 0.03 to 55 ng/mL in duplicate, were run on each plate. Following the 2 h incubation, plates were washed 5x with 300 µL/well PBST. Conjugate bound to Fc on the plates was then probed with 100 µL/well of HRP conjugated anti-human IgG Fc F(ab’)2 (cat no.709-036-098, Jackson Immunoresearch) diluted 1:2,000 in sample diluent for 1 h at room temp with shaking. Plates were then washed 8x in 300 µL/well PBST and developed with 100 µL/well TMB substrate reagent (cat no.555214, BD) for 7-8 minutes. The reaction was stopped with 100 µL/well 1N H₂SO₄ and the absorbance read at 450 nm with an EnSpire multimode plate reader (PerkinElmer). Test article in plasma samples was interpolated using GraphPad Prism Version 8 following nonlinear regression analysis (Sigmoidal, 4PL analysis) of the standard curves. The resulting mean plasma concentrations were then used to calculate the total AUC for each plasma concentration-time profile. The 7-day mouse PK profiles of Conjugate 5b and Fc control (SEQ ID NO:73) are shown in FIG. 15. Following IV administration of compound at 5 mg/kg, the average plasma exposure levels of Conjugate 5b were noninferior to SEQ ID NO:73, with AUCs of 2922 and 1766, respectively (FIG.15). Example 48. Synthesis of Int-47

Propargyl-PEG4-mesylate (1 g, 5.74 mmol), N-Boc-diamino propane (2.7 g, 8.60 mmol), and DIPEA (2 mL, 11.48 mmol) were stirred together in DMF (10 mL) at 70°C for 4 hours. The solvent was reduced by half on the rotary evaporator. The mixture was purified by reversed phase HPLC (0-80% ACN in DI water, 0.1% TFA modified, 30 minute gradient). The pure fractions were pooled and concentrated to afford the diamine as a light amber oil. Yield 1.9 g, 84%. Ion found by LC/MS [(M/2)+H]⁺ = 389.0. Step b.

HATU (0.54 g, 1.41 mmol) was added to a stirring mixture of the intermediate described in the previous step (0.50, 1.29 mmol), 3-hydroxy-cyclobutanoic acid(cis/trans mixture) (0.16 g, 1.41 mmol) and DIPEA (0.9 mL, 5.1 mmol) in DMF (3 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 45 minutes, then purified directly by reversed phase HPLC (0-80% ACN in DI water, 0.1% TFA modified, 30 minute gradient). The pure fractions were pooled and concentrated to afford the diamine as a light amber oil. Ion found by LC/MS (M+H)⁺ = 487.0. The Boc-protected amino amide was stirred in a 5/1 mixture 4N HCl in dioxane and methanol (10 mL) for 45 minutes. The mixture was concentrated and the HCl salt was dried under high vacuum to afford the product as a clear oil. Yield 550 mg, 86%, 2 steps. Ion found by LC/MS [(M/2)+H]⁺ = 387.0. Step c.

HATU (52 mg, 0.12 mmol) was added to a stirring mixture of the amine HCL salt intermediate from step b. of this example, (45 mg, 0.11 mmol), and triazole carboxylic acid, (55 mg, 0.11 mmol, described in example 5 of Int- 2), and DIPEA (0.74 mL, 0.43 mmol) in DMF (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 45 minutes, then purified directly by reversed phase HPLC (0-80% ACN in DI water, 0.1% TFA modified, 30 minute gradient). The pure fractions were pooled and lyophilized to afford the product as a white solid. Yield 40 mg, 43%. Ion found by LC/MS [M+H]⁺ = 880.4. Step d.

Copper sulfate (0.4 mg, 0.0028 mmol), sodium ascorbate (17 mg, 0.085mmol), and BTTA (2 mg, 0.006 mmol), were pre-mixed in DI water (0.5 mL). This solution was added to a mixture of the alkyne intermediate, from step d of this example (25 mg, 0.28 mmol) and azido-PEG4-trifluorophenol-ester (13 mg, 0.31 mmol), in a mixture of DMF/H₂O (3:1, 1 mL) , then cooled to 0°C via and ice-water bath. The ice bath was removed and the reaction was stirred for 25 minutes.1 drop of glacial acetic acid was added and the mixture was purified by reversed phase HPLC (0-80% ACN in DI water, 0.1% TFA modifier, 30 minute gradient). The pure fractions were pooled and lyophilized to afford the title compound as a white solid. Yield 20 mg, 54 %. Ion found by LC/MS [(M/2)+H]⁺ =651.2. Example 49. Synthesis of Int-98

A stirring solution of Cbz-piperazine (2.0g, 9.08 mmol), alkyl chloride (2.08 g, 13.62 mmol), potassium iodide (0.754g, 4.54 mmol), and potassium carbonate (3.76 g, 27.24 mmol), dissolved in acetonitrile (12 mL) was heated in a 65C oil bath for 24 h. Reaction progress was monitored by LCMS. The crude reaction mixture was filtered, concentrated and purified by RPLC (5% to 100% ACN/water, no TFA). Yield 2.56g, 63%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 337.2 Step b.

Product from the previous step (2.56g, 5.68 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (5mL) then treated with 1N HCl (20 mL). Reaction progress was monitored by LCMS. After 3h the reaction was concentrated and used in the next step without further purification. Yield 1.77g, 95%. LCMS: [M + H₂O]⁺ = 309.2. Step c.

A solution of product from the previous step (0.350g, 1.119 mmol), disubstituted pyrolidine (0.242g, 1.119 mmol), and DIEA (0.097 mL, 0.559 mmol) dissolved in DCM (5 mL), were treated with sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.356, 1.68 mmol) at room temperature. Reaction progress was monitored by LCMS. After 12h the reaction was concentrated and purified by RPLC (5% to 100% ACN/water with 0.1% TFA). Yield 0.804g, 50%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 491.2 Step d.

A mixture of product from the previous step (0.404g, 0.668 mmol), and 5% Pd/C (0.5g) was dissolved in methanol (5mL), then vacuum flushed with hydrogen from a balloon and stirred fo 1h. The reaction was filtered through a pad of celite, concentrated, and used in the next step without further purification. Yield 0.342g, 88%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 357.3 Step e.

Product from the previous step (0.342g, 0.585 mmol), propargyl-Peg4-mesylate (0.236g, 0.761 mmol), and potassium carbonate (0.404g, 2.92 mmol), dissolved in acetonitrile (5 mL) was stirred overnight in a 65C oil bath. Reaction progress was monitored by LCMS. The crude reaction was filtered, concentrated, and purified by RPLC (5% to 60% ACN/water). Yield 0.16 g, 34%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 571.4 Step f.

A solution of product from the previous step (0.160g, 0.200 mmol) dissolved in acetonitrile (2mL) was treated with concentrated aq HCl (8 mL). LCMS after 5 min shows complete deprotection. The solution was concentrated, stored under high vacuum and used in the next step without further purification. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 471.4 Step g.

A solution of product from the previous step (0.179g, 0.137 mmol), and triazole-carboxylic acid (0.050g, 0.098 mmol, synthesis described in a previous example) dissolved in DMF (3 mL), was treated with DIEA (0.511 mL, 2.93 mmol), HOBT (0.026 g, 0.196), and HATU (0.074 g, 0.196 mmol). LCMS after 30min shows complete consumption of the triazole-carboxylic acid. The reaction was concentrated and purified by RPLC (5% to 100% ACN/water with 0.1% TFA). Yield 0.094g, 81%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 964.4. Step h.

A solution of product from the previous step (0.094g, 0.079 mmol), and azido-Peg4- trifluorophenol ester (0.043g, 0.103 mmol) dissolved in DMF (1 mL), was treated with a solution of copper(II) sulfate (0.0031 g, 0.0197 mmol), sodium ascorbate (0.0156 g, 0.0788 mmol), and THPTA (0.0137g, 0.0315 mmol) dissolved in water (0.5 mL), and stirred room temperature for 30 min. Reaction progress was monitored by LCMS. The product was purified by RPLC (10% to 100% ACN/water with 0.1% TFA). Yield 0.106g, 78%. LCMS: [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 693.4.

The title compound was prepared analogously, where 4-chloro-1,1-dimethoxy butane was replaced with 3-chloro-1,1-diethoxypropane in step a of that procedure. LCMS: [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 686.4 Example 50. Synthesis of Int-106

Step a.

To a mixture of [(3S, 5S)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-3-pyrrolidinyl] carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (432.6 mg, 2 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (414.6 mg, 3 mmol) was added anhydrous THF (2 ml), DMF (1 ml) and propargyl bromide (285.6 mg, 2.4 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. The salt was filtered off and washed with acetonitrile. The filtrate was concentrated by rotary evaporation and purified by HPLC (2 to 15% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 238.7 mg, 32.4%. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 255. Step b.

To a solution of step-a product (250 mg, 0.652 mmol) in acetonitrile (3 ml), was added 6N HCl aqueous solution (0.5 ml) and water (3 ml). The resulting mixture was heated at 70⁰C for 1.5 hours. It was then cooled to room temperature, frozen, and lyophilized. Yield 145.2 mg, quantitative yield. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 155.0. Step c.

A mixture of triazole acid (51.2 mg, 0.1 mmol) and the step-b product (22.8 mg, 0.1 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMF (1 ml) and Et₃N (606 mg, 6 mmol) by gently heated with a heat gun. After cooled to room temperature, the resulting solution was mixed with HATU (57 mg, 0.15 mmol) and stirred for 1 hour. Addition HATU (19 mg, 0.05 mmol) was then added, followed by the step-b product ( 11.4 mg, 0.05 mmol) in DMF (0.5 ml). The reaction was continued for 30 minutes, then directly purified by HPLC: 5 to 50% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier. Yield 43 mg, 49.1%. Ions found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 647.8, [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 324.6. Step d.

To a solution of azido-PEG8-acid (1 g, 2.14 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (4 ml) was added 2,4,6- trifluorophenol (633.9 mg, 4.28 mmol) and EDC HCl (631 mg, 3.21 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. It was then purified by RPLC (100 g, 5 to 100% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 831 mg, 65%. Ion found by LCMS: [M- N2]⁺ = 570.2. Step e.

A solution of the step-c product (35.8 mg, 0.0409 mmol) in DMF (1 ml) was mixed with TFA (20 µl) and cooled in an ice-water bath. It was then mixed with the step-d product (29.3 mg, 0.0491 mmol) and a premixed solution of THPTA (3.5 mg, 0.008 mmol) and sodium ascorbate (29 mg, 0.146 mmol) in water (0.5 ml), followed by Cu₂SO₄ (1.6 mg, 0.01 mmol). The ice-water bath was removed, and the resulting mixture was stirred for 40 minutes. It was then directly purified HPLC (5 to 70% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 46.8 mg, 77.8%. Ions found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 1244.6, [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 622.8. 30 Example 51. Synthesis of Int-108

The title compound was prepared as shown above where propargyl bromide in step-a was replaced with bromo-1-butyne and the reaction was heated at 70C⁰ for 1 day (Yield 250 mg, 32.6%, Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 661.8). Yield 22.3 mg, 47.9%. Ions found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 1260.4, [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 630.4.

The title compound was prepared analogously to the synthesis of Int-108, where propargyl bromide in step-a was replaced with 6-chloro-1-hexyne and the reaction was heated at 70C⁰ for 2 days (Yield 909.3 mg, 73.7%, ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 689.8). Yield 31.3 mg, 73.9%. Ions found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 1287.5, [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 644.4.

Example 52. Synthesis of Int-115

To a cold solution of dimethyl 2-(3-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)propyl)malonate (500 mg, 1.72 mmol, prepared as described in Angewandte Chemie, International Edition (2018), 57(22), 6527-6531) in DMF (6 ml) was added sodium hydride (72.5 mg, 1.81 mmol), followed N-(bromomethyl)phthalimide (0.45 mg, 1.9 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred for 2.5 h at 0°C, and partitioned between water (6 ml) and dichloromethane (40 ml). The organic layer was separated, washed with water and sat. aq. NaHCO₃, dried over anhydrous NaSO4 and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (hexane/EtOAc 40%) to afford product. Yield 652 mg, 84 %. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 449.1. Step b.

To a solution of step-a product (300 mg, 0.66 mmol) in methanol (3 ml) was added hydrazine hydrate (0.18 ml, 3.34 mmol). The solution was stirred under reflux for 4 hrs. It was then cooled, filtered, concentrated and purified by RPLC (5% to 95% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier) to afford product. Yield 160 mg, 75 %. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 319.1. Step c.

To a solution of step-b product (160 mg, 0.37 mmol) in DMF (4 ml) was added propargyl-PEG4- NHS ester (158 mg, 0.44 mmol) and DIPEA (0.387 ml, 2.22 mmol). The reaction solution was stirred at r.t overnight, concentrated and purified by RPLC (5% to 95% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 142 mg, 68 %. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 561.2. Step d.

To a cooled solution of step-c product (142 mg, 0.25 mmol) in THF (2.5 ml) was added LiBH4 (23.2 mg, 1.0 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 0^oC to room temperature for 6 hrs, and then quenched with water, concentrated and purified by RPLC (5% to 95% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier) to give product. Yield 91 mg, 69 %. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 505.3. Step e.

The step-d product (91 mg, 0.17 mmol) wascooled and dissolved in HCl (2 ml, 4N in dioxane) and reaction was stirred for 2 hrs. The solution was concentrated to an oil and used without purification. Yield of HCl salt 72 mg. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 504.2. Step f.

To a solution of triazole-carboxylic acid (77.4 mg, 0.151 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added HSPyU (124 mg, 0.30 mmol) and DIPEA (0.15 ml, 0.90 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 30 min. Step-e product (72 mg, 0.181 mmol) was then added to above solution and LCMS after 30min shows complete consumption of the triazole-carboxylic acid. The reaction was concentrated and purified by semi- preparative HPLC (5% to 95% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier) to give product. Yield 39 mg, 28%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 898.4. Step g.

A solution of step-f product (39 mg, 0.043 mmol) and azido-Peg4-trifluorophenol ester (23.8 mg, 0.056 mmol) in DMF (0.6 mL), was treated with a solution of copper(II) sulfate (1.73 mg, 0.010 mmol), sodium ascorbate (8.6 mg, 0.043 mmol), and THPTA (9.43 mg, 0.021 mmol) in water (0.3 mL). The reaction stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The product was purified by semi-preparative HPLC (5% to 95% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 29 mg, 50%. LCMS: [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 660.1 Example 53. Synthesis of Int-116

To a mixture of aldehyde (0.175 g, 0.84 mmol) and piperazine (0.389 g, 1.69 mmol) in DCE (25 mL) was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.07 g, 5.06 mmol) followed by acetic acid (0.405 g, 6.75 mmol). The solution was stirred for 1h then more aldehyde (0.175 g, 0.84 mmol) was added. The solution was then stirred for 15h. Reaction progress was monitored by LCMS. The crude reaction mixture was partitioned between DCE and 0.5N NaOH (25 mL). The aqueous layer was discarded and the excess DCE was removed and the crude mixture was purified by flash chromatography (0% to 40% 1:1 MeOH:NH₄OH/EtOAc). Yield: 0.534 g, 75%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 422.2. Step b.

To the neat piperazine alcohol from the previous step (0.534 g, 1.26 mmol) was added HCl in dioxane (12 mL). The mixture was stirred for 1h. Reaction progress was monitored by LCMS. The excess dioxane was removed and the crude material was used in the next step without additional purification. Yield: 0.403 g, 99%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 322.2. Step c.

To a solution of product from the previous step (0.403 g, 1.26 mmol) in DMF (1 ml) and Hunigs Base (20 mL) was added the propargyl-PEG4-mesylate (0.588 g, 1.89 mmol). The solution was stirred at 70 °C for 72h. Reaction progress was monitored by LCMS. The excess solvent was removed and the crude mixture was purified by flash chromatography (0% to 40% 1:1 MeOH:NH₄OH/EtOAc). Yield: 400 mg, 59%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 536.4. Step d.

To a solution of free amino piperazine alcohol from the previous step (0.400 g, 0.75 mmol) in TFA (3 mL) was added thioanisole (2.31 g, 18.67 mmol) followed by dropwise addition of TMSBr (0.571 g, 3.73 mmol). The solution was stirred for 30 min. Reaction progress was monitored by LCMS. The excess solvents were removed and the crude material was washed with hexanes (2x10 mL). The crude mixture was then purified by flash chromatography (0% to 60% 1:1 MeOH:NH₄OH/EtOAc). Yield: 140 mg, 46%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 402.3. Step e.

To a solution of the free amine from the previous step (0.040 g, 0.10 mmol) and triazole- carboxylic acid (0.050 g, 0.10 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added Hunigs base (0.126 g, 1.0 mmol), followed by HATU (0.148 g, 0.39 mmol) and HOBt (0.066 g, 0.48 mmol). LCMS after 1 hr showed complete consumption of the triazole-carboxylic acid. The mixture was directly loaded on the column and purified by semi-preparative HPLC (5% to 100% ACN/water). Yield 0.030 g, 33%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 895.4. Step f.

A solution of product from the previous step (0.030 g, 0.033 mmol), and azido-PEG4- trifluorophenol ester (0.018 g, 0.043 mmol) dissolved in DMF (1.0 mL), was treated with a solution of copper(II) sulfate (0.001 g, 0.008 mmol), and sodium ascorbate (0.006 g, 0.033 mmol), dissolved in water (1.0 mL), and stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Reaction progress was monitored by LCMS. The mixture was directly loaded on the column and purified by semi-preparative HPLC (5% to 100% ACN/water). Yield 0.024 g, 51%. LCMS: [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 658.9.

The title compound was prepared analogously to the synthesis of Int-116 where tert-butyl 2- (hydroxymethyl)piperazinecarboxylate was used instead of tert-butyl 3-(2- hydroxyethyl)piperazinecarboxylate in Step a of that procedure. Ion found by LCMS: [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 652.0

Example 54. Synthesis of Int-119

Step a. A mixture of t-butyl(5-formyl-2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxan-5-yl) carbamate (1.9 g, 7.3 mmol) and ammonium acetate (5.6 g, 73.2 mmoL)in methanol (30 mL) were stirred at ambient temperature for 1 hour. Sodium cyanoborohydride (1.2 g, 18.3 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred for 12 hours then concentrated to a volume of approx.5 mL. The mixture was purified by reversed phase HPLC (0- 60% ACN in DI water, 0.1% TFA modifier, 30 minute gradient) and the pure fractions were concentrated to afford the amine-TFA salt as a clear oil. Ion found by LC/MS [M-boc+H]⁺ = 161.2. The amine was taken up in acetonitrile (25 mL) and DIPEA (2.5 mL, 14.7 mmol) and Fmoc-OSu (2.7 g, 8.1 mmoL was added and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour, diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted into ethyl acetate (3x, 30 mL0. The combined organic extracts were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude material was purified by reversed phase HPLC (0-90% ACN in DI water, 0.1% TFA modifier, 30 minute gradient) and the pure fractions were concentrated to afford the title compound as a white solid. Yield 530 mg, 45%, 2 steps. Ion found by LC/MS [M+Na]⁺ = 505.2. Step b.

The intermediate from step a. of this example (530m g, 1.1 mmol) was stirred in 4N HCl in dioxane (20 mL) for 30 minutes. The mixture was concentrated and dried under high vacuum. Ion found by LC/MS [M+H]⁺ = 343.2. The amine-HCl salt was dissolved in methanol (30 mL) and CBZ-amino- propanal (227 mg, 1.1 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at which point sodium cyanoborohydride (140 mg, 2.2 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 12 hours at ambient temperature. The mixture was concentrated and purified by reversed phase HPLC (0-60% ACN in DI water, 0.1% TFA modifier, 30 minute gradient) and the pure fractions were concentrated to afford the CBZ protected amine intermediate, ion found by LC/MS [M+H]⁺ = 534.2. The intermediate was stirred in methanol in the presence of 5% Pd/C (75 mg) for 2 hours. The mixture was filtered and concentrated to afford the free amine which was carried forward without further purification. Yield 438 mg, 61%, 3 steps. Ion found by LC/MS [M+H]⁺ = 400.2 Step c.

HATU (67 mg, 0.18 mmol) was added to a stirring mixture of the intermediate from step b. of this example (76 mg, 0.19 mmol), and the triazole carboxylic acid (75 mg, 0.15 mmol described in Example 5 of Int- 2), and DIPEA (0.10 uL, 0.58 mmol) in DMF (2 mL). The reaction was stirred for 45 minutes and then purified by reversed phase HPLC (0-95% ACN in DI water, 0.1% TFA modifier, 30 minute gradient). The pure fractions were pooled and concentrated to afford the intermediate as a clear oil. Yield 75 mg, 58%. Ion found by LC/MS [M+H]⁺ = 893.4. Step d.

DBU (60 uL, 0.41 mmol) was added to a stirring mixture of the intermediate described in step c. of this example (75 mg, 0.084 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) and the mixture was stirred for 20 minutes. Propargyl-PEG4-carboxylic acid (33 mg, 0.13 mmol) was added followed by HATU (42 mg 0.11 mmol) and the reaction was stirred for 45 minutes. The mixture was purified by reversed phase HPLC (0-95% ACN in DI water, 0.1% TFA modifier, 30 minute gradient). The pure fractions were pooled and concentrated to afford the intermediate as a clear oil. Yield 27 mg, 35%. Ion found by LC/MS [M+H]⁺ = 913.4. Step e.

Copper sulfate (0.5 mg, 0.003 mmol), sodium ascorbate (17 mg, 0.089 mmol), and BTTA (2.5 mg, 0.006 mmol), were pre-mixed in DI water (0.5 mL) and then added to a mixture of the alkyne intermediate (27 mg, 0.029mmol), and azido-peg4-trifluorophenol-ester (12 mg, 0.29 mmol), in DMF/H₂O (3:1, 1 mL) , cooled to 0°C via and ice water bath. The ice bath was removed and the reaction was stirred for 25 minutes.1 drop of glacial acetic acid was added and the mixture was purified by reversed phase HPLC (0-80% ACN in DI water, 0.1% TFA modifier, 30 minute gradient). The pure fractions were pooled and lyophilized to afford the title compound as a white solid. Yield 17 mg, 43%. Ion found by LC/MS [(M/2)+H]⁺ = 667.8. Example 55. Synthesis of Int-121

Step a.

A mixture of (5-amino-2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxan-5-yl)methanol (1.61 g, 10 mmol), K₂CO₃ (2.07 g, 15 mmol), and 3-(Boc-amino)propyl bromide (2.86 g, 12 mmol) in anhydrous dioxane (10 ml) was heated 70⁰C overnight. Additional amount of 3-(Boc-amino)propyl bromide (2.15 g, 9 mmol) was added, and the reaction was continued for 1 more day, then cooled to room temperature. The salt was filtered off and washed with acetonitrile. The filtrate was dried over Na₂SO₄, concentrated by rotary evaporation, and further dried under high vacuum. The crude product (4.74 g) was carried to the subsequent step without further purification. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 319.0. Step b.

To a solution of the step-a crude product in DCM (20 ml) was added 3- [benzyloxycarbonyl)amino]-1-propanal (2.49 g, 12 mmol) and acetic acid (900 mg, 15 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, then sodium triacetoxyborohydride (3.15 g, 15 mmol) was added in portions. After 2 hours, additional amount of sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.25 g, 6 mmol) was added, and the reaction was stirred overnight. MeOH (10 ml) was added, and the reaction was stirred for 20 minutes. The solid was filtered off through celite. The filtrate was concentrated by rotary evaporation and purified by RPLC (100 g, 5 to 80% acetonitrile and water). Yield 3.67 g, 72% over two steps. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 510.0. Step c.

To a solution of the step-b product (1.05 g, 1.93 mmol) in MeOH (25 ml) was added Pd(OH)₂ on carbon (850 mg). The mixture was stirred under hydrogen for 6 hours. Pd(OH)₂/C was then filtered off, and the filtrate was concentrated by rotary evaporation. The product was further dried under high vacuum and carried to the subsequent step without purification. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 376.0, [M - Boc + H]⁺ = 276.0. Step d.

To a solution of the step-c product (1.25 g, 3.33 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (4 ml) was added benzyl bis(2-chloroethyl)carbamate (1.38 g, 5 mmol), triethylamine (12 ml) and NaI (150 mg, 1 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at 75⁰C to 100⁰C overnight. After concentrating by rotary evaporation, the crude product was purified by RPLC (100 g, 5 to 100% acetonitrile and water). Yield 315 mg, 16.3%. Ions found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 579.0, [M - Boc + H]⁺ = 479.0. Step e.

To a solution of the step-d product (315 mg, 0.544 mmol) in MeOH (10 ml) was added Pd(OH)₂ on carbon (150 mg). The mixture was stirred under hydrogen for 2 hours. Pd(OH)₂/C was then filtered off, and the filtrate was concentrated by rotary evaporation. The product was dried under high vacuum and carried to the subsequent step without purification. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 445.0 Step f.

To a solution of the step-e product (245 mg, 0.55 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1 ml) was added propargyl-PEG4-mesyl ester (223.5 mg, 0.72 mmol) and DIEPA (129.2 mg, 1 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at 60⁰C for 1 day, then directly purified by RPLC (50 g, 5 to 70% acetonitrile and water). Yield 129 mg, 35.6%. Ions found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 659.0, [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 330.2. Step g.

The step-f product (129 mg, 0.196 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (2 ml) and water (0.5 ml). then 6N HCl aqueous solution (0.5 ml) was added, and the reaction mixture was heated at 70⁰C for 20 minutes. It was then concentrated by rotary evaporation, and excess HCl was further removed by azeotrope/evaporation with acetonitrile. The product was further dried under high vacuum. Yield 141.4 mg, quantitative yield. Ions found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 519.0. Step h.

A mixture of triazole acid (51.2 mg, 0.1 mmol) and the step-g product (61.4 mg, 0.1 mmol) were dissolved in anhydrous DMF (1 ml) and Et3N (606 mg, 6 mmol) by gently heating with a heat gun. After cooling to room temperature, the resulting solution was mized with HATU (45.6 mg, 0.12 mmol) and stirred for 1 hour. Addition HATU (19 mg, 0.05 mmol) was added, followed by the step-g product (20 mg, 0.03 mmol). The reaction was continued for 2 hours, then directly purified by HPLC: 5 to 50% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier. Yield 46.2 mg, 31.4%. Ions found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 1011.6, [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 506.4.

A solution of product from step h (46.2 mg, 0.0314 mmol) in DMF (1 ml) was mixed with TFA (20 µl) and cooled in an ice-water bath. It was then mixed with Azido-PEG4-trifluorophenyl ester (116 mg, 0.38 mmol) and a premixed solution of THPTA (3.5 mg, 0.008 mmol) and sodium ascorbate (29 mg, 0.146 mmol) in water (0.5 ml), followed by Cu₂SO₄ (1.6 mg, 0.01 mmol). The ice-water bath was removed, and the resulting mixture was stirred for 40 minutes. It was then directly purified by HPLC (5 to 80% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 53 mg, 89.3%. Ions found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 1432.6, [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 716.8, [(M + 3H)/3]⁺ = 478.0.

To a solution of 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxan-5-amine (524.8 mg, 4 mmol) in anhydrous THF (6 ml) was added tert-butyl (2S)-3-chloro-2-hydroxypropyl carbamate (1 g, 4.77 mmol) and K₂CO₃ (995 mg, 7.2 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at 75⁰C for 3 days. The salt was filtered off, and the filtrate was dried over Na₂SO₄, concentrated by rotary evaporation, and further dried under high vacuum. The crude product (1.36 g) was carried to the subsequent step without further purification. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 305.2. Step b.

To a solution of the step-a crude product in DCM (8 ml) was added 3- [(benzyloxycarbonyl)amino]-1-propanal (1.08 g, 5.2 mmol) and acetic acid (360 mg, 6 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, then mixed with sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.49 g, 7 mmol). After 2 hours, MeOH (5 ml) was added, and the reaction was stirred for 20 minutes. The solid was filtered off through celite, and the filtrate was concentrated by rotary evaporation. The residue was purified by RPLC (100 g, 5 to 80% acetonitrile and water). Yield 1.51 g, 75.9% over two steps. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 496.0. Step c.

To a solution of the step-b product (1.51 mg, 3.03 mmol) in MeOH (20 ml) was added Pd(OH)₂ on carbon (750 mg). The mixture was stirred under hydrogen for 4 hours. Pd(OH)₂/C was then filtered off, and the filtrate was concentrated by rotary evaporation. The product was further dried under high vacuum and carried to the subsequent step without purification. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 362.0. Step d.

To a solution of the step-c product (101.4 mg, 0.28 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (0.5 ml) was added propargyl-PEG4-NHS ester (121.3 mg, 0.34 mmol) and DIPEA (65 mg, 0.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. It was then directly purified by HPLC (0 to 70% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 192 mg, 95.7%. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 604.0. Step e.

The step-d product (192 mg, 0.268 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (1 ml) and water (0.5 ml). 6N HCl aqueous solution (0.5 ml) was added, and the reaction mixture was heated at 60⁰C for 10 minutes. It was then concentrated by rotary evaporation, and excess HCl was further removed by azeotrope/evaporation with acetonitrile. The residue was further dried under high vacuum. Yield 140 mg, quantitative yield. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 464.0. Step f.

A mixture of the triazole acid described herein (51.2 mg, 0.1 mmol) and the step-e product (53.8 mg, 0.1 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMF (1 ml) and Et₃N (606 mg, 6 mmol) by gently heated with a heat gun. After cooling to room temperature, the resulting solution was mixed with HATU (45.6 mg, 0.12 mmol) and stirred for 1 hour. Additional HATU (19 mg, 0.05 mmol) was added, followed by the step-e product (24 mg, 0.05 mmol) in DMF (0.5 ml). The reaction was continued for 1 more hour, then directly purified by HPLC: 5 to 50% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier. Yield 36.3 mg, 30.6%. Ions found by LCMS: [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 956.6, [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 479.0. Step g.

A solution of the step-f product (36.3 mg, 0.0306 mmol) in DMF (1 ml) was treated with 20 µl of TFA and cooled in an ice-water bath. It was then mixed with azido-PEG4-trifluorophenyl ester (17.9 mg, 0.424 mmol) and a premixed solution of THPTA (3.5 mg, 0.008 mmol) and sodium ascorbate (29 mg, 0.146 mmol) in water (0.5 ml), followed by Cu₂SO₄ (1.6 mg, 0.01 mmol). The ice-water bath was removed, and the resulting mixture was stirred for 40 minutes. It was then directly purified HPLC (5 to 80% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 42 mg, 85.4%. Ions found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 1377.4, [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 689.4. Example 57. Synthesis of Int-126

To a solution of t-butyl piperazine-1-carboxylate (931.5 mg, 5 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (5 ml) was added DIPEA (1.29 g, 10 mmol) and propargyl-PEG4-mesyl ester (1.71 g, 5.5 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at 70 ⁰C for 20 hours. It was then directly purified by RPLC (150 g, 0 to 40% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 2.55 g, 98.9%. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 401.4. Step b.

To a solution of the step-a product (2.55 g, 4.95 mmol) in acetonitrile (5 ml) was added water (5 ml) and 6N HCl aqueous solution (4 ml). The reaction mixture was heated at 60⁰C for 2 hours, then concentrated by rotary evaporation. Excess HCl was further removed by azeotrope/evaporation with acetonitrile. The residue was further dried under high vacuum. Yield 1.88 g, quantitative yield. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 301.0 Step c.

To a solution of the step-b product (790 mg, 2.11 mmol) in anhydrous dioxane (5 ml) was added K₂CO₃ (1.17 g, 8.5 mmol) and 3-(boc-amino)propyl bromide (754.8 mg, 3.17 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at 70 ⁰C overnight. It was then purified by RPLC ( 100 g, 5 to 70% acetonitrile and water). Yield 505 mg, 52.1%. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 458.0. Step d.

To a solution of the step-c product (505 mg, 1.1 mmol) in acetonitrile (2 ml) was added water (2 ml) and 6N HCl aqueous solution (1 ml). The reaction mixture was heated at 70⁰C for 3 hours, then concentrated by rotary evaporation. Excess HCl was further removed by azeotrope/evaporation with acetonitrile. The residue was further dried under high vacuum. Yield 516 mg, quantitative yield. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 358.0. Step e.

To a solution of the step-d product (384.8 mg, 0.82 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (2 ml) was added K₂CO₃ (566.6 mg, 4.1 mmol) and 4-(boc-aminomethyl)-6-chloropyrimidine (220 mg, 0.9 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at 70⁰C for 20 hours. It was then purified by HPLC (5 to 40% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 390.6 mg, 52.4%. Ions found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 565.0, [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 283.0. Step f.

To a solution of the step-e product (309.6 mg, 0.43 mmol) in acetonitrile (2 ml) was added water (2 ml) and 6N HCl aqueous solution (1 ml). The reaction mixture was heated at 70⁰C for 45 minutes, then concentrated by rotary evaporation. Excess HCl was further removed by azeotrope/evaporation with acetonitrile. The residue was further dried under high vacuum. Yield 247.6 mg, quantitative yield. Ions found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 465.4, [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 233.0. Step g.

A mixture of triazole acid (51.2 mg, 0.1 mmol) and the step-f product (61.4 mg, 0.1 mmol) were dissolved in anhydrous DMF (1 ml) and Et3N (606 mg, 6 mmol) and gently heated with a heat gun. After cooling to room temperature, the resulting solution was treated with HATU (57 mg, 0.15 mmol), stirred for 1 hour, then treated with the step-f product (61.4 mg, 0.1 mmol). The reaction was continued for 2 more hours, then directly purified by semi-preparative HPLC: 5 to 50% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier. Yield 52.1 mg, 36.8%. Ions found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 957.8, [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 497.4. Step h.

A solution of the step-g product (35.4 mg, 0.025 mmol) in DMF (1 ml) was treated with 40 µl of TFA, and cooled in an ice-water bath. It was then mixed with azido-PEG4-trifluorophenyl ester (12.7 mg, 0.3 mmol) and a premixed solution of THPTA (3.5 mg, 0.008 mmol) and sodium ascorbate (29 mg, 0.146 mmol) in water (0.5 ml), followed by Cu₂SO₄ (1.6 mg, 0.01 mmol). The ice-water bath was removed, and the resulting mixture was stirred for 40 minutes. It was then directly purified HPLC (5 to 70% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 40.2 mg, 87.6%. Ions found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 1378.6, [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 689.8, [(M + 3H)/3]⁺ = 460.4. Example 58. Synthesis o Int-129

Step a.

A mixture of piperazine bromide (2.4g, 7.02 mmol, prepared as described in ACS Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 9(5), 446-451; 2018), amine-acetonide (1.02g, 7.74 mmol), and potassium carbonate (1.94g, 14.07 mmol) in dioxane (10 mL), were heated at 75C for 24 hrs. Reaction progress was monitored by LCMS. The crude mixture was filtered, and concentrated to an oil, which was purified by flash chromatography (0% to 10% MeOH/DCM). Yield: 1.59g, 58%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 392.2 Step b.

A mixture of product from the previous step (1.59g, 2.57 mmol), alkyl bromide (1.62g, 6.42 mmol), potassium iodide (0.43 g, 2.57 mmol), and potassium carbonate (3.55g, 25.67 mmol) dissolved in dioxane (7.5 mL) and DMF (2.5 mL) were heated at 65C for 18h. Reaction progress was monitored by LCMS. The crude reaction was filtered, concentrated and purified by RPLC (5% ACN to 100% ACM/water). Yield 1.15g, 80%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 563.4 Step c.

A mixture of product from the previous step (1.15g, 2.04 mmol), and 5% Pd/C (0.5g), were dissolved in MeOH (10mL), then vacuum flushed with hydrogen from a balloon. Reaction was complete after 2h as monitored by LCMS. The crude mixture was filtered through a pad of celite, concentrated, and used in the next step without addition purification. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 429.4 Step d.

A mixture of product from the previous step (0.88 g, 2.04 mmol), propargyl-Peg4-mesylate (0.76 g, 2.45 mmol), and potassium carbonate (0.846 g, 6.12 mmol), dissolved in acetonitrile (8 mL), were heated at 65C for 12h. The mixture was filtered, concentrated, and purified by RPLC (5% ACN to 100% ACM/water). Yield 0.65 g, 50%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 643.4 Step e.

Product from the previous step (0.100g, 0.156 mmol) was stirred in acetonitrile (1.5 mL), water (0.75 mL), and concentrated HCL aq (0.75 mL) for 1h, then concentrated to an oil and used in the next step without further purification. Yield of HCL salt 0.112 g. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 503.4 Step f.

A solution of product from the previous step (0.078g, 0.156 mmol), and triazole-carboxylic acid (0.050g, 0.098 mmol, described herein) dissolved in DMF (2 mL), was treated with DIEA (0.341 mL, 1.96 mmol), HOBT (0.026 g, 0.196), and HATU (0.074 g, 0.196 mmol). LCMS after 30min shows complete consumption of the triazole-carboxylic acid. The reaction was concentrated and purified by semi- preparative HPLC (5% to 100% ACN/water with 0.1% TFA). Yield 0.055g, 42%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 996.4 Step g.

A solution of product from the previous step (0.068g, 0.051 mmol), and azido-Peg4- trifluorophenol ester (0.028g, 0.066 mmol) dissolved in DMF (1 mL), was treated with a solution of copper(II) sulfate (0.0020 g, 0.0127 mmol), sodium ascorbate (0.0101 g, 0.0508 mmol), and THPTA (0.00883g, 0.0203 mmol) dissolved in water (0.5 mL), and stirred room temperature for 30 min. Reaction progress was monitored by LCMS. The product was purified by RPLC (10% to 100% MeOH/water). Yield 0.027g, 30%. LCMS: [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 709.4. Example 59. Synthesis of Int-132

A mixture of t-butyl(5-formyl-2,2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxan-5-yl) carbamate (0.5 g, 1.9 mmol) and Cbz- piperazine (0.51 g, 2.3 mmoL) in methanol (20 mL) was stirred at ambient temperature for 1 hour. Sodium cyanoborohydride (0.31 g, 4.8 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred for 12 hours then concentrated to a volume of approx.5 mL. The mixture was purified by reversed phase HPLC (0-70% ACN in DI water, 0.1% TFA modifier, 30 minute gradient) The pure fractions were concentrated to afford the intermediate as a clear oil. Ion found by LCMS [M+H]⁺ = 464.2. The intermediate was stirred in methanol (15 mL) in the presence of 5% Pd/C (30 mg) under 1 atmosphere of hydrogen for 45 minutes. The mixture was filtered, concentrated and taken up in acetonitrile (15 mL). Fmoc-OSu (0.67 g, 2 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour, diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted into ethyl acetate (3x, 30 mL. The combined organic extracts were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude material was purified by reversed phase HPLC (0-90% ACN in DI water, 0.1% TFA modifier, 30 minute gradient) and the pure fractions were concentrated to afford the title compound as a white solid. Yield 250 mg, 23%, 3 steps. Ion found by LC/MS [M+Na]⁺ = 575.4. Step b.

The intermediate from step a. of this example (250 mg, 0.45 mmol) was stirred in 4N HCl in dioxane (5mL) for 40 minutes. The mixture was concentrated and dried under high vacuum. Ion found by LC/MS [M+H]⁺ = 412.2. The amine-HCl salt and CBZ-amino-propanal (112 mg, 0.54 mmol) were dissolved in methanol (10 mL), stirred for 30 minutes. Sodium cyanoborohydride (75mg, 1.1 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 12 hours at ambient temperature. The mixture was concentrated and purified by reversed phase HPLC (0-80% ACN in DI water, 0.1% TFA modifier, 30 minute gradient). The pure fractions were concentrated to afford the CBZ protected amine intermediate. Ion found by LC/MS [M+H]⁺ = 603.2. The intermediate was stirred in methanol in the presence of 5% Pd/C (25 mg) for 2 hours. The mixture was filtered and concentrated to afford the free amine which was carried forward without further purification. Yield 111 mg, 57%, 3 steps. Ion found by LC/MS [M+H]⁺ = 469.2. Step c.

HATU (72 mg, 0.19 mmol) was added to a stirring mixture of the intermediate from step b. of this example (75 mg, 0.16 mmol), and the triazole carboxylic acid, (described in example 5 of Int- 2, 81 mg, 0.16 mmol), and DIPEA (0.11 uL, 0.64 mmol) in DMF (2 mL). The reaction was stirred for 45 minutes and purified directly by reversed phase HPLC (0-95% ACN in DI water, 0.1% TFA modifier, 30 minute gradient). The pure fractions were pooled and concentrated to afford the intermediate as a clear oil. Yield 53 mg, 35%. Ion found by LC/MS [M+H]⁺ = 962.4. Step d.

DBU (73 uL, 0.52 mmol) was added to a stirring mixture of the intermediate described in step c. of this example (100 mg, 0.10 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) and the mixture was stirred for 20 minutes. Propargyl-peg4-carboxylic acid (41 mg, 0.16 mmol) was added followed by HATU (47 mg 0.12 mmol) and the reaction was stirred for 45 minutes. The mixture was purified by reversed phase HPLC (0-95% ACN in DI water, 0.1% TFA modifier, 30 minute gradient). The pure fractions were pooled and concentrated to afford the intermediate as a clear oil. Yield 40 mg, 39 %. Ion found by LC/MS [M+H]⁺ = 982.2.

Copper sulfate (0.6 mg, 0.004 mmol), sodium ascorbate (24 mg, 0.12mmol), and BTTA (3.5 mg, 0.008 mmol), pre-mixed in DI water (0.5 mL), were added to a mixture of the alkyne intermediate, (described in step d. of this example, 40 mg, 0.40 mmol) and azido-peg4-trifluorophenol-ester (17 mg, 0.40 mmol), in a mixture of DMF/H₂O (3:1, 1 mL) , and cooled to 0°C with an ice-water bath. The ice bath was removed and the reaction was stirred for 25 minutes.1 drop of glacial acetic acid was added and the mixture was purified by reversed phase HPLC (0-80% ACN in DI water, 0.1% TFA modifier, 30 minute gradient). The pure fractions were pooled and lyophilized to afford the title compound as a white solid. Yield 29 mg, 50%. Ion found by LC/MS [(M/2)+H]⁺ =702.4.

A mixture of bromide (2.72g, 11.4 mmol), amine-acetonide (1.00g, 7.62 mmol), and potassium carbonate (3.16 g, 22.9 mmol) in dioxane (3 mL), were heated at 75C for 18 hrs. Reaction progress was monitored by LCMS. The crude mixture was filtered, and concentrated to an oil, which was purified by flash chromatography (0% to 10% MeOH/DCM). Yield: 0.823 g, 37.4%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 289.2 Step b.

A mixture of product from the previous step (0.823 g, 2.85 mmol), alkyl chloride (0.871 g, 5.71 mmol), potassium iodide (0.474 g, 2.85 mmol), and potassium carbonate (1.18 g, 8.56 mmol) dissolved in DMF (10 mL) was stirred at 75C for 48h. Reaction progress was monitored by LCMS. The crude mixture was filtered, concentrated, and purified by RPLC (5% to 100% ACN/water). Yield 1.05g, 71%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 405.4 Step c.

A solution of product from the previous step (1.05g 2.60 mmol), was dissolved in (1:1) MeOH/water (20 ml), then treated with concentrated HCL (0.5 mL) and stirred at RT for 2h. The crude product was concentrated, stored under high vacuum and used in the next step without purification. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 319.2 Step d.

A solution of product from the previous step (0.715g, 2.25 mmol), and Cbz-piperazine (0.495 g, 2.25 mmol), acetic acid (0.5 mL) dissolved in DCM (7 mL) was treated with sodium triacetoxy borohydride (0.714 g, 3.37 mmol) at RT for 12hr. The reaction was filtered, concentrated, and purified by RPLC (5% to 100% ACN/water with 0.1% TFA). Yield 0.116g, 10%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 523.4 Step e.

Product from the previous step (0.116 g, 0.220 mmol), and 20% Pd(OH)₂ (0.100 g) was dissolved in MeOH (2 mL), then vacuum flushed with hydrogen from a balloon. Reaction was complete by LCMS after 20 min. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 389.3 Step f.

Product from the previous step (0.085 g, 0.219 mmol), propargyl-Peg4-mesylate (0.081g, 0.263 mmol), and potassium carbonate (0.091g, 0.656 mmol), dissolved in acetonitrile (2mL) were heated at 65C for 12h. The reaction was filtered, concentrated, and purified by RPLC (5% to 100% ACN/water). Yield 0.106g, 51%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 603.4 Step g.

Product from the previous step (0.106 g, 0.112 mmol), was dissolved in 4M HCl/dioxane (2ml) and stirred for 15 min. The crude product was concentrated and stored under high vacuum for 12h. The crude product was used in the next step without purification. Step h.

A solution of product from the previous step (0.095g, 0.147 mmol), and triazole-carboxylic acid (0.050g, 0.098 mmol, described herein) dissolved in DMF (2 mL), was treated with DIEA (0.170 mL, 0.98 mmol), HOBT (0.026 g, 0.196), and HATU (0.074 g, 0.196 mmol). LCMS after 30min shows complete consumption of the triazole-carboxylic acid. The reaction was concentrated and purified by semi- preparative HPLC (5% to 100% ACN/water with 0.1% TFA). Yield 0.060g, 46%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 996.4 Step i.

A solution of product from the previous step (0.060g, 0.045 mmol), and azido-Peg4- trifluorophenol ester (0.025g, 0.058 mmol) dissolved in DMF (1 mL), was treated with a solution of copper(II) sulfate (0.0018 g, 0.0112 mmol), sodium ascorbate (0.0089 g, 0.0448 mmol), and THPTA (0.00779g, 0.0179 mmol) dissolved in water (0.5 mL), and stirred room temperature for 30 min. Reaction progress was monitored by LCMS. The product was purified by RPLC (10% to 100% ACN/water with 0.1% TFA). Yield 0.054g, 68%. LCMS: [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 709.4 Example 61. Synthesis of Int-134

Step a.

To a solution of benzyl 1-piperazinecarboxylate (4.4 g, 20 mmol) in anhydrous THF (20 ml) was added K₂CO₃ (4.15 g, 30 mmol) and 1,3-dibromopropane (20.2 g, 100 mmol). The mixture was heated at 70℃ overnight, then cooled to room temperature. The salt was filtered off, and the filtrate was concentrated by rotary evaporation and purified by silica gel chromatography (80 g, 20 to 100% EtOAc and hexane). Yield 4.48 g, 65.5%. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 341.0. Step b.

To a solution of the step-a product (944.7 mg, 2.77 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (3 ml) was added K₂CO₃ (459 mg, 3.32 mmol) and ethanolamine (338.5 mg, 5.54 mmol). The mixture was heated at 70℃ for 3 hours, then cooled to room temperature. The salt was filtered off, and the filtrate was concentrated by rotary evaporation and purified by RPLC (100 g, 0 to 70% acetonitrile and water). Yield 708 mg, 79.2%. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 322.0. Step c.

To a solution of the step-b product (708 mg, 2.19 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (2.5 ml) was added DIPEA (568.7 mg, 4.4 mmol), 3-(Boc)-aminopropyl bromide (785.7 mg, 3.3 mmol) and NaI (105 mg, 0.7 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 50℃ for 1 day, then purified by RPLC (100 g, 5 to 80% acetonitrile and water). Yield 793 mg, 75.7%. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 479.0. Step d.

To a solution of the step-c product (793 mg, 1.66 mmol) in MeOH (15 ml) was added acetic acid (99.4 mg, 1.66 mmol)) and Pd(OH)₂ (20% on carbon, 350 mg). The resulting mixture was stirred under hydrogen atmosphere for 3 hours. Pd(OH)₂/C was filtered off, and the filtrate was concentrated by rotary evaporation. The crude product was further dried under high vacuum and carried to the subsequent without purification. Yield 618 mg, 92%. Ion found by LCMS [M + H]⁺ = 345.0, [M - Boc + H]⁺ = 245.0. Step e.

To a solution of the step-d (618 mg, 1.53 mmol) in anhydrous THF (3 ml) and DMF (1 ml) was added K₂CO₃ (624.3 mg 4.59 mmol), propargyl-PEG4-mesyl ester (552.5 mg, 1.78 mmol) and NaI (45 mg, 0.3 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at 70℃ overnight. The salt was filtered off, and the filtrate was concentrated and purified by HPLC (0 to 70% acetonitrile and water). Yield 262.4 mg, 31.7%. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 559.2. Step f.

The step-e product (262.4 mg, 0.47 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile/water (1:1, 4 ml) and mixed with 6N HCl aqueous solution (0.4 ml, 2.4 mmol). The reaction was heated at 50℃ for 6 hours, then cooled to room temperature. After the pH was adjusted to about 8 with 1M KOH (2.4 ml), the solution was concentrated by rotary evaporation. The residue was re-dissolved in MeOH/DCM (~1:1), and KCl was filtered off. The filtrate was concentrated by rotary evaporation and further dried under high vacuum. Yield 216 mg, quantitative yield. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 459, [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 230.0. Step g.

A mixture of triazole acid (51.2 mg, 0.1 mmol, described herein) and the step-f product (86.1 mg, 0.189 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMF (2 ml) and Et3N (606 mg, 6 mmol) by gently heated with a heat gun. After cooling to room temperature, the resulting solution was mixed with HATU (57 mg, 0.15 mmol) and stirred for 1 hour. Addition HATU (19 mg, 0.05 mmol) was added, followed by the step-g product (24 mg, 0.05 mmol) in DMF (0.5 ml). The reaction was continued for 1 more hour, then directly purified by HPLC: 5 to 50% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier. Yield 40 mg, 28.4%. Ions found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 951.8, [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 476.5, [(M + 3H)/3]⁺ = 318.2. Step h.

A solution of the step-g product (20 mg, 0.0142 mmol) in DMF:MeOH (1:1, 1 ml) was mixed with TFA (20 µl) and cooled in an ice-water bath. It was then mixed with azido-PEG4-trifluorophenyl ester (7.2 mg, 0.017 mmol) and a premixed solution of THPTA (3.5 mg, 0.008 mmol) and sodium ascorbate (29 mg, 0.146 mmol) in water (0.5 ml), followed by Cu₂SO₄ (1.6 mg, 0.01 mmol). The ice-water bath was removed, and the resulting mixture was stirred for 40 minutes. It was then directly purified HPLC (5 to 70% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 16.3 mg, 62.7%. Ions found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 1373.5, [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 687.4, [(M + 3H)/3]⁺ = 458.8. Example 62. Synthesis of Int-139

To a cooled solution of malonate derivative (700 mg, 2.4 mmol, prepared as described in Angewandte Chemie, International Edition (2018), 57(22), 6527-6531) in DMF (5 ml) was added sodium hydride (100 mg, 2.6 mmol), followed by benzyl 4-(3-bromopropyl)piperazine-1-carboxylate (1 g, 2.93 mmol, prepared as described in ACS Medicinal Chemistry Letters (2018), 9(5), 446-451). The resulting suspension was stirred for 2.5 h at 0°C and then partitioned between water and dichloromethane. The organic phase was separated, washed with water and sat. aq. NaHCO₃ and then dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄ and concentrate. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (hexane/EtOAc 40%) to afford product. Yield 900 mg, 67 %. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 550.3. Step b. A mixture of step-a product (500 mg, 0.71 mmol) and 20% Pd(OH)₂ (100 mg, 0.143 mmol) were stirred in MeOH (10 ml), then vacuum flushed with hydrogen from a balloon. Reaction was complete after 2h as monitored by LCMS. The crude mixture was filtered through a pad of celite, concentrated, and used in the next step without addition purification. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 416.2. Step c.

A mixture of step-b product (410 mg, 0.61 mmol), propargyl-Peg4-mesylate (210 mg, 0.674 mmol), and potassium carbonate (254 mg, 1.839 mmol) in acetonitrile (2 mL) were heated at 65^oC for 12h. The mixture was filtered, concentrated, and purified by RPLC (5% to 95% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 305 mg, 78%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 630.3. Step d.

To a cool solution of step-c product (100 mg, 0.15 mmol) in THF (1.5 ml) was added LiBH4 (14.5 mg, 0.63 mmol), and the solution was stirred at 0^oC -r.t for 6 hrs. The reaction solution was quenched with dis water, concentrated and purified by RPLC (5% to 95% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 42 mg, 46 %. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 574.4. Step e.

The step-d product (42 mg, 0.052 mmol) was dissolved in HCl (4N in dioxane). The reaction was stirred for 1h, and then concentrated and used in the next step without further purification. Yield of HCL salt 35 mg. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 474.3. Step f.

To a solution of step-e product (35 mg, 0.052 mmol) in DMF (0.5 ml) was added triazole- carboxylic acid (32.1 mg, 0.062 mmol), DIPEA (0.089 mL, 0.51 mmol), HOBT (14.1 mg, 0.10 mmol), and HATU (39.8 mg, 0.10 mmol). LCMS after 30min shows complete consumption of the triazole-carboxylic acid. The reaction was concentrated and purified by semi-preparative HPLC (5% to 100% ACN/water). Yield 12 mg, 23.6%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ =967.5. Step g.

A solution of step-f product (12 mg, 0.011 mmol), and azido-Peg4-trifluorophenol ester (6 mg, 0.014 mmol) in DMF (0.6 mL), was treated with a solution of copper (II) sulfate (0.4 mg, 0.00277 mmol), sodium ascorbate (2.19 mg, 0.011 mmol), and THPTA (2.41 mg, 0.0055 mmol) in water (0.3 mL), and stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Reaction progress was monitored by LCMS. The product was purified by semi-preparative HPLC (5% to 100% ACN/water). Yield 8 mg, 51.9%. LCMS: [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 695.6. Example 63. Synthesis of Int-140

Step a.

Propargyl bromide (0.675 g of 80% solution in toluene) was added dropwise over 10 minutes to a 0C solution of Cbz-piperazine (1.00 g, 4.54 mmol), and potassium carbonate (1.25 g, 9.08 mmol) stirring in acetonitrile (60 mL). The reaction was kept at 0C for 2hr, then filtered, concentrated, and used in the next step without further purification. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 259.2 Step b.

A solution of product from the previous step (0.200g, 0.774 mmol), and aryl bromide (0.389g, 0.774 mmol), dissolved in DMF (2 mL) and diisopropyl amine (3 mL), was vacuum flushed with nitrogen gas, then charged with Pd(PPh₃)₂Cl₂ (0.0217g, 0.0310 mmol) and copper iodide (0.0118 g, 0.0620 mmol) and heated in a 100C oil bath for 10 minutes. . The reaction concentrated and purified by RPLC (10% to 100% ACN/water no TFA modifier). Yield 0.197g, 55%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 466.2 Step c.

Product from the previous step (0.197 g, 0.430 mmol), 20% Pd(OH)₂/C (0.200 g) and methanol (4mL) was vacuum flushed with hydrogen from a balloon and stirred for 1hr under a hydrogen atmosphere. Reaction progress was monitored by LCMS. The reaction was filtered through a pad of celite, concentrated, and used in the next step without further purification. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 336.2 Step d.

A mixture of product from the previous step (0.121g, 0.361 mmol), propargyl-Peg4-mesylate (0.134 g, 0.433 mmol), and potassium carbonate (0.150g, 1.08 mmol) dissolved in acetonitrile, was stirred for 12h in a 65C oil bath. Reaction progress was monitored by LCMS. The reaction was filtered, concentrated, and purified by RPLC (5% to 100% ACN/water with 0.1% TFA). Yield 0.121 g, 50.5 %. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 550.4 Step e.

Product from the previous step (0.121g, 0.182 mmol) was dissolved in 4M HCl in dioxane (3mL), stirred for 30 minutes, then concentrated and used in the next step without further purification. Crude yield 0.100 g, 92.1%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 450.4 Step f.

A solution of product from the previous step (0.100g, 0.168 mmol), and triazole-carboxylic acid (0.050g, 0.098 mmol, described here) dissolved in DMF (2 mL), was treated with DIEA (0.206 mL, 1.19 mmol), HOBT (0.026 g, 0.196), and HATU (0.056 g, 0.148 mmol). LCMS after 30min shows complete consumption of the triazole-carboxylic acid. The reaction was concentrated and purified by RPLC (5% to 100% ACN/water with 0.1% TFA). Yield 0.043g, 37%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 943.4 Step

A solution of product from the previous step (0.043g, 0.046 mmol), and azido-Peg4- trifluorophenol ester (0.025g, 0.058 mmol) dissolved in DMF (1 mL), was treated with a solution of copper(II) sulfate (0.0018 g, 0.0112 mmol), sodium ascorbate (0.0090 g, 0.0456 mmol), and THPTA (0.00792g, 0.0182 mmol) dissolved in water (0.5 mL), and stirred room temperature for 30 min. Reaction progress was monitored by LCMS. The product was purified by RPLC (10% to 100% ACN/water with 0.1% TFA). Yield 0.044g, 61%. LCMS: [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 683.0 Example 64. Synthesis of Int-141

To a cool solution of dimethyl malonate (3.58 g, 27.1 mmol) in THF (60 ml) was added NaH (1.1 g, 60% NaH in mineral oil, 29.8 mmol) in portions. The resulting suspension was stirred for 30 mins, concentrated and dried in vacuum. The residue was re-dissolved in methanol and tert-butyl (4- bromopropyl) carbamate (3.42 g, 13.5 mmol) was added. The reaction was refluxed for 3 h. Upon completion (monitored by TLC), the solvent was concentrated and added 50 mL of saturated aqueous NH4Cl. The aqueous phase was then extracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3 X 50 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over Na₂SO₄ anhydrous, filtered and concentrated and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (gradient, 0 → 40% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford product. Yield 1.2 g, 30 %. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 304.1. Step b.

To a cold solution of step-a product (422 mg, 1.39 mmol) in DMF (5 ml) was added sodium hydride (58 mg, 1.46 mmol), followed N-(Bromomethyl)phthalimide (382 mg, 1.53 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred for 2.5 h at 0°C and then partitioned between water and dichloromethane. The organic phase was separated, washed with water and sat. aq. NaHCO₃ and then dried over anhydrous NaSO4 and concentrate. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (hexane/EtOAc=40%) to afford product. Yield 491 mg, 76 %. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 463.2. Step c.

To a solution of step-b product (491 mg, 1.06 mmol) in methanol (5 ml) was added hydrazine hydride (0.3 ml, 5.3 mmol). The solution was stirred under reflux for 4 hrs, cooled, filtered and concentrated and the residue was purified by RPLC (5% to 95% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 352 mg, 95.7 %. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 333.1. Step d.

To a solution of step-c product (169 mg, 0.34 mmol) in DMF (4 ml) was added propargyl-PEG4- NHS (121 mg, 0.34 mmol) and Et3N (0.14 ml, 1.02 mmol). The solution was stirred at r.t overnight, concentrated and the residue was purified by RPLC (5% to 95% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 87 mg, 44 %. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 575.3. Step e.

To a cool solution of step-d product (87 mg, 0.15 mmol) in THF (1.5 ml) was added LiBH4 (14 mg, 0.6 mmol), and the solution was stirred at 0^oC -r.t for 6 hrs. The reaction solution was quenched with dis water, concentrated and purified by RPLC (5% to 95% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 31 mg, 39 %. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 519.3. Step f.

Step-e product (31 mg, 0.06 mmol) was dissolved in a cool solution of HCl (1.5 ml, 4N in dioxane) and reaction was stirred for 2 hr. The solution was concentrated to an oil and used as an intermediate without purification. Yield of HCl salt 25 mg. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 419.2. Step g.

To a solution of product-f (25 mg, 0.06 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added triazole-carboxylic acid (36.8 mg, 0.072 mmol), DIPEA (0.062 mL, 0.36 mmol), HOBT (16.2 mg, 0.12 mmol), and HATU (45.6 mg, 0.36 mmol). LCMS after 30min shows complete consumption of the triazole-carboxylic acid. The reaction was concentrated and purified by semi-preparative HPLC (5% to 95% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 37 mg, 67%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 912.4. Step h.

A mixture of product-g (20 mg, 0.022 mmol), and azido-Peg4-trifluorophenol ester (12 mg, 0.028 mmol) in DMF (0.6 mL) was treated with a solution of copper(II) sulfate (0.87 mg, 0.0054 mmol), sodium ascorbate (4.34 mg, 0.021 mmol), and THPTA (4.76 mg, 10.9 mmol) in water (0.3 mL), and stirred room temperature for 30 min. Reaction progress was monitored by LCMS. The product was purified by semi- preparative HPLC (5% to 100% ACN/water). Yield 18 mg, 62%. LCMS: [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 667.5. Example 65. Synthesis of Conjugate 54 To a solution of Fc carrier (7.5 ml, 150 mg, 0.002578 mmol, SEQ ID NO: 76) in sodium acetate buffer (pH 5.0, 20 mM) was added DMF (2 ml) and Int-106 (38 mg, 0.0258 mmol) in DMF (1 ml + 3 x 0.2 ml to wash the glassware). After the resulting mixture was gently mixed for 5 minutes, its pH was adjusted to about 8.5 with borate buffer (0.8 mL, pH 8.5, 1M). The reaction was rotated overnight and then purified by dialysis. Maldi TOF analysis of the purified final product gave an average mass of 63,678 Da (DAR = 4.9). Yield: 72 mg, 48%. Example 66. Synthesis of Conjugate 55 To a solution of Fc carrier (5.45 ml, 109 mg, 0.001874 mmol, SEQ ID NO: 76) in sodium acetate buffer (pH5.0, 20 mM) was added DMF (1.4 ml) and Int-108 (22.3 mg, 0.015 mmol) in DMF (1 ml + 3 x 0.2 ml to wash the glassware). After the resulting mixture was gently mixed for 5 minutes, its pH was adjusted to about 8.5 with borate buffer solution (0.6 ml, 1M, pH 8.5). The reaction was rotated overnight, then purified by dialysis. Maldi TOF analysis of the purified final product gave an average mass of 63,048 Da (DAR = 4.3). Yield: 66 mg, 60%. Example 67. Synthesis of Conjugate 57 The title compound was prepared analogously to synthesis of Conjugate 55 where Int-108 was replaced with Int-112. Maldi TOF analysis of the purified final product gave an average mass of 63445 Da (DAR = 4.5). Yield: 88 mg, 58%. Example 68. Synthesis of Conjugate 60 To a solution of Fc carrier (6.0 ml, 120 mg, 0.00206 mmol, SEQ ID NO: 76) in sodium acetate buffer (20mM, pH 5.0) was added DMF (1 ml) and Int-121 (24.2 mg, 0.0128 mmol) in DMF (1 ml + 3 x 0.2 ml to wash the glassware). After the resulting mixture was gently mixed for 10 minutes, its pH was adjusted to ~ 8.5 with borate buffer (1M, pH 8.5) solution in three portions (0.25 ml x 2 + 0.1 ml). The reaction was rotated overnight, then purified by dialysis. Maldi TOF analysis of the purified final product gave an average mass of 61,328 Da (DAR = 2.4). Yield: 105 mg, 88%. Example 69. Synthesis of Conjugate 61 To a solution of Fc carrier (SEQ ID NO: 76)( 5.57 ml, 111 mg, 0.00153 mmol) in sodium acetate buffer (pH 5.0, 20 mM) was added DMF (1 ml) and Int-122 (24.2 mg, 0.0153 mmol) in DMF (1 ml + 3 x 0.2 ml to wash the glassware). After the resulting mixture was rocked for 10 minutes, its pH was adjusted to about 8.5 with borate buffer(pH 8.5, 1 M) solution in three portions (0.25 ml x 2 + 0.1 ml). The reaction was gently rotated overnight and then purified by dialysis. Maldi TOF analysis of the purified final product gave an average mass of 63,068 Da (DAR = 3.9). Yield: 89 mg, 81%. Example 70. Synthesis of Conjugate 65 To a solution of Fc carrier (5 ml, 100 mg, 0.001719 mmol, SEQ ID NO: 76) in sodium acetate buffer (20mM, pH 5.0), was added DMF (1 ml) and Int-126 (25.2 mg, 0.01373 mmol) in DMF (1 ml + 3 x 0.2 ml to wash the glassware). After the resulting mixture was gently mixed for 10 minutes, its pH was adjusted to about 8.5 with borate buffer solution (1M) in three portions (3 x 0.2 ml). The reaction was gently rotated overnight and then purified by dialysis. Maldi TOF analysis of the purified final product gave an average mass of 60,714 Da (DAR = 1.9). Yield: 66.2 mg, 66.2%. Example 71. Synthesis of Conjugate 71 To a solution of Fc carrier (3.24 ml, 64.7 mg, 0.0089 mmol, SEQ ID NO: 76) in sodium acetate buffer (pH 5.0, 20 mM) was added DMF (0.8 ml) and a solution of Int-134 (16.3 mg, 0.0089 mmol) in DMF (0.6 ml). Addition DMF (0.2 ml x 3) was used to wash the glassware and combined with the reaction mixture. After gently mixing for 5 minutes, borate buffer (pH 8.5, 1 M) solution (0.4 ml) was added to adjust the pH to ~8.5. The reaction was gently rotated overnight and then purified by dialysis. Batch 1: Maldi-TOF analysis of the purified final product gave an average mass of 61,018 Da; DAR = 2.4; and yield = 34.5 mg, 53%. Batch 2: Average mass (Maldi-TOF) = 62,949 Da; DAR 3.9; and yield = 75.2 mg, 84%. Example 72. Synthesis of Conjugates – Trifluorophenyl ester General procedure for conjugation using trifluorophenyl ester: A solution of Fc in PBS buffer (pH = 7.4) and DMF was treated with a solution of trifluorophenyl ester dissolved in DMF. The pH was adjusted to ~8.0 to 9.5 with borate buffer (pH 8.5-9.5). Then the mixture was gently rocked at room temperature. Maldi TOF after 3 hours shows an average DAR of 3 to 5. The crude conjugate was purified by dialysis in arginine buffer (200 mM Arginine, 120 mM NaCl , 1% Sucrose pH 6.0). Yields are typically 30% to 70%. DAR is determined by Maldi TOF of the purified conjugates and is typically 2 to 5. The yields and properties for conjugates synthesized using this general procedure are listed in Table 16a below. Table 16a. Conjugates and properties

Example 73. Synthesis of Conjugates – Click conjugation A preparation of 0.0050M CuSO₄ in PBS buffer solution Click reagent was performed. Briefly, 10.0 mg CuSO4 was dissolved in 12.53 mL PBS, next 6.00 mL of the CuSO4 solution and added 51.7 mg BTTAA (CAS# 1334179-85-9) and 297.2 mg sodium ascorbate to give the Click reagent solution (0.0050M CuSO4, 0.020M BTTAA and 0.25M sodium ascorbate). This Click reagent solution was used for all subsequent conjugations. General procedure for Click conjugation of payload: a solution of azido functionalized Fc was added to a 15 mL centrifuge tube containing alkyne derivatized small molecule (2 equivalents for each DAR). After gently shaking to dissolve all solids, the mixture was treated with the Click reagent solution of (L-ascorbic acid sodium, 0.25 M, 400 equivalents, copper (II) sulfate 0.0050M, 8 equivalents, and BTTAA 0.020M, 32 equivalents). The resulting mixture was gently rotated for 6 hours at ambient temperature. It was purified by affinity chromatography over a protein A column, followed size exclusion chromatography (as described herein). Maldi TOF analysis of the purified final product gave an average mass, average DAR and Yield listed in Table 16b below. Table 16b. Conjugates and properties

Example 74. Activity against HIV-1 IIIB Strain (HIV-1IIIB) in a cytopathic effects assay using CEM-SS Cells Materials. This study determined the activity of conjugates, comparators, and buffers against HIV-1IIIB in a CPE assay with a T-cell lymphoblastic cell line obtained from the AIDS Research and Reference Program (Rockville, MD). Controls consisted of AZT (Sigma-Aldrich), Temsavir (Astatech, PA), conjugate buffer (200 mM Arginine, 120 mM NaCl, 1% Sucrose, pH 6.0), and Temsavir buffer (DMSO/PEG300/Tween-80/PBS). Methods – Evaluation of Inhibition of HIV-1_IIIB and Cellular Toxicity in CEM-SS Cells. Fifty microliters (50 µL) of CEM-SS cells at a density of 2.5 x10³ cells/well in 10% complete RPMI-1640 (10% FBS with 1% L-glutamine and 1% Penicillin/Streptomycin) media were plated in a 96-well round bottom plate. One-hundred microliters (100 µL) of each compound at 6 concentrations were added in triplicate followed by 50 µL of HIV-1IIIB at a pre-determined titer. The cultures were incubated for 6 days at 37°C/5% CO₂. Following the incubation, the cells were stained with XTT for evaluation of compound efficacy and cellular toxicity, as described below. AZT was evaluated in parallel as an assay positive control compound. Data Analysis and Evaluation. Microsoft Excel 2010 in combination with XLfit4 was used to analyze and graph data. EC₂₅, EC₅₀ and EC₉₅ (25%, 50% and 95% inhibition of virus replication), TC₂₅, TC₅₀ and TC₉₅ (25%, 50%, and 95% reduction in cell viability) and a therapeutic index (TI, TC₂₅/EC₂₅, TC₅₀/EC₅₀, TC₉₅/ EC₉₅) were calculated. Results. Six (6) compounds and two buffers which were used for solubilization of the test compounds were evaluated for activity against HIV-1IIIB in CEM-SS cells7. The conjugate buffer and Temsavir buffer were inactive up to the lowest dilution evaluated (1:20,000 and 1:1,000,000, respectively). All of the compounds and buffers were non-toxic up to the highest concentration evaluated. AZT was evaluated in parallel as a positive control compound and was active at the expected concentration.

Example 75. Activity of Conjugate 29a and Conjugate 29b against 5 HIV-1 strains in a cell-based assay with human peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PMBCs) Materials. This study determined the activity of Conjugate 29a and Conjugate 29b against wild type HIV-1 isolates covering 3 different clades and co-receptor specificities obtained from the AIDS Research and Reference Reagent Program (Rockville, MD) (Table 18). Controls consisted of AZT (Sigma-Aldrich), Temsavir (Astatech, PA), and compound buffer (200 mM Arginine, 120 mM NaCl, 1% Sucrose, pH 6.0)

Human PBMCs were isolated from whole blood from three donors. The leukophoresed blood was diluted 1:1 with DPBS and was layered over 15 mL of Ficoll-Hypaque density gradient. These tubes were centrifuged for 30 min at 1800 rpm. Banded PBMCs were gently aspirated from the resulting interface and subsequently washed three times with DPBS by low-speed centrifugation. After the final wash, cells were enumerated by Trypan Blue dye exclusion and re-suspended at 1 x 10⁶ cells/mL in RPMI 1640 with 15% Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS), 2 mmol/L L-glutamine, 2 µg/mL PHA-P, 100 Units/mL penicillin and 100 μg/mL streptomycin were incubated for 72 hours at 37^oC/5% CO₂. Following the incubation, the PBMCs were centrifuged and resuspended in tissue culture medium (RPMI 1640 with 15% FBS, 2 mmol/L L-glutamine, 100 U/mL penicillin, 100 µg/mL streptomycin and 3.6 ng/mL recombinant human IL-2). The cultures were then maintained until use by half culture volume change with fresh IL-2 containing tissue culture medium every 3 to 4 days. Assay conditions. Assays were initiated with PBMCs that had been induced to proliferate with PHA-P for 72 hours. For the PBMC assay, PHA-P stimulated PBMCs from three donors were pooled together to minimize the variability that occurs when cells from individual donors are used, resuspended in fresh tissue culture medium at 1 x 10⁶ cells/mL and plated in the interior wells of a 96-well round bottom microtiter plate at 50 µL/well. One-hundred microliters (100 µL) of each two times the concentration of compound in assay media was added to designated wells of the round-bottom 96-well plate containing the cells, in triplicate. Immediately following addition of the compound to the wells, 50 µL of a pre- determined dilution of virus was added. After 7 days in culture at 5% CO₂/37°C HIV-1 replication was quantified by the measurement of cell-free HIV-1 RT activity in the tissue culture supernatant. Cytotoxicity was evaluated using the tetrazolium dye XTT following well known standard methods. Quantification of reverse transcriptase (RT) activity. Virus production by untreated and treated cells was quantified by measuring reverse transcriptase in cell-free supernatants using a standard radioactive incorporation polymerization assay. Tritiated thymidine triphosphate (TTP) was purchased at 1 Ci/mL and 1 µL was used per enzyme reaction. Poly rA and oligo dT were prepared at concentrations of 0.5 mg/mL and 1.7 Units/mL, respectively, from a stock solution which was kept at -20°C. The RT reaction buffer was prepared fresh and consists of 125 µL of 1 M EGTA, 125 µL of dH₂O, 125 µL of 20% Triton X-100, 50 µL of 1 M Tris (pH 7.4), 50 µL of 1 M DTT, and 40 µL of 1 M MgCl₂. For each reaction, 1 µL of TTP, 4 µL of dH₂O, 2.5 µL of rAdT and 2.5 µL of reaction buffer were mixed. Ten microliters (10 µL) of this reaction mixture was placed in a round bottom microtiter plate with 15 µL of virus containing supernatant. The plate was incubated at 37°C in a humidified incubator for 60 to 90 minutes. Following the incubation, 10 µL of the reaction volume was spotted onto Hybond -N+ paper in the appropriate plate format, washed 5 times for 5 minutes each in a 5% sodium phosphate buffer, 2 times for 1 minute each in distilled water, 2 times for 1 minute each in 70% reagent alcohol, and then air dried. The dried paper was placed in a plastic sleeve and 4 mL of Opti-Fluor O was added to each sleeve. Incorporated radioactivity was quantified utilizing a Wallac 1450 Microbeta Trilux liquid scintillation counter. Data analysis. Microsoft Excel 2010 was used to analyze and graph data. EC₅₀ and EC₉₀ (50% and 90% inhibition of virus replication), TC₅₀ and TC₉₀ (50% and 90% reduction in cell viability) and a therapeutic index (TI, TC₅₀/EC₅₀, TC₉₀/ EC₉₀) were determined. Results. Against HIV-1US/92/727 Conjugate 29a and Conjugate 29b demonstrated significant potency (Table 19). Activity of the comparator molecules AZT and Temsavir were 1.94 and 0.002 nM, respectively. Importantly there was no cytotoxicity with Conjugate 29a and Conjugate 29b against this, or any strain, in the panel (TC₅₀ > 250 nM). Against HIV-1HT/92/599, Conjugate demonstrated single digit potency. Potency against HIV-1HT/92/594 was 0.49 nM for Conjugate 1. Conjugate 1 also displayed potent activity against the Subtype C strain (HIV-1ZA/97/009). Likewise, Conjugate 1 demonstrated significant activity against the A Subtype (HIV-1UG/92/037). Significantly, Conjugate 1 was more potent than the Temsavir comparator against the A Subtype. Conjugate 29a and Conjugate 29b were highly active against 5 clinically relevant HIV-1 strains with EC₅₀ values in the single digit (or better) nM range. The HIV-1 panel tested in this study also included 3 different Subtypes with 3 different co-receptor tropisms indicating broad coverage by Conjugate 29a and Conjugate 29b. Lastly, this assay was conducted with actual human PBMCs isolated from 3 different donors, making the assay, and results, all the more meaningful.

Example 76. Screening of HIV antiviral small molecules and conjugates in an in vitro cell fusion inhibition assay Activity of compounds was determined by using an assay designed to measure the inhibition of cell-cell fusion mediated by gp120 and CD4, a key step in the HIV infection process. Briefly, this assay measures the fusion of two cell lines, HeLa-CD4-LTR-β-Gal (catalog #1470) and HL2/3 cells (catalog #1294), obtained from the NIH AIDS Research Reagent and Reference Program (Rockville, MD). HL2/3 cells were plated at a density of 2 x 10⁴ cells per well in a volume of 50 µL, with 50 µL of nine serial half- logarithmic dilutions of compound in triplicate for 1 h at 37ºC/5% CO₂. Following the incubation, 100 µL of HeLa-CD4-LTR-β-Gal cells were added to the plates. The cultures were incubated for an additional 48 h at 37ºC/5% CO₂. Following incubation, plates were evaluated for β-galactosidase production using a chemiluminescent substrate and buffer (ThermoFisher). Briefly, all media was removed from the efficacy plates and replaced with 100 µL of DPBS. One hundred microliters of Gal-Screen substrate diluted 1:25 in Gal Screen Buffer was added to all wells of the plate. The plate was incubated for 90 min at room temperature. Following the incubation, the contents of the wells were transferred to a clear bottom white plate. The plate was covered and chemiluminescence was detected using an EnSpire multimode plate reader (PerkinElmer). In this assay, compounds were evaluated in parallel with 2 control compounds, including Chicago Sky Blue (CSB) and Temsavir, known to prevent cell fusion mediated by binding of viral gp120 to the host cell receptor (CD4). CSB and Temsavir were active at the expected concentrations with EC50 values of 3.1E+03 and 1.7 nM, respectively (Table 20). Several molecules showed sub-nM or single-digit nM potency. Table 20. Evaluation of inhibition of cell to cell fusion in HeLa-CD4-LTR-β-Gal and HL2/3 cells. All compounds inhibited HIV-induced cell to cell fusion with EC50 values ranging from 1.1E-05 to 3.1E+03 nM.

The conjugates were also evaluated for the ability to inhibit HIV-1-induced cell to cell fusion. The EC₅₀ values defined in the assays are shown below in Table 21. Several conjugates had single-digit nM potency (Table 11) Table 21. Evaluation of inhibition of cell to cell fusion in HeLa-CD4-LTR-β-Gal and HL2/3 cells.

DAR, drug-to-antibody ratio Example 77.7-day mouse PK study comparing IV administration of Conjugate 5b, Conjugate 29a and Fc control (SEQ ID NO: 72) at 5 mg/kg Mouse PK studies were performed using male BALB/c mice 6 weeks of age (n = 2 mice/group). Mice were injected intravenously (IV) via the tail vein with 5 mg/kg of test article (5 mL/kg dose volume). Animals were housed under standard IACUC approved housing conditions. At indicated times (0.25, 1, 2, 4, 24, 48, 120, 144, and 168 h), animals were non-terminally bled (retro-orbital, cheek, or by tail vein) with blood collected in K2EDTA tubes to prevent coagulation. Collected blood was centrifuged (2,000 x g, for 10 min) and plasma withdrawn for analysis of test article concentrations over time. The Fc plasma concentrations at each time point were measured by Fc-capture sandwich ELISA as described above. The 7-day mouse PK profiles of Conjugate 5b, Conjugate 29a, and Fc control (SEQ ID NO: 72) are shown in FIG.25. Following IV administration of compound at 5 mg/kg, the average plasma exposure levels of Conjugate 5b (AUC = 2257) and Conjugate 29a (AUC = 2035) were superior to Fc control (SEQ ID NO: 72) (AUC = 1239) (FIG.25). Example 78. Screening using MT4-CCR₅-Luc cell line and infectious virus Compounds and conjugates were screened in a reporter cell-line based antiviral assay (using an MT4-CCR5-Luc cell line and infectious virus) with a luciferase readout, following a protocol similar to the protocol described in Thomas et al., Journal of Immunological Methods, 480: 112766 (2020). The EC₅₀ values are shown in Table 22, Table 23, and Table 24 (each datapoint is averaged from n = 2 runs). Table 22

Table 23

Table 24

Example 79. Activity of Conjugate 71 against HIV-1 clinical isolates strains in a cell-based assay with human peripheral blood mononuclear cells Materials. This study determined the activity of Conjugate 71 against clinical HIV-1 isolates covering five different clades, three different co-receptor specificities, and contained three multi-drug resistant isolates (MDR) obtained from the AIDS Research and Reference Reagent Program (Rockville, MD) (Table 25). Controls consisted of AZT (Sigma-Aldrich), Temsavir (Astatech, PA), and Nevirapine. Table 25. HIV strains tested

Human PBMCs were isolated from whole blood from three donors. The leukophoresed blood was diluted 1:1 with DPBS and was layered over 15 mL of Ficoll-Hypaque density gradient. These tubes were centrifuged for 30 min at 1800 rpm. Banded PBMCs were gently aspirated from the resulting interface and subsequently washed three times with DPBS by low-speed centrifugation. After the final wash, cells were enumerated by Trypan Blue dye exclusion and re-suspended at 1 x 10⁶ cells/mL in RPMI 1640 with 15% Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS), 2 mmol/L L-glutamine, 2 μg/mL PHA-P, 100 Units/mL penicillin and 100 μg/mL streptomycin were incubated for 72 hours at 37 ^oC/5% CO₂. Following the incubation, the PBMCs were centrifuged and resuspended in tissue culture medium (RPMI 1640 with 15% FBS, 2 mmol/L L-glutamine, 100 U/mL penicillin, 100 μg/mL streptomycin and 3.6 ng/mL recombinant human IL-2). The cultures were then maintained until use by half culture volume change with fresh IL-2 containing tissue culture medium every 3 to 4 days. Assay conditions. Assays were initiated with PBMCs that had been induced to proliferate with PHA-P for 72 hours. For the PBMC assay, PHA-P stimulated PBMCs from three donors were pooled together to minimize the variability that occurs when cells from individual donors are used, resuspended in fresh tissue culture medium at 1 x 10⁶ cells/mL and plated in the interior wells of a 96-well round bottom microtiter plate at 50 µL/well. One-hundred microliters (100 µL) of each two times the concentration of compound in assay media was added to designated wells of the round-bottom 96-well plate containing the cells, in triplicate. Immediately following addition of the compound to the wells, 50 µL of a pre- determined dilution of virus was added. After 7 days in culture at 5% CO₂/37°C HIV-1 replication was quantified by the measurement of cell-free HIV-1 RT activity in the tissue culture supernatant. Cytotoxicity was evaluated using the tetrazolium dye XTT following well known standard methods. Quantification of reverse transcriptase (RT) activity. Virus production by untreated and treated cells was quantified by measuring reverse transcriptase in cell-free supernatants using a standard radioactive incorporation polymerization assay. Tritiated thymidine triphosphate (TTP) was purchased at 1 Ci/mL and 1 µL was used per enzyme reaction. Poly rA and oligo dT were prepared at concentrations of 0.5 mg/mL and 1.7 Units/mL, respectively, from a stock solution which was kept at -20°C. The RT reaction buffer was prepared fresh and consists of 125 µL of 1 M EGTA, 125 µL of dH₂O, 125 µL of 20% Triton X-100, 50 µL of 1 M Tris (pH 7.4), 50 µL of 1 M DTT, and 40 µL of 1 M MgCl₂. For each reaction, 1 µL of TTP, 4 µL of dH₂O, 2.5 µL of rAdT and 2.5 µL of reaction buffer were mixed. Ten microliters (10 µL) of this reaction mixture was placed in a round bottom microtiter plate with 15 µL of virus containing supernatant. The plate was incubated at 37 °C in a humidified incubator for 60 to 90 minutes. Following the incubation, 10 µL of the reaction volume was spotted onto Hybond -N+ paper in the appropriate plate format, washed 5 times for 5 minutes each in a 5% sodium phosphate buffer, 2 times for 1 minute each in distilled water, 2 times for 1 minute each in 70% reagent alcohol, and then air dried. The dried paper was placed in a plastic sleeve and 4 mL of Opti-Fluor O was added to each sleeve. Incorporated radioactivity was quantified utilizing a Wallac 1450 Microbeta Trilux liquid scintillation counter. Data analysis. Microsoft Excel 2010 was used to analyze and graph data. EC₅₀ and EC₉₀ (50% and 90% inhibition of virus replication), TC₅₀ and TC₉₀ (50% and 90% reduction in cell viability) and a therapeutic index (TI, TC₅₀/EC₅₀, TC₉₀/EC₉₀) were determined. Results. Conjugate 71 is a conjugate with single small molecule (SM) targeting moieties (TM), which generated EC₅₀ values ranging from 0.00828 to >100 (Table 26 and Table 27). The comparators, AZT and Temsavir, generated EC₅₀ ranges of 0.011 to >500 and 0.0003 to >100 nM respectively (Table 26 and Table 27). Conclusions. Against a panel of eleven clinical HIV isolates in a relevant assay using hPBMCs, Conjugate 71 demonstrated potency on par or better than two approved therapeutics against HIV. This includes coverage of MDR isolates. Lastly, cytotoxicity was undetectable for Conjugate 71. Table 26. Activity of test articles against various HIV isolates (CPE assay, hPBMC)

Table 27. Activity of test articles against multi-drug resistant HIV isolates (CPE assay, hPBMC)

Example 80. Synthesis of Int-183

A mixture of 1-(3-Bromopropyl)piperazine (1.50 g, 4.4 mmol), amino (1.53 g, 8.8 mmol) and Et₃N (1.83 ml, 13.1 mmol) in acetonitrile (10 mL) were heated at 85^oC for 30 min. The mixture was filtered, concentrated, and purified by RPLC (5% to 95% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 1.20 g, 63 %. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 435.5. Step b.

To a solution of step-a product (500 mg, 0.75 mmol) in DMF (8 ml) was added 4-imidazolecarboxylic acid (85mg, 0.75mmol), HATU (574 mg, 1.5 mmol) and DIPEA (0.79 ml, 4.5 mmol). The reaction solution was stirred at r.t for 2 hours, concentrated and purified by RPLC (5% to 95% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 520 mg, 79%. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 529.6. Step c.

A mixture of step-b product (500 mg, 0.94 mmol) and 20% Pd(OH)₂ (100 mg) were dissolved in MeOH (10 ml), then vacuum flushed with hydrogen from a balloon. Reaction was complete after 2h as monitored by LCMS. The crude mixture was filtered through a pad of celite, concentrated, and used in the next step without addition purification. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 395.5. Step d.

A mixture of step-c product (298 mg, 0.75 mmol), propargyl-Peg4-mesylate (257 mg, 0.83 mmol), and potassium carbonate (310 mg, 2.26 mmol) in acetonitrile (2 mL) were heated at 65^oC for 12 h. The mixture was filtered, concentrated, and purified by RPLC (5% to 95% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 242 mg, 52%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 609.7. Step e.

The step-d product (242 mg, 0.29 mmol) was dissolved in a solution of HCl (2 ml, 4N in dioxane) and reaction was stirred for 2 hrs. The solution was concentrated to an oil and used in the next step without purification. Yield of HCl salt 147 mg. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 509.6. Step f.

To a solution of product-e (147 mg, 0.29 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added triazole-carboxylic acid (98 mg, 0.19 mmol), DIPEA (0.2 mL, 1.15 mmol), HOBT (52 mg, 0.38 mmol), and HATU (146 mg, 0.38 mmol). LCMS after 30min shows complete consumption of the triazole-carboxylic acid. The reaction was concentrated and purified by semi-preparative HPLC (5% to 95% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 110 mg, 68%. LCMS: [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ =502.1. Step

A mixture of product-f (40 mg, 0.032 mmol), and azido-Peg4-trifluorophenol ester (18 mg, 0.042 mmol) in DMF (0.6 mL) was treated with a solution of copper(II) sulfate (1.2 mg, 0.008 mmol), sodium ascorbate (6.4 mg, 0.032 mmol), and THPTA (7 mg, 16.2 mmol) in water (0.6 mL), and stirred room temperature for 30 min. Reaction progress was monitored by LCMS. The product was purified by semi- preparative HPLC (5% to 100% ACN/water). Yield mg, %. LCMS: [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 712.7. Example 81. Synthesis of Int-190

A mixture of starting amine (177 mg, 0.4 mmol), imidazolebromide (125 mg, 0.516 mmol), and potassium carbonate (357 mg, 2.58 mmol) in acetonitrile (2 mL) were heated at 65^oC for 12h. The mixture was filtered, concentrated, and purified by RPLC (5% to 95% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 160 mg, 61%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 515.6. Step b.

A mixture of step-a product (160 mg, 0.71 mmol) and 20% Pd(OH)₂ (32 mg) were dissolved in MeOH (5 ml), then vacuum flushed with hydrogen from a balloon. Reaction was complete after 2h as monitored by LCMS. The crude mixture was filtered through a pad of celite, concentrated, and used in the next step without purification. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 381.5. Step c.

A mixture of step-b product (115 mg, 0.25 mmol), propargyl-Peg4-mesylate (95 mg, 0.3 mmol), and potassium carbonate (213 mg, 1.5 mmol) were dissolved in acetonitrile (2 mL) and heated at 65^oC for 12h. The mixture was filtered, concentrated, and purified by RPLC (5% to 95% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 68 mg, 45%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 595.7. Step d.

The step-c product (68 mg, 0.1 mmol) was dissolved in HCl (2 ml, 4N in dioxane) and stirred for 2 hrs. The solution was concentrated to an oil and used in the next step without purification. Yield of HCl salt 47.4 mg. Ion found by LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 495.6. Step e.

To a solution of product from step-d (47.4 mg, 0.1 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added triazole- carboxylic acid (41 mg, 0.08 mmol), DIPEA (0.083 mL, 0.48 mmol), HOBT (21.6 mg, 0.16 mmol), and HATU (61 mg, 0.16 mmol). LCMS after 30min shows complete consumption of the triazole-carboxylic acid. The reaction was concentrated and purified by semi-preparative HPLC (5% to 95% acetonitrile and water, using 0.1% TFA as modifier). Yield 44 mg, 55%. LCMS: [M + H]⁺ = 989.1. Step f.

A mixture of product from step-e (22 mg, 0.022 mmol), and azido-Peg4-trifluorophenol ester (12 mg, 0.028 mmol) in DMF (0.6 mL) was treated with a solution of copper(II) sulfate (0.9 mg, 0.0055 mmol), sodium ascorbate (4.4 mg, 0.022 mmol), and THPTA (4.8 mg, 0.011 mmol) in water (0.6 mL), and stirred room temperature for 30 min. Reaction progress was monitored by LCMS. The product was purified by semi-preparative HPLC (5% to 100% ACN/water). Yield 20 mg, 63%. LCMS: [(M + 2H)/2]⁺ = 705.7.

NUMBERED EMBODIMENTS 1. A conjugate described by any one of formulas (D-I), (M-I), (1), or (2):

(D-I) (M-I) (1) (2) wherein each A₁ and each A₂ is independently described by formula (A-I) or (A-II):

wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of: ,

, S is selected from the group consisting of:

R₁, R₂, R₃, are each independently selected from H, OH, halogen, nitrile, nitro, optionally substituted amine, optionally substituted sulfhydryl, optionally substituted carboxyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₂₀ aryl, optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroaryl, and optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkoxy; R₄ is selected from optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, optionally substituted C₃- C₁₅ heteroaryl, and a bond; R₅ is selected from H or optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl; R₆ is selected from optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, and optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroaryl; U₁, U₂, U₃, U₄, and U₅ are each independently selected from H, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, and optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroaryl. R₇ and Y are each independently selected from

R₈ are each independently selected from H, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, and optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroaryl; R₉ are each independently selected from optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, and optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroaryl; x is 1 or 2; k is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; Ar is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, and optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroaryl; n is 1 or 2; each E comprises an Fc domain monomer, an albumin protein, an albumin protein-binding peptide, or an Fc-binding peptide; L is a linker covalently attached to E and to each Y of each A₁ or each A₁ and A₂; T is an integer from 1 to 20, and each squiggly line in formulas (D-I), (M-I), (1), or (2) indicates that L is covalently attached to E; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 2. The conjugate of embodiment 1, wherein each A₁ and each A₂ is independently described by formula (A-I). 3. The conjugate of embodiment 2, wherein each A₁ and each A₂ is independently described by any one of formulas (A-Ia)-(A-Ih):

wherein each X is independently C or N; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 4. The conjugate of embodiment 3, wherein each A₁ and each A₂ is independently described by any one of formulas (A-Ia-i)-(A-Ih-i):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 5. The conjugate of embodiment 3, wherein each A₁ and each A₂ is independently described by any one of formulas (A-Ia-ii)-(A-Ih-ii):

6. The conjugate of embodiment 1, wherein each A₁ and each A₂ is independently described by any one of formulas (A-Ii)-(A-Ip):

wherein each X is independently C or N; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 7. The conjugate of embodiment 1, wherein each A₁ and each A₂ is independently described by any one of formulas (A-Iq)-(A-Ix):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 8. The conjugate of embodiment 1, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-I):

wherein each A₁ is independently described by formula (A-I); each E comprises an Fc domain monomer, and the squiggly line connected to the E indicates that each A₁-L is covalently attached to E; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 9. The conjugate of embodiment 8, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-II):

wherein X is C, O, or N, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 10. The conjugate of embodiment 9, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-III):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 11. The conjugate of embodiment 10, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-III-1):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 12. The conjugate of embodiment 11, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-III-2):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 13. The conjugate of embodiment 12, wherein L’ is a nitrogen atom. 14. The conjugate of embodiment 10, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-III-3):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 15. The conjugate of embodiment 14, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-III-4):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 16. The conjugate of embodiment 15, wherein L’ is a nitrogen atom. 17. The conjugate of embodiment 10, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-III-5):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 18. The conjugate of embodiment 17, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-III-6):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 19. The conjugate of embodiment 18, wherein L’ is a nitrogen atom. 20. The conjugate of embodiment 9, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-IV):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 21. The conjugate of embodiment 20, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-IV-1):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 22. The conjugate of embodiment 21, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-IV-2):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 23. The conjugate of embodiment 22, wherein L’ is a nitrogen atom. 24. The conjugate of embodiment 20, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-IV-3):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 25. The conjugate of embodiment 24, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-IV-4):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 26. The conjugate of embodiment 25, wherein L’ is a nitrogen atom. 27. The conjugate of embodiment 20, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-IV-5):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 28. The conjugate of embodiment 27, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-IV-6):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 29. The conjugate of embodiment 28, wherein L’ is a nitrogen atom. 30. The conjugate of embodiment 20, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-IV-7):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 31. The conjugate of embodiment 30, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-IV-8):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 32. The conjugate of embodiment 31, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-IV-9):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 33. The conjugate of embodiment 9, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-V):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 34. The conjugate of embodiment 33, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-V-1):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 35. The conjugate of embodiment 34, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-V-2):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 36. The conjugate of embodiment 35, wherein L’ is a nitrogen atom. 37. The conjugate of embodiment 33, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-V-3):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 38. The conjugate of embodiment 35, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-V-4):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 39. The conjugate of embodiment 38, wherein L’ is a nitrogen atom. 40. The conjugate of embodiment 33, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-V-5):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 41. The conjugate of embodiment 40, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-V-6):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 42. The conjugate of embodiment 41, wherein L’ is a nitrogen atom. 43. The conjugate of embodiment 33, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-V-7):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 44. The conjugate of embodiment 43, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-V-8):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 45. The conjugate of embodiment 44, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-V-9):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 46. The conjugate of embodiment 9, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 47. The conjugate of embodiment 46, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-1):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 48. The conjugate of embodiment 46, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-2):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 49. The conjugate of embodiment 48, wherein L’ is a nitrogen atom. 50. The conjugate of embodiment 46, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-3):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 51. The conjugate of embodiment 46, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-4):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 52. The conjugate of embodiment 51, wherein L’ is a nitrogen atom. 53. The conjugate of embodiment 46, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-5):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 54. The conjugate of embodiment 53, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-6):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 55. The conjugate of embodiment 54, wherein L’ is a nitrogen atom. 56. The conjugate of embodiment 46, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-7):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 57. The conjugate of embodiment 46, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-8):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 58. The conjugate of embodiment 8, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VII):

wherein X is C, O, or N, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 59. The conjugate of embodiment 58, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VIII):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 60. The conjugate of embodiment 59, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VIII-1):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 61. The conjugate of embodiment 60, wherein L’ is a nitrogen atom. 62. The conjugate of emb

odiment 58, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-IX):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 63. The conjugate of embodiment 62, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-IX-1):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 64. The conjugate of embodiment 63, wherein L’ is a nitrogen atom. 65. The conjugate of embodiment 58, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-X):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 66. The conjugate of embodiment 65, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-X-1):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 67. The conjugate of embodiment 66, wherein L’ is a nitrogen atom.

68. The conjugate of embodiment 58, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XI):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 69. The conjugate of embodiment 68, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XI-1):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 70. The conjugate of embodiment 69, wherein L’ is a nitrogen atom. 71. The conjugate of embodiment 8, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XII):

wherein X is C, O, or N, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 72. The conjugate of embodiment 71, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XII-1):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 73. The conjugate of embodiment 72, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XII-2):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 74. The conjugate of embodiment 8, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XIII):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 75. The conjugate of embodiment 74, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XIII-1):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 76. The conjugate of embodiment 75, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-XIII-2):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 77. The conjugate of any one of embodiments 1-76, wherein L or L’ comprises one or more optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ arylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroarylene, O, S, NRⁱ,

, P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or imino, wherein each Rⁱ is, independently, H, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₁- C₂₀ heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C₃- C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, or optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroaryl. 78. The conjugate of embodiment 77, wherein the backbone of L or L’ consists of one or more optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ arylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroarylene, O, S, NRⁱ, P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or

imino, wherein each Rⁱ is, independently, H, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₁- C₂₀ heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C₃- C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, or optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroaryl. 79. The conjugate of embodiment 77 or 78, wherein L or L’ is oxo substituted. 80. The conjugate of any one of embodiments 1-79, wherein the backbone of L or L’ comprises no more than 250 atoms. 81. The conjugate of any one of embodiments 1-80, wherein L or L’ is capable of forming an amide, a carbamate, a sulfonyl, or a urea linkage. 82. The conjugate of any one of embodiments 1-80, wherein L or L’ is a bond. 83. The conjugate of any one of embodiments 1-80, wherein L or L’ is an atom. 84. The conjugate of any one of embodiments 1-83, wherein each L is described by formula (M- L): J¹-(Q¹)g-(T¹)h-(Q²)i-(T²)j-(Q³)k-(T³)l-(Q⁴)m-(T⁴)n-(Q⁵)o-J² wherein J¹ is a bond attached to A₁; J² is a bond attached to E or a functional group capable of reacting with a functional group conjugated to E (e.g., maleimide and cysteine, amine and activated carboxylic acid (e.g., carboxylic acid activated by tetrafluorophenol or trifluorophenol), thiol and maleimide, activated sulfonic acid and amine, isocyanate and amine, azide and alkyne, and alkene and tetrazine); each of Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴, and Q⁵ is, independently, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ arylene, or optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroarylene; each of T¹, T², T³, T⁴ is, independently, O, S, NRⁱ, P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or imino; Rⁱ is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₄- C₂₀ heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, or optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroaryl; and each of g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n, and o is, independently, 0, 1, or 2; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 85. The conjugate of any one of embodiments 1-84, wherein each L is described by formula (M-L-I): J¹-(Q¹)g-(T¹)h-(Q²)i-(T²)j-(Q³)k-(T³)l-(Q⁴)m-(T⁴)n-(Q⁵)o-J² wherein J¹ is a bond attached A₁; J² is a bond attached to E; each of Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴, and Q⁵ is, independently, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ arylene, or optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroarylene; each of T¹, T², T³, T⁴ is, independently, O, S, NRⁱ,

, P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or imino, wherein each Rⁱ is, independently, H, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₁- C₂₀ heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C₃- C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, or optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroaryl; and each of g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n, and o is, independently, 0 or 1. 86. The conjugate of embodiment 85, wherein L comprises:

, ,

, where each e is, independently, an integer from 1 to 20. 87. The conjugate of embodiment 85, wherein L comprises: ,

,

,

, where each e is, independently, an integer from 1 to 20. 88. The conjugate of any one of embodiments 1-87, wherein the squiggly line connected to E indicates that the L of each A₁-L or each A₁-L-A₂ is covalently attached to a nitrogen atom of a solvent- exposed lysine of E. 89. The conjugate of any one of embodiments 1-87, wherein the squiggly line connected to E indicates that the L of each A₁-L or each A₁-L-A₂ is covalently attached to the sulfur atom of a solvent- exposed cysteine of E. 90. The conjugate of any one of embodiments 1-89, wherein each E is an Fc domain monomer. 91. The conjugate of embodiment 90, wherein n is 2, and each E dimerizes to form an Fc domain. 92. The conjugate of any one of embodiments 1-91, wherein each E has the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153. 93. The conjugate of embodiment 92, wherein each E comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 72 or SEQ ID NO: 73. 94. A conjugate selected from any one of conjugates 1-121. 95. The conjugate of embodiment 94, wherein the conjugate is selected from any one of conjugates 5b, 9b, 12b, 13b, 14b, 15-28, 29a, 29b, 30a, 31-36, 37a, and 38-48. 96. The conjugate of embodiment 94, wherein the conjugate is selected from any one of conjugates 30b, 37b, and 49-76. 97. The conjugate of embodiment 94, wherein the conjugate is selected from any one of conjugates 77-121. 98. A conjugate described by a formula of Table 2. 99. The conjugate of any one of embodiments 1-98, wherein T is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10. 100. A population of conjugates of any one of embodiments 1-98, wherein the average value of T is 1 to 10. 101. A population of conjugates of embodiment 100, wherein the average value of T is 1 to 5. 102. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a conjugate of any one of embodiments 1-99, or a population of conjugates of embodiments 100 or 101, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. 103. A method for the treatment of a subject having a viral infection or presumed to have a viral infection, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a conjugate of any one of embodiments 1-99, a population of conjugates of embodiments 100 or 101, or a composition of embodiment 102. 104. A method for the prophylactic treatment of a viral infection in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a conjugate of any one of embodiments 1-99, a population of conjugates of embodiments 100 or 101, or a composition of embodiment 102. 105. The method of embodiment 103 or 104, wherein the viral infection is caused by human immunodeficiency virus (HIV). 106. The method of embodiment 105, wherein the HIV is HIV-1 or HIV-2. 107. The method of any one of embodiments 103-106, wherein the subject is immunocompromised. 108. The method of any one of embodiments 103-107, wherein the subject has been diagnosed with humoral immune deficiency, T cell deficiency, neutropenia, asplenia, or complement deficiency. 109. The method of any one of embodiments 103-108, wherein the subject is being treated or is about to be treated with an immunosuppressive therapy. 110. The method of any one of embodiments 103-109, wherein said subject has been diagnosed with a disease which causes immunosuppression. 111. The method of embodiment 110, wherein the disease is cancer. 112. The method of embodiment 111, wherein the cancer is leukemia, lymphoma, or multiple myeloma. 113. The method of any one of embodiments 103-112, wherein the subject has undergone or is about to undergo hematopoietic stem cell transplantation. 114. The method of any one of embodiments 103-113, wherein the subject has undergone or is about to undergo an organ transplant. 115. The method of any one of embodiments 103-114, wherein the conjugate of composition is administered intramuscularly, intravenously, intradermally, intraarterially, intraperitoneally, intralesionally, intracranially, intraarticularly, intraprostatically, intrapleurally, intratracheally, intranasally, intravitreally, intravaginally, intrarectally, topically, intratumorally, peritoneally, subcutaneously, subconjunctival, intravesicularlly, mucosally, intrapericardially, intraumbilically, intraocularally, orally, locally, by inhalation, by injection, or by infusion. 116. The method of any one of embodiments 103-115, wherein the subject is treated with a second therapeutic agent. 117. The method of embodiment 116, wherein the second therapeutic agent is an antiviral agent. 118. The method of embodiment 117, wherein the antiviral agent is selected from an integrase inhibitor, a nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NRTI), a non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NNRTI), a protease inhibitor, an inhibitor of viral entry, a CCR5 antagonist, or a CYP3A inhibitor. 119. The method of embodiment 118, wherein the integrase inhibitor is selected from dolutegravir, elvitegravir, or raltegravir. 120. The method of embodiment 118, wherein the nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NRTI) is selected from abacavir, lamivudine, zidovudine, emtricitabine, tenofovir, emtricitabine, didanosine, or stavudine. 121. The method of embodiment 118, wherein the non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NNRTI) is selected from efavirenz, etravirine, nevirapine, rilpivirine, or delavirdine. 122. The method of embodiment 118, wherein the protease inhibitor is selected from atazanavir, cobicistat, darunavir, cobicistat, lopinavir, ritonavir, fosamprenavir, tipranavir, nelfinavir, indinavir, or saquinavir. 123. The method of embodiment 118, wherein the inhibitor of viral entry is enfuvirtide. 124. The method of embodiment 118, wherein the CCR5 antagonist is maraviroc. 125. The method of embodiment 118, wherein the CYP3A inhibitor is cobicistat or ritonavir. 126. A method of synthesizing a conjugate of any one of embodiments 1-99, a population of conjugates of any one of embodiments 100 or 101, or pharmaceutical composition of embodiment 102, the method comprising: (a) providing a first composition including E; (b) providing a second composition including a compound of formula (DF-I) or salt thereof:

wherein L’ is the remainder of L; m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and each R is, independently, halo, cyano, nitro, optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl group, or optionally substituted C₁-C₆ heteroalkyl group; and (c) combining the first composition, the second composition, and a buffer to form a mixture. 127. A method of synthesizing a conjugate of any one of embodiments 1-99, a population of conjugates of any one of embodiments 100 or 101, or pharmaceutical composition of embodiment 102, the method comprising: (a) providing a first composition including E; (b) providing a second composition

including a compound of formula (MF-I) or salt thereof:

wherein L’ is the remainder of L; m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and each R is, independently, halo, cyano, nitro, optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl group, or optionally substituted C₁-C₆ heteroalkyl group; and (c) combining the first composition, the second composition, and a buffer to form a mixture. 128. A method of synthesizing a conjugate of any one of embodiments 1-99, a population of conjugates of any one of embodiments 100 or 101, or pharmaceutical composition of embodiment 102, the method comprising: (a) providing a first composition including E; (b) providing a second composition including a compound of formula (DF-II) or salt thereof:

wherein G is optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₆ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₆ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkynylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₆ heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₆-C₁₀ arylene, or optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ heteroarylene; L’-G-L’’ is the remainder of L; m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and each R is, independently, halo, cyano, nitro, optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl group, or optionally substituted C₁-C₆ heteroalkyl group; and (c) combining the first composition, the second composition, and a buffer to form a mixture. 129. A method of synthesizing a conjugate of any one of embodiments 1-99, a population of conjugates of any one of embodiments 100 or 101, or pharmaceutical composition of embodiment 102, the method comprising: (a) providing a first composition including E; (b) providing a second composition including a compound of formula (MF-II) or salt thereof:

wherein G is optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₆ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₆ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkynylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₆ heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₆-C₁₀ arylene, or optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ heteroarylene; L’-G-L’’ is the remainder of L; m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and each R is, independently, halo, cyano, nitro, optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl group, or optionally substituted C₁-C₆ heteroalkyl group; and (c) combining the first composition, the second composition, and a buffer to form a mixture. 130. A method of synthesizing a conjugate of any one of embodiments 1-99, a population of conjugates of any one of embodiments 100 or 101, or pharmaceutical composition of embodiment 102, the method comprising: (a) providing a first composition including formula (D-G3-A) or a salt thereof:

where G^b is a functional group that reacts with G^a to form G; and (c) combining the first composition and the second composition to form a first mixture, where m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and each R is, independently, halo, cyano, nitro, optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl group, or optionally substituted C₁-C₆ heteroalkyl group. 131. A method of synthesizing a conjugate of any one of embodiments 1-99, a population of conjugates of any one of embodiments 100 or 101, or pharmaceutical composition of embodiment 102, the method comprising: (a) providing a first composition including formula (M-G3-A) or a salt thereof:

where G^b is a functional group that reacts with G^a to form G; and (c) combining the first composition and the second composition to form a first mixture.

Other Embodiments While the invention has been described in connection with specific embodiments thereof, it will be understood that it is capable of further modifications and this application is intended to cover any variations, uses, or adaptations of the invention following, in general, the principles of the invention and including such departures from the invention that come within known or customary practice within the art to which the invention pertains and may be applied to the essential features hereinbefore set forth, and follows in the scope of the claims. All publications, patents, and patent applications mentioned in the above specification are hereby incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference in its entirety. Detailed descriptions of one or more preferred embodiments are provided herein. It is to be understood, however, that the present invention may be embodied in various forms. Therefore, specific details disclosed herein are not to be interpreted as limiting, but rather as a basis for the claims and as a representative basis for teaching one skilled in the art to employ the present invention in any appropriate manner.

Claims

Claims 1. A conjugate described by any one of formulas (D-I), (M-I), (1), or (2):

wherein Q is selected from the group consisting of:

, S is selected from the group consisting of:

R₁, R₂, R₃, are each independently selected from H, OH, halogen, nitrile, nitro, optionally substituted amine, optionally substituted sulfhydryl, optionally substituted carboxyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₂₀ aryl, optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroaryl, and optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkoxy; R₄ is selected from optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, optionally substituted C₃- C₁₅ heteroaryl, and a bond; R₅ is selected from H or optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl; R₆ is selected from optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, and optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroaryl; U1, U2, U3, U4, and U5 are each independently selected from H, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, and optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroaryl. R₇ and Y are each independently selected from

R₈ are each independently selected from H, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, and optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroaryl; R₉ are each independently selected from optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, and optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroaryl; x is 1 or 2; k is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; Ar is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, and optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroaryl; n is 1 or 2; each E comprises an Fc domain monomer, an albumin protein, an albumin protein-binding peptide, or an Fc-binding peptide; L is a linker covalently attached to E and to each Y of each A₁ or each A₁ and A₂; T is an integer from 1 to 20, and each squiggly line in formulas (D-I), (M-I), (1), or (2) indicates that L is covalently attached to E; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

2. The conjugate of claim 1, wherein each A₁ and each A₂ is independently described by formula (A-I).

3. The conjugate of claim 2, wherein each A₁ and each A₂ is independently described by any one of formulas (A-Ia)-(A-Ih):

wherein each X is independently C or N; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

4. The conjugate of claim 3, wherein each A₁ and each A₂ is independently described by any one of formulas (A-Ia-ii)-(A-Ih-ii):

5. The conjugate of claim 1, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-I):

wherein each A₁ is independently described by formula (A-I); each E comprises an Fc domain monomer, and the squiggly line connected to the E indicates that each A₁-L is covalently attached to E; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

6. The conjugate of claim 5, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-II):

wherein X is C, O, or N, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

7. The conjugate of claim 6, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

8. The conjugate of claim 7, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-1):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

9. The conjugate of claim 7, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-2):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, and y₁ is an integer from 1-20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

10. The conjugate of claim 9, wherein L’ is a nitrogen atom.

11. The conjugate of claim 7, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-3):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

12. The conjugate of claim 7, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-4):

13. The conjugate of claim 12, wherein L’ is a nitrogen atom.

14. The conjugate of claim 7, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-5):

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

15. The conjugate of claim 14, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-6):

16. The conjugate of claim 15, wherein L’ is a nitrogen atom.

17. The conjugate of claim 7, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-7):

wherein L’ is the remainder of L, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

18. The conjugate of claim 7, wherein the conjugate is described by formula (M-VI-8):

19. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-18, wherein L or L’ comprises one or more optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ arylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroarylene, O, S, NRⁱ,

, P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or imino, wherein each Rⁱ is, independently, H, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₁- C₂₀ heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C₃- C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, or optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroaryl.

20. The conjugate of claim 19, wherein the backbone of L or L’ consists of one or more optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ arylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroarylene, O, S, NRⁱ, , P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or

imino, wherein each Rⁱ is, independently, H, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₁- C₂₀ heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C₃- C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, or optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroaryl.

21. The conjugate of claim 19 or 20, wherein L or L’ is oxo substituted.

22. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-21, wherein the backbone of L or L’ comprises no more than 250 atoms.

23. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-22, wherein L or L’ is capable of forming an amide, a carbamate, a sulfonyl, or a urea linkage.

24. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-22, wherein L or L’ is a bond.

25. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-22, wherein L or L’ is an atom.

26. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-25, wherein each L is described by formula (M-L): J¹-(Q¹)g-(T¹)h-(Q²)i-(T²)j-(Q³)k-(T³)l-(Q⁴)m-(T⁴)n-(Q⁵)o-J² wherein J¹ is a bond attached to A₁; J² is a bond attached to E or a functional group capable of reacting with a functional group conjugated to E (e.g., maleimide and cysteine, amine and activated carboxylic acid (e.g., carboxylic acid activated by tetrafluorophenol or trifluorophenol), thiol and maleimide, activated sulfonic acid and amine, isocyanate and amine, azide and alkyne, and alkene and tetrazine); each of Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴, and Q⁵ is, independently, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ arylene, or optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroarylene; each of T¹, T², T³, T⁴ is, independently, O, S, NRⁱ, P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or imino; Rⁱ is H, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₄- C₂₀ heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, or optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroaryl; and each of g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n, and o is, independently, 0, 1, or 2; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

27. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-26, wherein each L is described by formula (M-L-I): J¹-(Q¹)g-(T¹)h-(Q²)i-(T²)j-(Q³)k-(T³)l-(Q⁴)m-(T⁴)n-(Q⁵)o-J² wherein J¹ is a bond attached A₁; J² is a bond attached to E; each of Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴, and Q⁵ is, independently, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ arylene, or optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroarylene; each of T¹, T², T³, T⁴ is, independently, O, S, NRⁱ,

, P, carbonyl, thiocarbonyl, sulfonyl, phosphate, phosphoryl, or imino, wherein each Rⁱ is, independently, H, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkyl, optionally substituted C₁- C₂₀ heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynyl, optionally substituted C₃- C₂₀ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynyl, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ aryl, or optionally substituted C₃-C₁₅ heteroaryl; and each of g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n, and o is, independently, 0 or 1.

28. The conjugate of claim 26 or 27, wherein L is a linker described by formula (M-L-Ia): J¹-Q¹-Q²-Q³-Q⁴-Q⁵-J².

29. The conjugate of claim 26 or 27, wherein L is a linker described by formula (M-L-Ib): J¹-Q²-Q³-Q⁴-Q⁵-J².

30 The conjugate of claim 26 or 27, wherein L is a linker described by formula (M-L-Ic): J¹-Q¹-Q³-Q⁴-Q⁵-J².

31. The conjugate of claim 26 or 27, wherein L is a linker described by formula (M-L-Id): J¹-Q²-T²-Q³-Q⁴-Q⁵-J².

32. The conjugate of any one of claims 26-31, wherein Q¹ is optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynylene, or optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynylene; Q² is optionally substituted C₃-C₂₀ cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ cycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₄-C₂₀ heterocycloalkenylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ cycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₈-C₂₀ heterocycloalkynylene, optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ arylene, or optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroarylene; Q³ is optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynylene, or optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynylene; Q⁴ is optionally substituted C₅-C₁₅ arylene or optionally substituted C₂-C₁₅ heteroarylene; and Q⁵ is optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₂₀ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ alkynylene, or optionally substituted C₂-C₂₀ heteroalkynylene.

33. The conjugate of any one of claims 26-32, wherein L is:

,

, ,

,

,

,

,

, ,

,

wherein each e is, independently, an integer from 1 to 20.

34. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-33, wherein the squiggly line connected to E indicates that the L of each A₁-L or each A₁-L-A₂ is covalently attached to a nitrogen atom of a solvent-exposed lysine of E.

35. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-33, wherein the squiggly line connected to E indicates that the L of each A₁-L or each A₁-L-A₂ is covalently attached to the sulfur atom of a solvent-exposed cysteine of E.

36. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-35, wherein each E is an Fc domain monomer.

37. The conjugate of claim 36, wherein n is 2, and each E dimerizes to form an Fc domain.

38. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-37, wherein each E has the sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-95 and 125-153.

39. The conjugate of claim 38, wherein each E comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 72 or SEQ ID NO: 73.

40. A conjugate selected from any one of conjugates 1-121.

41. The conjugate of claim 40, wherein the conjugate is selected from any one of conjugates 5b, 9b, 12b, 13b, 14b, 15-28, 29a, 29b, 30a, 31-36, 37a, and 38-48.

42. The conjugate of claim 40, wherein the conjugate is selected from any one of conjugates 30b, 37b, and 49-76.

43. The conjugate of claim 40, wherein the conjugate is selected from any one of conjugates 77- 121.

44. A conjugate described by a formula of Table 2.

45. The conjugate of any one of claims 1-44, wherein T is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10.

46. A population of conjugates of any one of claims 1-45, wherein the average value of T is 1 to 10.

47. A population of conjugates of claim 46, wherein the average value of T is 1 to 5.

48. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a conjugate of any one of claims 1-45, or a population of conjugates of claims 46 or 47, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

49. A method for the treatment of a subject having a viral infection or presumed to have a viral infection, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a conjugate of any one of claims 1-45, a population of conjugates of claims 46 or 47, or a composition of claim 48.

50. A method for the prophylactic treatment of a viral infection in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a conjugate of any one of claims 1-45, a population of conjugates of claims 46 or 47, or a composition of claim 48.

51. The method of claim 49 or 50, wherein the viral infection is caused by human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).

52. The method of claim 51, wherein the HIV is HIV-1 or HIV-2.

53. The method of any one of claims 49-52, wherein the subject is immunocompromised.

54. The method of any one of claims 49-53, wherein the subject has been diagnosed with humoral immune deficiency, T cell deficiency, neutropenia, asplenia, or complement deficiency.

55. The method of any one of claims 49-54, wherein the subject is being treated or is about to be treated with an immunosuppressive therapy.

56. The method of any one of claims 49-55, wherein said subject has been diagnosed with a disease which causes immunosuppression.

57. The method of claim 56, wherein the disease is cancer.

58. The method of claim 57, wherein the cancer is leukemia, lymphoma, or multiple myeloma.

59. The method of any one of claims 49-58, wherein the subject has undergone or is about to undergo hematopoietic stem cell transplantation.

60. The method of any one of claims 49-59, wherein the subject has undergone or is about to undergo an organ transplant.

61. The method of any one of claims 49-60, wherein the conjugate of composition is administered intramuscularly, intravenously, intradermally, intraarterially, intraperitoneally, intralesionally, intracranially, intraarticularly, intraprostatically, intrapleurally, intratracheally, intranasally, intravitreally, intravaginally, intrarectally, topically, intratumorally, peritoneally, subcutaneously, subconjunctival, intravesicularlly, mucosally, intrapericardially, intraumbilically, intraocularally, orally, locally, by inhalation, by injection, or by infusion.

62. The method of any one of claims 49-61, wherein the subject is treated with a second therapeutic agent.

63. The method of claim 62, wherein the second therapeutic agent is an antiviral agent.

64. The method of claim 63, wherein the antiviral agent is selected from an integrase inhibitor, a nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NRTI), a non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NNRTI), a protease inhibitor, an inhibitor of viral entry, a CCR5 antagonist, or a CYP3A inhibitor.

65. The method of claim 64, wherein the integrase inhibitor is selected from dolutegravir, elvitegravir, or raltegravir.

66. The method of claim 64, wherein the nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NRTI) is selected from abacavir, lamivudine, zidovudine, emtricitabine, tenofovir, emtricitabine, didanosine, or stavudine.

67. The method of claim 64, wherein the non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitor (NNRTI) is selected from efavirenz, etravirine, nevirapine, rilpivirine, or delavirdine.

68. The method of claim 64, wherein the protease inhibitor is selected from atazanavir, cobicistat, darunavir, cobicistat, lopinavir, ritonavir, fosamprenavir, tipranavir, nelfinavir, indinavir, or saquinavir.

69. The method of claim 64, wherein the inhibitor of viral entry is enfuvirtide.

70. The method of claim 64, wherein the CCR5 antagonist is maraviroc.

71. The method of claim 64, wherein the CYP3A inhibitor is cobicistat or ritonavir.

72. A method of synthesizing a conjugate of any one of claims 1-45, a population of conjugates of any one of claims 46 or 47, or pharmaceutical composition of claim 48, the method comprising: (a) providing a first composition including E; (b) providing a second composition including a compound of formula (MF-I) or salt thereof:

wherein L’ is the remainder of L; m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and each R is, independently, halo, cyano, nitro, optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl group, or optionally substituted C₁-C₆ heteroalkyl group; and (c) combining the first composition, the second composition, and a buffer to form a mixture.

73. A method of synthesizing a conjugate of any one of claims 1-45, a population of conjugates of any one of claims 46 or 47, or pharmaceutical composition of claim 48, the method comprising: (a) providing a first composition including E; (b) providing a second composition

including a compound of formula (MF-II) or salt thereof:

wherein G is optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkylene, optionally substituted C₁-C₆ heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₆ heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₆ alkynylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₆ heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ heterocycloalkylene, optionally substituted C₆-C₁₀ arylene, or optionally substituted C₂-C₁₀ heteroarylene; L’-G-L’’ is the remainder of L; m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; and each R is, independently, halo, cyano, nitro, optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl group, or optionally substituted C₁-C₆ heteroalkyl group; and (c) combining the first composition, the second composition, and a buffer to form a mixture.